HGBooks November Kit 2018 by Hardie Grant Publishing

November 2018

Brutally Honest Melanie Brown and Louise Gannon The tell-all memoir from the loudest, proudest Spice Girl – and the truth behind the headlines.

C OV E R

As one-fifth of the iconic Spice Girls and judge on X Factor and Britain’s Got Talent, Melanie Brown, a.k.a Scary Spice, has been an international star since her twenties. Brutally Honest is an exposé of the struggles and acute pain that lay behind the glamour and success.

DRAF T

With deep personal insight, remarkable frankness, the book removes the mask of fame and reveals the true story behind the Spice Girls, as well as the horror of her most recent marriage and her 10 year struggle to be free.

Author Details

Publication

27 November 2018

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$34.99 | NZ$34.99

ISBN

9781787133556

Publisher

Quadrille Publishing Ltd

Imprint

Quadrille Publishing Ltd

Series

Category

Auto/Biography

Format

234 x 156 mm

Extent

256pp

Illustrations

Text with photographic plate section

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Melanie Brown’s career began with the pop phenomenon, Spice Girls. They became the biggest girl band in music history, selling more than 85 million records worldwide and becoming cultural icons around the globe. They appeared in tours that grossed $800 million dollars in just four years. Since they split in 2000, Melanie has become one of the most recognised faces on television, fronting shows fromLip Sync UK,The X Factor in Britain and Australia,Dancing With The Stars in Australia andAmerica’s Got Talent. She has also starred in a string of movies includingThe Seat Filler. She has appeared on Broadway inRent and most recently as Roxie Hart in Chicago. An ambassador for Jenny Craig in Australia, she remains one of the most popular stars in Britain and America. Melanie now lives in Los Angeles with her three daughters, Phoenix, Angel and Madison.

Key Information • Global simultaneous release with huge international marketing and publicity campaign including print, outdoor and digital advertising campaign in Australia and comprehensive publicity campaign. • Mel B will also tour nationally across Australia for the book in early 2019 with events and signings, further details to be announced. • This is the never before told, tell all memoir from an international superstar and Spice Girl and will receive international coverage, this will be one of the world's largest celebrity memoirs for the year and a huge release this Christmas. • Mel B is well known in Australia having recently appeared for several seasons as a judge on The X factor and has also been the face of Jenny Craig, she is a much loved media figure here. • Mel B is regularly featured in the international gossip mags and media, and there are constantly rumours about the Spice Girls getting back together for a reunion tour that makes local and international news. • Mel B has a large, and very engaged following of over 1 million people across social media, including many Australians who will support the book.

Strictly embargoed until midnight Monday 27 November.

SPECIAL OFFERS AVAILABLE

BRUTALLY HONEST PACK 1 GTIN: 9349685010098 10 copy pack with 47.5% discount AU/NZ RRP: $349.90 With discount: $183.70

PACK 2

Price

AU$34.99 | NZ $34.99

ISBN

9781787133556

GTIN: 9349685010104 20 copy pack with 50% discount and dump bin! AU/NZ RRP: $699.80 With discount: $349.90 Dump bin mock-up

The Rise and Fall of Steve Smith's Men Geoff Lemon

C OV E R

He was the top Test batman in the world, with numbers bettered only by the great Don Bradman – then captain Steve Smith led Australia into a cheating scandal that stunned cricket. How did a team with such hard-edged history reach crisis point under Smith, and what happened on their tour of South Africa to cause such a failure of culture on the world stage?

DRAF T

This is a full and frank narrative of Smith’s captaincy, David Warner's influence, the dramas that beset Australian cricket, and a blow-by-blow account from Ashes high to Cape Town low, from someone who was there for every ball and every statement. Geoff Lemon writes a dramatic story that exposes how the actions of a few young men shook the very foundations of the Australian cricket establishment, and where the future might lead.

Author Details Geoff Lemon is a writer, radio commentator, and sports reporter who contributes to ABC Grandstand, The Guardian, Wisden, sports websites, television and radio. He also edits literary journal Going Down Swinging.

Key Information Publication

01 November 2018

•

Binding

Paperback

•

Price

AU$32.99 | NZ$36.99

ISBN

9781743795095

Publisher

Hardie Grant Books

•

Imprint

HG Local

•

Series

Category

Sport & Fitness

Format

234 x 153 mm

Extent

304pp

Illustrations

8pp of illos

Age Range

Terms

SOR

•

The author was in South Africa to write about the series throughout the ball tampering saga and provides comprehensive and unique insight into the events as they unfolded The book links previous Cricket Australia events with the pressure-cooker atmosphere and also records a blow-by-blow account of what happened and how such a poor decision was made by the team Geoff Lemon is a respected and authoritative journalist with an extensive knowledge of Australian and international cricket history, he is very well placed to author this fascinating book Marketing and publicity campaign on release with interviews, extracts and reviews across national print, radio and television Geoff Lemon tells a sweeping saga of elation in the Ashes to the depths of despair as the very foundations of Australian cricket have been shaken to their core

Food Safari Elements Earth, Fire, Water Maeve O'Meara From the phenomenally successful Food Safari series comes the new highly anticipated book from Maeve O'Meara that explores the beauty of cooking with ingredients from the earth's elements.

DRAF T

C OV E R

In Food Safari Elements: Earth, Fire, Water Maeve O'Meara invites you on a journey around the world of cuisines, meeting home cooks and chefs from Asia, Europe, the Americas and the Middle East who are all passionate advocates of cooking with the best and most natural produce they can get. Discover the pleasures of baking, roasting, one-pot cooking, or cooking Asian-style in a wok, with the people across the globe that know how to do it best. Maeve guides the reader through the regions she visits throughout the book – their ingredients and influences – while explaining local techniques in the practical and accessible style that has already won her so many followers. Food Safari Elements is packed with more than 170 recipes, full of crunch, bite and flavour, which explore age-old techniques and cutting edge cookery. From the sweet to the savoury come recipes — drawn from the earth: vegetables that range from sweet potato, carrots and sugar snaps to sour and bitter vegetables like radicchio and kale; cooking with fire: meats and fish smoked to perfection, slow-cooked pulled pork, barbecued street foods like souvalaki, kebabs, skewers and the high-octane tandoor; and lastly dive into the seafood bounty in water: hot and sour Vietnamese soups, jungle curry from east Asia, and jambalaya from southern America ... these are just some of the intense and inspirational flavours in Food Safari Elements.

Publication

01 November 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$60.00 | NZ$64.99

ISBN

9781743793817

Publisher

Hardie Grant Books

Imprint

HG Local SBS

Series

Maeve O’Meara is an award-winning food and cooking author, journalist, broadcaster, television producer and presenter who has spent 20 years travelling the world discovering food. She is the co-author of 12 books on food and co-created, presented and produced all five series of the acclaimed Food Lovers’ Guide to Australia . Maeve was also the Food Presenter on Better Homes and Gardens for five years and has won major international awards for her television work. Maeve has worked as the food editor on major Australian magazines and can be heard regularly on radio talking about her favourite subject.

Category

Food & Drink

Key Information

Format

275 x 210 mm

•

Extent

320pp

Illustrations

Full colour photography throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

The official book to accompany not just one but three of Food Safari 's most popular SBS television series: F ood Safari Earth, Food Safari Fire and Food Safari Water .

Author Details

• • • • • •

Maeve O'Meara is one of the most recognised TV food personalities in Australia, and a trusted brand, the Food Safari books have sold more than 150K copies globally. Food Safari Elements combines recipes from the last three seasons of Food Safari and will be jam packed with amazing content and a beautiful gift for any food lover. Food Safari Water will be screened in the second half of 2018. Ties in perfectly with the vegetarian trend sweeping the globe, but appeals to a wider audience with simple and straightforward recipes that are authentic. An SBS book which will have gold status support from SBS across Australia with TV advertising, radio promotion and digital advertising via the popular SBS Food website. Huge publicity campaign on release with extracts, interviews, reviews and gift-guide mentions in national food and lifestyle media. Inclusion in Hardie Grant's First Pages as well as outdoor and print advertising on release.

A2 POSTER ALSO AVAILABLE: 9349685008439

â&#x20AC;&#x2DC;As Iong as there is wood or charcoal, a place to light a fire, and the ingredients to cook in the heart of the fire, we will eat great food.â&#x20AC;&#x2122; Guy Grossi

FIRE

VIETNAMESE BÚN CHA Hanoi-style pork rissoles with grilled pork belly, noodles and herbs from Angie and Dan Hong Bun cha is a marvellous dish to enjoy as a big group – something Angie Hong has done her whole life as part of a large Vietnamese family, in her three restaurants, and now as grandmother and matriarch to a vibrant young clan. This is a delicious balance of noodles, a lot of herbs, a beautiful dressing and marinated meats cooked over fire. ‘This really is what Vietnamese food is about,’ she says proudly. ‘You can find it on every street corner in Hanoi or in the central markets in Ho Chi Minh – as a lunchtime dish only.’ Slice the pork belly and pork neck into 5 mm (¼ in) thick slices Combine these in a bowl and have the mince in a separate bowl. Pound the shallots in a mortar and pestle with salt and sugar to a coarse paste. Add the Chinese five-spice, fish sauce, oyster sauce and kecap manis and mix well. Distribute between the meat and add the spring onions to the minced pork. Mix well. Season both bowls of meat with pepper and marinate for at least 1 hour, though overnight is even better. Slap handfuls of minced pork against the edge of the bowl several times – this helps to bind it together. Form the pork into round patties (about 2 tablespoons each) and flatten slightly. Slice the papaya and carrot finely width-wise. Sprinkle with sugar and set aside while you cook the meat. Add the vinegar before serving. Place patties and pork belly/neck in separate oiled grill baskets and cook over charcoal, turning once you have some colour on one side. Keep turning until golden brown and slightly charred on both sides. To make the dipping sauce, combine the vinegar, hot water, sugar and fish sauce in a small saucepan. Season with pepper and mix well. Place the sauce over low heat and stir to dissolve the sugar. Keep it warm while you cook the meat. To serve, pour the warm dipping sauce over the grilled meat and patties. Serve with papaya and carrot, herbs, rice vermicelli, lettuce, garlic and chilli paste or chopped chillies. Serves 4

F O O D S A FA R I E L E M E N T S

250 g (9 oz) pork belly, skin on 250 g (9 oz) pork neck 500 g (1 lb 2 oz) pork neck, coarsely minced (ground) 4 French shallots, chopped 1 teaspoon salt 2 teaspoons sugar small pinch of Chinese five-spice 2 tablespoons fish sauce 1 tablespoon oyster sauce 1 teaspoon kecap manis young spring onions (scallions), green tops only, finely sliced freshly ground pepper (a mixture of black and white if you have) ½ green papaya, peeled and cut into thirds lengthwise, seeds removed (you can also use kohlrabi) 1 carrot, quartered lengthwise 1 tablespoon raw sugar 2 teaspoons vinegar

Nuoc nam dipping sauce: 125 ml (4 fl oz/½ cup) white vinegar 250 ml (8½ fl oz/1 cup) of hot water 110 g (4 oz/½ cup) sugar 125 ml (4 fl oz/½ cup) fish sauce freshly ground pepper Selection of chopped herbs to serve: sawtooth coriander (cilantro), garlic chives, rice paddy herb, hot mint, coriander (cilantro), fish mint, lovage, Vietnamese mint, chillies, Thai basil, perilla cooked rice vermicelli lettuce leaves finely chopped garlic red chilli paste or finely chopped chillies

FIRE

FIRE-GRILLED CABBAGE AND WALNUT SALAD From Rodney Dunn Crunchy, smoky, sweet and luscious, this salad has it all. Finding a nice tight fresh cabbage is a great start. Don’t be afraid to blacken the cabbage wedge over the grill … It’s what you need to do to get the best flavour.

‘In Turkey we love to cook with charcoal and real fire … it’s rare you’d find anywhere of repute cooking with gas – they’re totally different heat sources.’ Attila Yilmaz

Roast the walnuts over coals in a frying pan with a little olive oil until toasted, then set aside. For the cider vinegar gastrique, combine the vinegar and sugar in a small saucepan and reduce over high heat until syrupy, about 5 minutes. Then stir through the garlic and cool. Preheat your barbecue or place a chargrill pan over high heat. Drizzle the cabbage with a little oil. Grill for 5–10 minutes, turning until grill lines appear. Season with salt and pepper, then remove to a serving platter and arrange. Scatter with goat’s cheese and walnuts, drizzle with gastrique and extra-virgin olive oil and serve. Serves 8

100 g (3½ oz/1 cup) walnuts, roughly chopped 50 ml (1¾ fl oz) extra-virgin olive oil 1 cabbage, cut into wedges 200 g (7 oz) soft goat’s cheese

F O O D S A FA R I E L E M E N T S

Cider vinegar gastrique: 200 ml (7 fl oz) cider vinegar 1½ tablespoons caster (superfine) sugar 2 garlic cloves, finely grated

CHARRED CORN, RED CAPSICUM AND AVOCADO SALAD from Danielle Alvarez Danielle Alvarez is from a Cuban family and grew up in Miami with recipes from her formidable grandmother sparkling up every family get-together. Grilling the corn in the husk over charcoal helps to both steam and smoke the corn at the same time. Preheat the barbecue. Char the corn over coals. The husk will burn and the kernels will turn a deeper shade of yellow. It will take about 15 minutes. When they’re ready, pull them off and set aside. Simultaneously you can char your capsicums until they are completely black all the way around. Once they are fully blackened, take them off the coals and put them into a bowl and cover tightly with plastic wrap. Allow to sit and steam for 15 minutes. When they are cool enough to handle, peel the black skin off and remove the seeds inside. Slice into strips. Cut the corn kernels off the cob and combine with the roasted capsicum strips, the onion, coriander and avocado. Dress with fresh lime juice, a splash of olive oil, and some salt and pepper. Serves 8

6 ears of corn, husk pulled back and silt removed but husk left on 4 red capsicums (bell peppers) 1 small red onion, finely sliced

1 bunch of coriander (cilantro), roughly chopped 3 avocados, peeled and cut into thin wedges juice of 2 limes extra-virgin olive oil

EMBER ROAST PUMPKIN WITH CORIANDER, ALMONDS AND TAHINI YOGHURT SAUCE from Rodney Dunn Whole pumpkin cooks perfectly in the ash and coals, as it’s protected by a thick skin – the slow cooking steams the pumpkin inside and intensifies its flavour. With a dressing that combines the mellow flavour of sesame with creamy yoghurt and garlic and with crunchy toasted almonds and fresh coriander leaves, this is a textural delight. Prepare the embers of fire and ash, place the whole pumpkin into the fireplace and completely cover by about 3–4 cm of ash and embers. Cook for about 3–4 hours or until the pumpkin is tender . Place the almonds in a cast-iron frying pan over the fire and stir until toasted, about 6–7 minutes. Remove and allow to cool, then roughly chop. For the yoghurt tahini dressing, combine the ingredients in a bowl and stir to combine. Season to taste. Scoop out the pumpkin, drizzle with dressing and scatter with almonds and coriander leaves. Serve immediately. Serves 6

2.5 kg (5½ lb) pumpkin (winter squash), such as jap or kent pumpkin 80 g (2¾ oz/½ cup) almonds 1 bunch coriander (cilantro) leaves, loosely packed, to serve

Yoghurt Tahini Dressing: 250 g (9 oz/1 cup) thick natural yoghurt 3 garlic cloves, finely chopped 50 ml (1¾ fl oz) extravirgin olive oil 1 tablespoon tahini

FIRE

â&#x20AC;&#x2DC;As Iong as there is wood or charcoal, a place to light a fire, and the ingredients to cook in the heart of the fire, we will eat great food.â&#x20AC;&#x2122; Guy Grossi

F O O D S A FA R I E L E M E N T S

E ARTH E A RT H

HOW TO COOK A PERFECT STEAK AND SAUSAGE The steak • • • • •

Start the fire 40 minutes before cooking. Wait until the coals are hot and smouldering. Keep a pile of charcoal burning on one side of the grill, which can be moved as required if you want more heat. Make sure the meat is at room temperature. Put a little olive oil on the steak (not the grill). Sprinkle with sea salt, which brings out the flavour and helps with caramelisation. (Guy Grossi likes a simple seasoning such as salt, pepper, rosemary and sage rubbed into the meat. An overnight marinade is also good with garlic and olive oil.)

‘This is the perfect Italian barbecue, beyond just an antipasto, beyond just street food, but the star of any dinner party!’

The Sausage Some cuisines lean more towards meat on the barbecue rather than sausages, but Australia loves a snag so here are some tips. • Use quality meat to make the sausage – whether shoulder or leg. One of two French charcuteries working in Australia, Romeo Badouin (of Vic’s Meat), says the best balance is 80% meat to 20% fat. • Cook the sausages over medium heat and don’t prick before cooking. Cook for roughly 6 minutes on each side, depending on the thickness of the sausage. • Romeo advises you to treat the sausage as you would a piece of meat – don’t overcook it, make sure it stays nice and juicy, and rest it before serving. • If cooking for a large crowd, you can parboil the sausage to help it cook more quickly. Romeo advises getting a large saucepan of water to the boil, then turning it off and popping the sausage into the water. Leave it for 8 minutes with the lid on. Drain the water, and pop the sausages into the refrigerator to cool down before cooking.

‘Arabic tradition has it that the dish was invented by medieval persian soldiers who used their swords to grill meat over open-field fires.’ Asis Permat

F O O D S A FA R I E L E M E N T S

E A RT H

KOREAN SO GALBI from Chung Jae Lee Korean barbecue is made for groups of friends coming together to eat. All the marinating takes place before the guests arrive, side dishes and accompaniments are made, and then everyone gets incredibly hungry from the delicious aromas as the meat cooks. Chung Jae Lee is a former judo champion and a great ambassador for Korean food. He now works as a chef in the Northern Territory, where he has set up two restaurants serving his take on traditional recipes. Soak the ribs in water for 2 hours, and if possible change the water every hour to remove the blood. Cut each rib into pieces 6–7 cm (2½–2¾ in) long (about four per short rib). To butterfly the ribs, firstly remove excess fat and tendons. Now, slice into pieces 5 mm (¼ in) thick, taking care not to separate the meat from the bone edges. Turn and repeat a total of three times until you have a uniform thickness. Put narrow slits on both sides of the meat with the back of your knife. To make the marinade, blend all the ingredients except the sesame seeds together until smooth. Chop the sesame seeds and add. Cover the ribs in the marinade and roll up, ensuring the meat is well coated. Cover and set aside for 30 minutes. Preheat the charcoal grill until you have coals. Paint the grill with the vegetable oil. Unroll the beef ribs and grill over high heat about 15 cm (6 in) above the coals for 2 minutes on both sides, taking care not to burn them. Coat the beef with the remaining marinade and grill for a further 1 minute on each side and you are ready to eat. Possible accompaniments include steamed rice, lettuce leaves, Korean chilli paste (Gochu Jan), garlic peeled and cooked on the barbecue, fresh chilli to eat on its own or even dipped into the chilli paste, kimchi (fermented vegetables) and pamuchim (scallion salad). Serves 4

2.4 kg (5.3 lb) beef short ribs, on the bone – ask the butcher for 4.5 cm (1¾ in) 50 ml (1¾ fl oz) vegetable oil 40 g (1½ oz/¼ cup) pine nuts, to garnish 1 tablespoon sesame seeds, to garnish

F O O D S A FA R I E L E M E N T S

6 spring onions (scallions), finely sliced, to garnish Marinade: 400 g (14 oz) nashi pear, peeled and roughly chopped 1 onion, peeled and quartered

ONGLET STEAK WITH BIRYANI SPICES from Duncan Welgemoed Onglet steak is also known as hanger steak (or butcher’s steak). It’s generally cooked medium-rare to stay juicy and at its best. Duncan’s spicing is superb and worth the effort to source the ingredients. The idea is to take this dry spice rub and to press it well into the steak. It’s exciting to see new ingredients and methods from a country that prides itself on cooking with fire. To make the biryani spices, roughly crush the cardamom pods and star anise in a mortar and pestle. Add the dehydrated citrus zest and coriander seeds and continue to pound. Add the roasted chilli powder, the curry powder and the tomato powder. Add the mandarin powder, pound again and finally add the shallots. Trim the excess fat and sinew from the steak. Season generously with salt and coat well in biryani spices, pressing well to adhere. Cover and leave to marinate for 2.5–3 hours at room temperature. For the basting mix, combine the soy sauce, sugar, chillies and garlic in a small bowl and set aside. Over a hot charcoal grill, caramelise the steak on all sides, turning and basting every few minutes for about 6–8 minutes until medium-rare. Rest for 5 minutes before serving with sheba and pap. Serves 4

250 g (9 oz) onglet/hanger steak sea salt sheba (see below) pap (see p 000) Biryani spices: 1 tablespoon of each of the following: cardamom pods star anise dehydrated grapefruit, orange and lemon zest coriander seeds roasted chilli powder

‘Arabic tradition has it that the dish was invented by medieval persian soldiers who used their swords to grill meat over open-field fires.’

Madras curry powder dehydrated tomato powder freeze-dried mandarin powder French shallots, sliced and pan-fried Basting mix: 125 ml (4 fl oz/½ cup) soy sauce pinch of sugar 2 red chillies, chopped finely 2 garlic cloves, crushed

E A RT H

ALSO AVAILABLE IN THIS SERIES

Price

AU$55.00 | NZ$59.99

Price

AU$35.00 | NZ$39.99

ISBN

9781743791066

ISBN

9781743794067

Hardback

Paperback

SUQAR Desserts and Sweets from the Modern Middle East Greg Malouf and Lucy Malouf SUQAR celebrates the scents and flavours of Middle Eastern sweets and desserts.

C OV E R

SUQAR (which means 'sugar' in Arabic) shares the secrets of more than 100 sweet treats inspired by Middle Eastern flavours – ranging from puddings and pastries, to ice creams, cookies, cakes, confectionary, fruity desserts and drinks.

DRAF T

The traditional time to eat sweets in the Middle East is not after meals (when fruit is served) but at breakfast, with coffee in between meals or on religious holidays and special occasions. The repertoire of these dishes is vast and varied. In SUQAR, acclaimed chef Greg Malouf and writing partner Lucy Malouf share the best and most delectable sweet treats from the region (alongside some personal favourites and tried-and-tested creations from Greg's restaurant kitchens). The recipes merge the spices, flavours and scents of Greg's childhood with the influence of Greg's training in the West to create dishes in Greg's signature Modern Middle Eastern style. The book's ten chapters cover: Fruit; Dairy; Frozen; Cakes; Cookies; Pastries; Doughnuts, Fritters & Pancakes; Halvas & Confectionery; Preserves; and Drinks. Accompanied by beautiful photography and illustrations, SUQAR is a journey through the sweets of the Middle East.

Publication

01 November 2018

Author Details Greg Malouf is acclaimed as the master of modern Middle Eastern cooking. His reputation as the creator of a new style of cooking known as Modern Middle Eastern, which changed the perception of Middle Eastern food in the West forever, is recognised internationally. In 2012, Greg left the award winning MoMo restaurant in Melbourne, Australia, to take over the reins at the iconic Petersham Nurseries Café in Richmond. His Middle Eastern take on seasonal dining earned the restaurant a Michelin star. He now lives in Dubai, where he consulted for the highly acclaimed Clé Dubai and Zahira Restaurants from 2013 until 2017. Greg is currently consulting on projects in Kuwait, Saudi Arabia and Lebanon. Along with his writing partner and ex-wife, Lucy Malouf, he has written nine award-winning cookbooks.

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$55.00 | NZ$59.99

ISBN

9781743794135

Publisher

Hardie Grant Books

Imprint

HG Local

Series

Category

Food & Drink

•

Format

265 x 210 mm

•

Extent

256pp

Illustrations

Full colour photography throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Key Information

• • • • • • •

Bestselling author and acclaimed chef Greg Malouf is seen as the creator and master of Modern Middle Eastern cuisine. Greg and Lucy Malouf have established what is an unmatched brand in food publishing. This is their ninth book on modern Middle Eastern cooking. The Malouf’s iconic Middle Eastern travel and food series Saha, Turquoise and Saraban have sold 50,000 copies to date at a$70 + price point; overall, Greg and Lucy Malouf's books have sold over 85,000 copies worldwide. SUQAR will appeal to lovers of Greg and Lucy Malouf's repertoire of food books and to collectors of high-quality cookbooks. Books such as Yotam Ottolenghi's Sweet show thatthere is a market for books that focus on desserts, cakes and sweet treats, particularly those written by food authorities such as the Maloufs. SUQAR will appeal to readers looking to elevate their knowledge, technique and repertoire. Covers dishes across several countries and dessert types, all in Greg's typical Modern Middle Eastern style. Over 100 recipes in a stunning package with beautiful photography and illustrations – a large-format, superbly produced volume to add to the Malouf library. Greg Malouf is one of Australia’s only Michelin-starred chefs

ALSO AVAILABLE BY THE MALOUFS

Price ISBN

AU$49.99 | NZ$55.00 9781740667661

Price

AU$69.99 | NZ$75.00

Price

AU$29.99 | NZ$32.99

ISBN

9781742701455

ISBN

9781743793213

SPECIAL OFFER AVAILABLE: SUQAR GIFTING PACK GTIN: 9349685008453 8 copy pack and 8 Sheets of wrapping paper with 50% discount AU RRP: $440.00 With discount: $220.00 NZ RRP: $492.92 With discount: $239.96 Price AU$55.00 | NZ $59.99 ISBN 9781743794135

Point of Sale materials: Example BLAD (available via your rep) Recipe Cards Display posters Wrapping Paper

Let's Eat France! François-Régis Gaudry

There’s never been a book about food like Let’s Eat France! A book that feels literally larger than life, it is a feast for food lovers and Francophiles, combining the completist virtues of an encyclopedia and the obsessive visual pleasures of infographics with an enthusiast’s unbridled joy. Here are classic recipes, including how to make a pot-au-feu, eight essential composed salads, pâté en croûte, blanquette de veau, choucroute, and the best ratatouille. Profiles of French food icons like Colette and Curnonsky, Brillat-Savarin and Bocuse, the Troigros dynasty and Victor Hugo. A region-by-region index of each area’s famed cheeses, charcuterie, and recipes. Poster-size guides to the breads of France, the wines of France, the oysters of France – even the frites of France. You’ll meet endive, the belle of the north; discover the croissant timeline; understand the art of tartare; find a chart of wine bottle sizes, from the tiny split to the Nebuchadnezzar (the equivalent of 20 standard bottles); and follow the family tree of French sauces. Adding to the overall delight of the book is the random arrangement of its content (a tutorial on mayonnaise is next to a list of places where Balzac ate), making each page a found treasure. It’s a book you’ll open anywhere – and never want to close.

Publication

01 November 2018

Binding

Hardback

Author Details

Price

AU$75.00

ISBN

9781579658762

François-Régis Gaudry is a French food critic and host of the show On va deguster on the French public radio channel Inter France. He is also a food journalist at L’Express and the host of Très très bon on French television channel Paris Première. He lives in Paris. Find him on Instagram @fgaudry.

Publisher

Workman Publishing

Imprint

Workman

Series

Category

Food & Drink

Format

327 x 241 mm

Extent

432pp

Illustrations

Full colour illustrations and photography throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Key Information •

• • •

Everything you ever wanted to know about French cuisine in one vibrant resource. Influential cuisine: French cuisine is the basis for so many of our food customs (hors d’oeuvres, anyone?) and the foods we love to eat—from crepes and pastries to steak frites and boeuf bourguignon. For everything from tarte au sucre to trout amandine from the chefs and restaurants serving the quintessential French dishes. Oversized and fully illustrated. Open to any page to find an interesting fact, a mouthwatering recipe, or a fascinating story. Not only a respected food journalist and media personality in France, Gaudry also stars in the Netflix cooking show The Final Table, which airs everywhere this November.

Butterfly on a Pin A memoir of love, despair and reinvention Alannah Hill A luxe limited edition of the extraordinary memoir.

DRA F T

C OV E R

Alannah Hill, one of Australia’s most successful fashion designers, created an international fashion brand that defied trends with ornamental, sophisticated elegance, beads, bows and vintage florals. But growing up in a milk bar in Tasmania, Alannah’s childhood was one of hardship, fear and abuse. At an early age she ran away from home with eight suitcases of costumes and a fierce determination to succeed, haunted by her mother’s refrain of ‘You’ll never amount to anything, you can’t sew, nobody likes you and you’re going to end up in a shallow grave, dear!’

Publication

01 November 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$99.00 | NZ$109.00

ISBN

9781743794265

Publisher

Hardie Grant Books

Imprint

HG Local

Series

Category

Auto/Biography

Format

210 x 167 mm

Extent

432pp

Illustrations

Three 16-page full-colour photo sections

Age Range

Terms

SOR

At the height of her success, Alannah walked the razor’s edge between two identities – the ‘good’ Alannah and the ‘mongrel bastard’ Alannah. Who was the real Alannah Hill? Reprieve came in the form of a baby boy and the realisation that becoming a mother not only changes your life, but completely refurbishes it, forever. Yet 'having it all' turned out to be another illusion. In 2013 Alannah walked away from her eponymous brand, a departure that left her coming apart at the seams. She slowly came to understand the only way she could move forward was to go back. At the heart of it all was her mother, whose loveless marriage and disappointment in life had a powerful and long-lasting effect on her daughter. It was finally time to call a truce with the past. This extraordinary book is the fierce and intelligent account of how a freckle-faced teenage runaway metamorphosed into a trailblazer and true original.

Author Details Alannah Hill is a designer, author and stylist. For seventeen years she was the founder and creative director of the brand Alannah Hill, one of Australia’s most iconic fashion houses. In 2013 Alannah left her eponymous brand and in 2015 launched her new fashion brand, Louise Love. Alannah lives in Melbourne with her sixteen-year-old son and her beagle dog, Jack.

Key Information • • •

•

This limited edition of Alannah Hill's brilliant memoir comes beautifully packaged in a specially designed box. It captures Alannah’s deep creative sensibility and love of all things romantic and feminine. Takes the extraordinary paperback story into a deluxe hardback edition, with a new text setting and a three sixteen-page photo sections full of new photographs (with detailed captions) from Alannah's personal collection and fashion campaigns. The Alannah Hill brand is one of Australian’s most iconic and beloved fashion brands. Started in 1996, with 43 stores across Australia in 2012, it has 171K followers on Facebook and 23K followers on Instagram, and its fans are incredibly loyal. Although Alannah is no longer at the label, it is and will always be associated with her well-known style and larger-than-life personality. This edition is for the die-hard fans, of which there are many. Ahead of its May publication the paperback edition was already #1 in memoir on Booktopia through pre-orders alone; we anticipate excellent sales and word of mouth as the book hits bookstores across the country with a huge national marketing and publicity campaign.

PROLOGUE

TASMANIA 1962 1979

‘Even now I can’t trust life. It did too many awful things to me as a kid.’ CLARA BOW, IT GIRL OF THE ’20S

PROLOGUE

MELBOURNE 1979

2001

‘There is a life and there is a death and there are beauty and melancholy between.’ ALBERT CAMUS

PROLOGUE

METAMORPHOSIS 2001 2018

‘Why does the eye see a thing more clearly in dreams than with the imagination being awake?’ LEONARDO DA VINCI

Shadow Doll I

t was an early June morning in 1968. The trees were holding on to their dizzy green leaves – leaves that would soon fall under the cold

grey skies of the bitter Tasmanian winter. The beginning of each day seemed dead, almost forgotten, before it had even begun. The day would come to life midafternoon, only to die another lingering death until the new dawn woke the world up to reflect upon its forlorn, bewildered state. There were four rooms in the apple orchard house where we lived in Scotts Road, Geeveston. My father, an orchardist, was asleep in a small cupboard area separated from the lounge room, loud snores blaring from beneath the newspaper he placed over his head to shut out the constant disappointment of the world he inhabited. Mum had been mopping the floor with a small bucket and an ancient mop. Whenever she began any housework, a quiet pleading sigh would escape from somewhere inside her as she prayed to any saint she believed could help her escape her life. On this particularly dark day, Mum had

The Art of Kindness Meredith Gaston

C OV E R

In The Art of Kindness Meredith will delight and inspire kindness to yourself, to others and to our world. Kindness spreads like the ripples on a pond and a warm smile is the universal language of kindness. Meredith’s whimsical illustrations and beautiful words remind us that small acts of kindness truly are the sunshine needed for happiness to grow.

DRAF T

The book is split into three parts, Kindness and Selfcare, Connective Kindness and Kindness Towards Our Earth, with each chapter featuring pop up journal prompts, affirmations and a meditation.

Author Details Meredith Gaston is an internationally acclaimed Australian illustrator and the author of five internationally successful books. Meredith also exhibits original works in high-profile galleries locally and overseas, and collaborates with brands to bring her joyful signature style to commercial and charitable enterprise. Her past collaborations range from a series of exclusive wine labels designed for bestselling winery Mondo Imports, to a stationery and sleepwear range she developed with Sussan Corporation Australia that raised over a million dollars in support of women affected by breast cancer. Meredith lives with her husband on the picturesque Mornington Peninsula in Victoria. A generous and idyllic garden with wildlife, fruit trees and an enchanting creek provide her with endless joy and inspiration.

Publication

01 November 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$24.99 | NZ$27.99

ISBN

9781743794692

Publisher

Hardie Grant Books

Imprint

HG Local

•

Series

•

Category

Self Help

Format

210 x 160 mm

Extent

192pp

Illustrations

Full colour illustrations throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Key Information

• • • •

Meredith Gaston's illustrations are well recognised and loved around the world and her previous books are all bestsellers This will be Meredith's 7th book and she has a dedicated existing audience Includes not only inspirational words but simple recipes, activities and other kindness related activities. Meredith has sold over 25k copies across her backlist! Inclusion in Hardie Grant Christmas genre promotions including First Pages, consumer advertising & competitions across lifestyle media including advertising in Frankie magazine Animated book trailer available for use in pre-roll campaigns and targeted social media campaign on release.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

KINDNESS TOWARDS OUR EARTH 141 CONNECTIVE KINDNESS 79

Welcome Notes 7 Enjoying this Book 15

KINDNESS AND SELF-CARE 17

Kindness as Self-Care 18 Kindness and Good Energy 22 Kindness and Wellness 25 Kinder Thoughts, Kinder Self-Talk 29 Finding a Kinder Inner Voice 32 Transforming Ourselves with Kindness 34 Kindness and Little Things 37

Avoiding the Snowball 40 Kindness and Our Bodies 44 Personalised Inner Wisdom 49 Kindness and Our Everyday Routines 50 Sugar, Caffeine and Kindness 54 A Little Note on Kindness, Rest and Relaxation 56 Kindness and Our Only Constant: Change 58 Saying ‘No’ With Grace 60 Kindness as a Superpower – Softness as Strength 62 Affirmations to Transform Outworn Thinking Mirror Mirror! Journal Prompts Positive Affirmations Meditation 76

Life-Changing Kindness in Action 80 Kindness, Time and Care in Relationships 84 Kindness and Listening in Relationships 90 Connection and Wellbeing 94 Kindness and Reconnection 96 Kindness in the Face of Challenge 100 Kindness and Open-Heatedness 103 Patient Kindness 106 Compassionate Kindness 108 Acts of Kindness Kindness in Our Homes Kindness at School Kindness at Work Kindness in Our Communities Kindness in Our Friendships Kindness on the Go Journal Prompts Positive Affirmations Meditation 135

Borrowing Our Earth 142 Wonder and Gratitude 147 Kindness and Consumption 152 Slowing Down and Finding Paths Back to Balance 157 Kindness and Courage – Past, Present and Future 164 Kindness and Oneness 166 Cultivating Kindness Towards the Earth Journal Prompts Positive Affirmations Meditation 181

A Final Note 187 Acknowledgements 189 Kindness Resources 190

KIN�NESS AN� OUR ONLY CONSTANT: CHANGE

BREATHE

No flower is in bloom all year round. Nature takes rest. Leaves fall from trees. Sunshine melts snow. Indeed, we are all part of a bigger picture. Our shifting moods and states connect us to the constant moods, weather, movement and renewal of nature. We needn’t judge the changing inner seasons we experience; they constitute and enrich us. It is nice to get curious about the ebb and flow of our feelings, and more fluid with the endless changes we experience in and around us. Nothing stays the same, and practising kindness towards ourselves helps us move with change. When we practise self-acceptance through kindness, we integrate and welcome home all parts of ourselves as dynamic, balanced and complete human beings. When we model kindness towards ourselves in this way, we encourage those with whom we share our world to do the same. Some days we need patience; others, strength. Some days we need tenderness; others, focus and determination. Relationships, experiences and circumstances in our lives constantly shift and move us. Yet in the face of constant change, looking upon ourselves with kindness is an anchoring practice that makes us feel more at home within ourselves. Acceptance of ourselves in all our colours and seasons surrenders us to the peace and relaxation we deserve to know. We are never the same people going through the same experiences from one day to the next. Life is ever-changing by nature, and we as human beings are on journeys of constant personal growth. As the ancient Greek philosopher Heraclitus wisely reminds us, we never step in the same river twice, because it is not the same river, and we are not the same people.

REST

BE KIND

I hold my heart out first, like a lantern that lights my path. I travel with my spirit for a compass, my mind a budding flower. I float through time unencumbered by judgement and open to love. m

JOURNAL PROMPTS

To me, kindness means ... Kindness makes me feel ... I currently show myself kindness by ... The things I enjoy about being me are ... The achievements that I am proud of include ... Aspects of my nature that I admire are ... Parts of my body that I love are ... Parts of my life that I love include ... I can be kinder to myself by ... I can be more patient with myself by ... Thoughts and feelings I want to experience more of in my daily life include ...

ALSO AVAILABLE IN THIS SERIES:

SPECIAL OFFER AVAILABLE: THE ART OF KINDNESS Price

AU$24.99 | NZ$27.99

ISBN 9781743794210

Price

GTIN: 9349685008477

AU$29.99 | NZ$32.99

ISBN 9781743793510

Pack includes: 12 x copies of The Art of Kindness 12 x Kindness Gift Cards with 50% discount AU RRP: $299.88 With discount: $149.94 NZ RRP: $335.88 With discount: $167.94 Price

AU$24.99 | NZ$27.99

ISBN

9781743794692

Australian Dreamscapes Movement, Light and Colour Claire Takacs

C OV E R

In Australian Dreamscapes, acclaimed photographer Claire Takacs takes readers on a journey through Australia's diverse and beautiful gardens.

DRAF T

In Australian Gardenscapes, Claire Takacs showcases the varied gardens found in the Australian landscape, from lush green oases to semi-arid settings. Claire profiles Australian gardens, gardeners and garden designers who are drawing on the international movement towards a more naturalistic approach to planting design. Similar to the New Perennial movement and Prairie-style, these gardens take into consideration how plants grow in the wild and have created highly textural, visually pleasing gardens that appeal not only to our love of beauty, but that sit gently in their surrounding landscapes, giving a strong sense of place. Across 15 chapters and 22 gardens, Claire's stunning photography is accompanied by essays written by the garden owners or designers. The chapters detail the journey to establishing the gardens, their motivation, and the struggles and rewards the gardens bring day in, day out. Beautifully presented, Australian Gardenscapes is a stunning journey through the diversity of gardens in Australia.

Publication

01 November 2018

Author Details

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$70.00 | NZ$75.00

ISBN

9781743794708

Claire Takacs is an award-winning garden photographer who has visited and photographed some of the best and most innovative gardens around the world. She spends half of every year travelling internationally and her photographs are regularly included in the top international gardening magazines. Claire’s work is represented in many international gardening books and she has worked alongside a multitude of respected gardening writers. Claire Takacs is the author of Dreamscapes .

Publisher

Hardie Grant Books

Key Information

Imprint

HG Local

•

Series

•

Category

Gardening/Photography

Format

290 x 225 mm

Extent

288pp

Illustrations

colour photographs throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

• • • •

Claire is an internationally renowned and awarded photographer. Claire's work is widely sought after and featured in the most respected gardening magazines in the world. Claire's photographs are unique and stunning, capturing gardens at the moment they are the most beautiful. This is Claire's second book after the highly successful Dreamscapes (2017). The gardens featured in Australian Dreamscapes represent the diversity of gardens across Australia. This is a unique collection and features 22 gardens from around Australia, including: Victoria, New South Wales, Tasmania and South Australia.

ALSO AVAILABLE BY CLAIRE TAKACS:

Price AU$70.00 | NZ$74.99 ISBN 9781743793527

Places We Swim A Guide to Exploring Australia's Best Beaches, Pools, Waterfalls, Lakes, Hot Springs and Gorges Dillon Seitchik-Reardon and Caroline Clements

C OV E R

This beautiful photographic and curated travel guide celebrates Australia's long-standing connection to water

DRAF T

From lap pools to sea pools, the ocean, waterfalls, hot springs and rockpools, Places We Swim features 60 of the very best swimming spots around Australia. Each destination entry includes information on what makes the swimming spot unique, local knowledge and things to do, see and eat in the area. The text is complemented by beautiful photography from some of Australia’s most celebrated lifestyle photographers, which will inspire you to see this country in a new light. The book also profiles a range of people from an extreme ocean swimmer to a chef that builds his menu around the sea. This inspirational reference guide will have you returning to the water again and again. Foreword by Benjamin Law.

Publication

01 November 2018

Binding

Flexibound

Price

AU$39.99 | NZ$45.00

ISBN

9781741175660

Publisher

Explore Australia

Imprint

General

Series

Category

Travel

Format

240 x 210 mm

Extent

208pp

Illustrations

Full colour throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Author Details Caroline Clements and Dillon Seitchik-Reardon took a year off work to test out places to swim all over Australia. Both love being in the water, and found swimming an incredible access point to Australian culture and identity.Caroline was the founding editor of Broadsheet, and produced cookbooks and produce guides for Broadsheet in Melbourne and Sydney. Dillon is an environmental scientist and has co-written gardening books for the Little Veggie Patch Co. Together they have written and photographed all entries in the book with contributions from Eugene Tan (aquabumps), Remy Gerega, Alex Kydd, Nikki To and Kate Berry.

Key Information • • •

The authors spent a year travelling around the country, visiting a range of swimming spots in order to come up with their list of the top 60 places. Their list is also the result of tips and advice they received from countless Aussies along the way Stunning photography and engaging descriptions, including local knowledge, information on best time to visit and facilities, nearby cafes and national parks Great writing for Gen Y readers from the founding editor of Broadsheet and one half of the successful Veggie Patch Co.

POINT OF SALE: POSTCARDS AVAILABLE VIA YOUR REP

Underwater Australia Darren Jew A photographic exploration of the glories under the oceans surrounding Australia. Underwater Australia takes you below the surface of Australia's waters to experience all its surprises and majesty. From the warm waters of the world-famous Great Barrier Reef to the wild, wind-swept shores of the Southern Ocean, swim among giant whales, sharks, baby sea turtles and schools of fish. Bask in the bright colours of Australia's coral reefs and get a rare glimpse of its underwater caves. With hundreds of gorgeous photographs throughout and explanatory captions from one of Australia's preeminent underwater photographers, this is a beautiful keepsake that offers a unique perspective on a mysterious, shimmering world.

Author Details

Publication

01 November 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$39.99 | NZ$45.00

Nature photographer Darren Jew has a passion for capturing and sharing the wonders of the underwater world. His photographs have been published around the world, and he conducts small group photography tours in many of the world's most beautiful places. He is the five-time award winner of the Canon/AIPP Australian Science, Environment and Nature Photographer of the Year.

ISBN

9781741175424

Key Information

Publisher

Explore Australia

Imprint

Guides

•

Series

•

Category

Art/Fashio/Photography

•

Format

247 x 277 mm

Extent

192pp

Illustrations

Full colour throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

• •

The debut book from one of Australia's preeminent underwater photographers. This is the only photography book on the market that focuses on underwater photography around Australia. Part of the successful Nick Rains photography book series (Nick has written the foreword for Darren's book). Stunning photography in a beautifully designed package at an accessible price, perfect as a souvenir or present. All text content has been checked by a marine biologist to ensure correct names for marine species.

ALSO AVAILABLE:

Price

AU$39.99 | NZ$45.00

ISBN 9781741175363

CORAL KINGDOMS

coral kingdoms

U N D E R W A T E R A u s tra l i a

Catiam pertem crum pli se co proximanu egil hi, consultor labenatus manum inpro me vasdam orei cereis. Catiam pertem crum pli se co proximanu egil hi, consultor labenatus manum inpro me vasdam orei cereis. previous page Catiam pertem crum pli se co proximanu egil hi, consultor labenatus manum inpro me vasdam orei cereis. above right

coral kingdoms

U N D E R W A T E R A u s tra l i a

left

above

bluewater bazaar

U N D E R W A T E R A u s tra l i a

Titania's Fortune Cards 36 fortune cards and how to interpret them Titania Hardie Empower your future self through the wisdom of fortune telling with Titania's magic cards. Your fate lies in the cards... From understanding the cards and deciphering their meanings, to finding out what direction your life will take, let Titania guide you through the Lenormand technique of fortune telling. Though faithful to the symbolism of the original tarot, these cards offer a contemporary twist on ancient spiritual teachings to reflect our modern lives. Thirty three striking cards combined with a book on layout and interpretation mean taking a glimpse at your past, present and future has never been so easy. Whether you've a history of magic or are new to the world of divination, Titania's Fortune Cards pave the way for a fresh look at Publication

01 November 2018

Binding

Book & Gift

the spiritual world and your place within it.

Author Details Born in Australia, Titania Hardie is a third generation White Witch. Her maternal family originates from Cornwall, England, and through her mother's guidance she nurtured her own psychic abilities. She is the highly successful author of a range of distinctive books on folklore, magic and divination.

Price

AU$19.99 | NZ$22.99

ISBN

9781787132696

Publisher

Quadrille Publishing Ltd

Imprint

Quadrille Publishing Ltd

•

Series

•

Category

New Age/Inspirational

•

Format

166 x 112 mm

Extent

96pp

Illustrations

Illustrations throughout plus a full pack of illustrated fortune cards

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Key Information The perfect gift for someone curious about tarot or looking to expand their knowledge. Catering for the current fascination of all things ‘magic'. New age has been rebranded as self-help in the social media age.

CONTENTS

Madame LeNormandâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s fortune-telling cards

Understanding the cards

How to lay out and read the cards

A sample 7-card layout

A sample 9-card layout

The cards: a quick overview

The cards and their meanings

Index

MADAME LENORMAND’S FORTUNE-TELLING CARDS

When I was about 12 or 13 a close friend of my mother, and now of mine, read my cards. It was an awe-inspiring moment: I was fascinated, but slightly cautious too. What if I were told something awkward – or not in keeping with my dreams? Was it a frightening thing to know what lay ahead? Was my curiosity greater than my apprehension? In fact, what tipped the balance and prompted me to ask for a reading was my trust in this wonderful, wise and sunny-natured lady, and the sheer beauty and absence of threat in the cards themselves: they were too special to give me any serious shocks. After one quick layout she told me my destiny was overseas (subsequently proved true), and that I would soon read the cards better than she did! I’m still not sure if the latter is true, but I did become a professional reader during my university days. All I can do now is dedicate this volume to her and her tutelage, and entreat you to follow the same enchanting path I was to tread in discovering the power, privilege and joy of reading cards with skill and confidence. Madame LeNormand was the clairvoyant to Napoleon, and he famously ignored her advice on one key matter: she counselled him not to divorce Josephine, for all would go downhill from there. In hindsight, of course, she was absolutely right – his marriage to Marie Louise of Austria brought him no luck at all. Perhaps if he had followed her prognostications to the letter, European history would have been very different...

UNDERSTANDING THE CARDS

These cards are a modern re-interpretation of those she used: we have remained faithful to the symbol and much of the meaning she invested in each image, but have given them a more up-to-date feel to communicate the different way we now lead our lives. Easier to understand than the tarot, and perhaps more flexible, the cards can be laid out in a number of ways. It is interesting to pick seven cards from anywhere in the pack and set them out every day – as a kind of horoscope – to see what events are most current, what sort of day lies ahead, and what are your present, dominant concerns. They can be laid out in a grid of nine cards (as in noughts-and-crosses) for a weekly plan, and the cards should be read horizontally, vertically and diagonally, so that the middle card becomes the all important, central concern. This nine-card spread forms the basis of a full reading, which should only be done about every three months for a more complete forecast or a serious enquiry on a specific issue. The cards have principal meanings all by themselves, and you will find a clear interpretation of each – one to a page – in this book. But the cards sometimes have specific meanings when in combination with another card, and these combinative patterns should be read, whenever they occur, above any other individual meaning. An example of this is the Child: on its own it will refer either to a child of the person being read for, or, possibly, of someone within the reading, so that the man next to the child will almost certainly refer to ‘a man with children’. If the Child were to fall next to the Stork, however, it would always mean a pregnancy.

Similarly, the bear, alone, stands for something (or someone) very big, strong and reliable; the Lily, on its own, represents something (or someone) professional. Whenever they fall together, however, they describe something or someone concerned with law. If the Lily falls beside the Garden, it means â&#x20AC;&#x2DC;hospitalâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;; if it falls beside the Coffin, it signifies a serious illness. These combinations should be learned in tandem with the individual meanings, as they form key concepts. This said, the cards are easy to use as there are so few. It is important to get the feel of them, to learn to recognise and handle them, and to get used to the messages they are giving you, before you do any full readings. This takes a little time, but it is worth the trouble, for you will obtain much clearer results. My own experience with reading cards is that you must be very much in control of them; in other words, you are directing your cards, and they are your tool, not the other way about. For this reason, you need to tell your cards exactly what you want from them, and determine what clear meaning you will give to them each time you see them in a particular pattern. Be consistent: if you see, perhaps, the House next to the Ship, you must decide whether this is a home overseas, or, possibly, a house beside the sea. Tell the cards what you want, decide on a meaning, and stick with it. Once your cards are directed by your wishes, they will become individualised and respond to you personally, while at the same time, your intuitive capacities will strengthen naturally. Be confident about this, and you will quickly become astonishingly adept.

The instructions for laying out the cards follow, and you should spend a little time practising. Each card is like a noun but, when laid out in lines, they form phrases and short sentences. Get used to reading them, practise on people you know well and those you hardly know. But remember, you have a responsibility when doing readings not to scare anyone, so be very careful in the words you use, and the way you put things. If, perhaps, you see something you would prefer not to disclose, you can honourably feign a lack of understanding and say nothing. There is nothing to be gained by frightening someone, so act wisely. Fortune-telling cards have been with us for many centuries: the Egyptians were the creators of the tarot, and other cards sprang up for use through the Middle Ages and in the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries. At this moment, with a new epoch of history unfolding in the dawning millennium, we could benefit from a fresh interpretation and usage of these amazing tools of the past. We are just learning again to use the faculties of perception and psycho-kinesis in our brains, and these little cards seem to me an important survival. Used in good faith, and with spirit, they will provide astonishing insights.

I wish you great joy in the discovery, and very good fortune in your life!

HOW TO LAYOUT AND READ THE CARDS

When you begin a reading, shuffle the cards lightly, then pass them to the person for whom you are doing the reading, asking them to shuffle the cards themselves for a few minutes. Whilst shuffling, it is better to think of nothing – to chat amicably about nothing special – to prevent the cards being influenced by too much thought or hopes and wishes. The 9-card reading Now, ask the person to choose nine cards from anywhere in the pack. Keeping them face down (i.e. undisclosed), you then set the cards out in three rows of three, left to right, as follows:

Turn the cards over one at a time, and read the ‘phrases’ in rows: first across, then down, and finally in diagonals. This means that the central card (card 5) will be the most important, for its meaning connects all the others. The other crucial card is the first one, for it represents the reader him/herself. This first 9-card reading gives you brief ‘headlines’ about what will be important in the full reading, so pay close attention to these key issues. In addition, you should write down these cards on paper, for you need to investigate each one in turn in a full reading as follows.

The main reading The main layout can take up to nine individual spreads, based on the previous nine cards. For each spread, ask the person for whom you are reading to place one of the cards from the original nine (beginning with the first) in the centre, face up, and then briefly shuffle all the cards again. Ask them to take one card from anywhere in the pack and put it face down on top of the central card, then place the others around it in the following order:

This forms a basic ‘cross’. If you are short of space, place the cards sideways rather than lengthways. Now, fill in with the remaining cards: the 17th card is placed in the top left-hand quarter, farthest from card one and the central card, while the 18th is placed in the top right-hand quarter.

a sample 9-card layout

To give you a feeling for how to weave the meanings of the cards into â&#x20AC;&#x2DC;sentencesâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;, let us interpret a 9-card spread. This forms the start of any full scale reading you will do, and is an excellent short reading which can be done on its own each week. When starting a reading (as described earlier) begin by shuffling the cards for a few minutes, then fan them out and ask the person for whom you are reading to choose nine cards at random from anywhere in the pack. Place them in the layout of three rows of three described earlier: card 1 at top left, card 2 top centre, card 3 top right; a second row directly underneath, with card 4 centre left, card 5 (the central card), card 6 centre right; and the bottom row uses the last three cards, with card 7 bottom left, card 8 bottom centre and card 9 bottom right. For this sample reading I have chosen nine cards and I suggest you select these and lay them out as described. Place the cards face down, then turn them over slowly as you start to consider the meaning. To stop you racing ahead, it is often a good idea to turn and read them row by row, so you get the full picture from each individual line before looking at the vertical columns and the diagonals. Row 1: the Woman, the Ship and the Tower. Simply read, this indicates that a woman is travelling, perhaps to you, or perhaps from you. The Tower might suggest it is back to a place from the past, or that she is coming from a place that has been important to you in the past. It could also be read simply as a woman coming back into your life (the Ship representing movement here) from the past, which is the Tower. Because she is the first

The 'Now Age' Trend Tarot | Astrology | Crystals | Witchcraft

What is ‘Now Age’? The old “New Age” mystical beliefs, practices and imagery are being reinvented as the “Now Age” by millennials, heavily boosted by social media.

Why the appeal? The mystical aesthetic is of particular appeal to millennials struggling to make sense of their place in the world: In the hyper-masculine age of Trump, female power reasserts itself via tarot, astrology, crystal healing and witchcraft return firmly to vogue. In an uncertain world, young people feel like they "need magic" more than ever, craving a way to create change through processes that you can't entirely understand. – Amanda Brennan, Content Insights Manager, Tumblr

Now Age Online Instagram has become a gathering place for younger witches: Tags like #witch (> 3.7 million posts), #witchy (60k) and #witchesofinstagram (700k) bring a community together. Imagery includes jewellery, makeup, séance circles, tattoos, astrological charts, herbs, crystals and gothic selfies, with cyrstals and tarot cards being the most popular.

Also Available:

Price

AU$19.99 | NZ$22.99

Price

AU$19.99 | NZ$22.99

Price

AU$19.99 | NZ$21.99

Price

AU$24.99 | NZ$27.99

Price

ISBN

9781787131767

ISBN

9781787132245

ISBN

9781787130357

ISBN

9781787132597

ISBN

Quadrille Publishing

Price

AU$29.99 | NZ$32.99

ISBN

9781787390423 Carlton Publishing

Quadrille Publishing

Price

AU$39.99

ISBN

9781452176383 Chronicle Books

Quadrille Publishing

9781784881924 Hardie Grant UK

Price

AU$29.99

Price

ISBN

9781452164601

ISBN

Chronicle Books

AU$19.99 | NZ $22.99

AU$29.99 9781452173283 Chronicle Books

365 Days of Drawing Sketch and paint your way through the creative year

C OV E R

Get lost in your creativity with 365 Days of Drawing, a thoughtful and inspiring art journal designed to help you carve out moments of self-expression. Divided into twelve-monthly themes, such as nature, portraiture, using colour, calligraphy writing, plus much more, each task is designed to expand your creative skills and spark the artist within.

DRAF T

Lorna Scobie

With helpful prompts and inspiring tutorials that show you how to draw using different materials such as pen, pencils, chalk, paints, gel pens and collage, 365 Days of Drawing is a stunning keepsake as well as well as a powerful tool for positive change.

Author Details Lorna Scobie is a London-based illustrator and designer of cheeky characters and critters. Her clients include NYLON , Hermès, Stella McCartney, Wimbledon Tennis AELTC and ANORAK. Her work has won awards from It's Nice That , Macmillan and Penguin. Publication

01 November 2018

Binding

Flexibound

Price

AU$22.99 | NZ$24.99

ISBN

9781784881955

Publisher

Hardie Grant (UK)

•

Imprint

Hardie Grant (UK)

•

Series

Category

Art/Fashio/Photography

Format

210 x 160 mm

Extent

352pp

Illustrations

Full colour illustrations throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Key Information • • •

•

A follow up to the best-selling 365 Days of Art by award-winning illustrator Lorna Scobie Embarking on a daily creative project has become a phenomenon in recent years. The entries are not dated: you can work through the journal from front to back, or jump around and draw whatever appeals to you at the moment. Create a beautiful keepsake of your year by drawing and painting in this motivating journal Specially conceived to encourage self-reflection and mindfulness A book for everyone who has the desire to create

ALSO AVAILABLE BY LORNA SCOBIE:

Price

AU$22.99 | NZ$24.99

ISBN

9781784881115

Root, Nurture, Grow The Essential Guide to Propagating and Sharing Houseplants Caro Langton and Rose Ray Learn how to grow and nurture new plants from old. Life with a potted plant is undeniably better. And better yet is the ability to grow and replicate new, healthy houseplants without ever having to visit a garden centre again. Learn to share, swap and celebrate the miraculous methods of multiplying all of your favourites at almost no cost at all. And here’s the secret: it’s really, really easy. Plants are designed to multiply. They spread their roots, send off inquisitive shoots, and regenerate themselves in all sorts of exciting and unexpected ways without any help. Even for the beginner indoor gardener, a single leaf can hold enough life to be successfully grown into a brand new plant. With Root, Nurture, Grow, you’ll quickly discover how to propagate any houseplant, take cuttings, cultivate runners and offsets, divide plants at the roots and even grow brand new root systems in the air. You’ll learn pruning methods that produce no waste, organic rooting medium recipes, and eventually enjoy gifting and swapping newly grown greenery with friends, family and other houseplant hoarders you’ll meet along the way. Publication

01 November 2018

Binding

Hardback

As well as myriad propagation methods, the book includes practical DIY projects to better nurture and display your plant family, including a homemade propagation chamber and simple self-watering planters.

Author Details

Price

AU$29.99 | NZ$32.99

ISBN

9781787132184

Publisher

Quadrille Publishing Ltd

Rose Ray and Caro Langton run a successful ‘green interior’ company called RO CO. They offer advice on how to bring green into urban spaces, as well as run an online shop specialising in airplants, macramé hangers and himmelis. They supply high end concept stores and sell their products through stockists in Europe, the US and Australia. They are the authors of the international hit, House of Plants.

Imprint

Quadrille Publishing Ltd

Key Information

Series

Category

Gardening

Format

234 x 153 mm

Extent

208pp

Illustrations

Full colour photography

Age Range

Terms

SOR

• Urban and indoor gardening is a continuing trend and this book takes it to the next level by showing you how to propagate and

share your plants

• • • •

• •

Taps into eco/sustainability/waste trends and concerns by sharing (rather than buying) and being resourceful in sourcing everyday materials for projects The only book on the market for contemporary plant lovers The authors have had international publishing success with their first book House of Plants (Frances Lincoln, 2016), with 20k copies sold In 2017, The Telegraph said: "The past year has seen an explosion in interest in urban and indoor gardening, with even the RHS putting on an Urban Gardening Show to reflect millennial interest in growing indoors. "Over the next 12 months, this is going to go above and beyond a casual succulent collection, as new and indoor gardeners gain in confidence and want to tackle new projects." Propagating named as a trend for 2017/18 by Pinterest, Nylon, House Beautiful, The Joy of Plants and more Features in Apartment Therapy, The Guardian, The Telegraph and more

Layering

There must be some alchemy in those leaves where a place exists, of late summer skies, wet grass, beautiful voices and cold hands Lindsay Sekulowicz, Christopher, The Plant Magazine 6

There are two favourite houseplants that people are always keen to learn how to propagate: the Rubber Plant and the Fiddle Leaf Fig. Larger, woody species of house plants like these two don’t always respond well to cuttings, because their roots grow very slowly and they are therefore much more susceptible to disease or damage at the vulnerable stage of root development. We first discovered air layering through one of my most treasured plants, an elderly Dracaena marginata, fondly named Marge, which I inherited from my beloved Grandmother. More than 40 years old, Marge’s spindly stems would have sudden growth spurts each spring, gradually outgrowing each new spot I manoeuvred her into. I eventually needed a stepladder to reach her tallest stems, which were by that point tickling the ceiling and showing no sign of slowing down, despite my desperate pleas for her to travel in any direction but up. Air layering is ideal for reviving older, thicker stemmed plants like Marge that have lost some of their foliage and become “leggy”, or have simply outgrown the space you have styled them in your home. If the stems of the plant are softer and easily bent downwards, ground layering (pXXX) may be the more suitable method to experiment with. As explained previously, air layering involves bringing the rooting medium up to a branch. This aerial action is brilliant for those living in smaller urban spaces since it allows the parent plant to be kept in its original spot, and doesn’t require lots of extra pots or space to nurture the new plant growth. 10

We first discovered air layering through one of my most treasured plants, an elderly Dracaena marginata, fondly named....

Layering

Air Layering

Where's the Llama? Paul Moran

C OV E R

From an extravagant Mexican carnival and a magical Indian palace to an enchanting Russian ice festival and a hip street market, there are 17 intricately illustrated scenes to search, and ten terrific llamas to spot in every location.

DRAF T

Word has reached the Andes that llamas are about to become the next big animal sensation. Intrigued, an intrepid herd have decided to ‘alpaca’ their bags and embark on an incredible round-the-world adventure to meet their adoring fans.

Get ready for a whole llotta llama drama!

Author Details Paul Moran is a UK-based illustrator who has many years of experience in producing artwork for books, magazines and toys using both digital and traditional techniques.

Key Information Publication

01 November 2018

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$14.99 | NZ$17.99

ISBN

9781789290301

Publisher

Michael O'Mara Books

Imprint

Michael O'Mara

Series

Category

Puzzles & Games

Format

280 x 216 mm

Extent

48pp

Illustrations

Full-colour illustrations throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

• • •

There are 17 intricately illustrated scenes to search, and ten terrific llamas to spot in every location. Llamas are particularly on-trend at the moment and their cute, quirky personalities will appeal to children and adults alike. Illustrated by the artist behind Buster’s bestselling title, Where’s the Unicorn? which has sold over 200,000 copies so far, and the popular Where’s the Meerkat? series which has sold over 1,180,000 copies and in 26 territories.

DAY OF THE DEAD Head llama Beatriz has taken the gang to Mexico so they can take part in the annual Day of the Dead celebrations, or ‘Dia de Muertos’ if you speak Spanish like the llamas do. They’ve arrived just in time to see an incredible street parade. The whole town has dressed up to honour their ancestors, and the costumes and giant floats look amazing. Luis’s guidebook recommends some sweets called ‘calaveras’ – colourful sugar skulls – so the llamas set off into the crowd to find some.

Can you spot all of the llamas?

Where's the Llama 2.indd All Pages

20/03/2018 15:34

Where's the Unicorn Now? Paul Moran

C OV E R

Follow the further adventures of a colourful blessing of globetrotting unicorns. As well as showing the unicorns in locations around the world, this new title includes scenes that show the era of their earliest sightings, at Delphi in Ancient Greece, and even looks forward to the future of unicorn kind in Metropolis X300 in the year 3469. There are 17 intricately illustrated scenes to search, and seven sensational unicorns to spot in every scene.

DRAF T

Michael O’Mara presents the hotly anticipated sequel to the 2017 bestselling title Where’s the Unicorn?

Author Details Paul Moran is a UK-based illustrator who has many years of experience in producing artwork for books, magazines and toys using both digital and traditional techniques.

Key Information Publication

01 November 2018

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$14.99 | NZ$17.99

ISBN

9781782439950

Publisher

Michael O'Mara Books

Imprint

Michael O'Mara

Series

Category

Child Non Fiction

Format

280 x 216 mm

Extent

48pp

Illustrations

Full colour throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

• • •

The hotly anticipated sequel to the 2017 Christmas Sunday Times bestseller title Where’s the Unicorn? There are 17 intricately illustrated scenes to search, and seven sensational unicorns to spot in every scene. Illustrated by the artist behind Buster’s bestselling title, Where’s the Unicorn? which has sold over 200,000 copies so far, and the popular Where’s the Meerkat? series which has sold over 1,180,000 copies

Also Available:

Price

AU$14.99 | NZ$17.99

Price

AU$14.99 | NZ$16.99

ISBN

9781780555904

ISBN

9781782439073

Diary of an 8-Bit Warrior: Crafting Alliances (Book 3) An Unofficial Minecraft Adventure Cube Kid Minecraft meets Diary of a Wimpy Kid in book 3 of the very popular 8-Bit Warrior series of the journal of a young Minecraft villager who dares to dream of becoming a Minecraft warrior! Competition stiffens in book three of the 8-Bit Diary series, as Runt’s training is intensifying! After the recent mob attacks, the entire village decides to prepare for the next offensive. Fortifying the defenses, tracking down a spy, searching for new alliances . . . But Herobrine isn’t having any of it . . . Can Runt increase his efforts to be one of the five best students in school and finally become the warrior of his dreams? With the help of his friends – Breeze, Max, Emerald, and Stump – Runt will face a peril greater than anything he has ever known.

Author Details

Publication

01 November 2018

Binding

Paperback

Cube Kid is the pen name of Eric Gunnar Taylor, a 33-year-old author who lives in Alaska. A fan of video games — and particularly Minecraft—he started writing fanfiction at a very young age. His first novel, The Diary of a Minecraft Villager, was self-published as an ebook in February 2015 and quickly became tremendously successful in the Minecraft community. The novel was acquired by the French publisher Édi8, and was published for the first time in France in February 2016 under the title LE JOURNAL D'UN NOOB, with new illustrations by Saboten. The Diary of a Minecraft Villager sparked worldwide interest. When he is not writing, Cube Kid loves travelling, fixing his car, voraciously reading fanfiction . . . and gaming!

Price

AU$14.99 | NZ$17.99

Key Information

ISBN

9781449482282

•

Publisher

AMP

•

Imprint

Andrews McMeel Books

Series

Category

Child Fiction

Format

203 x 140 mm

Extent

256pp

Illustrations

Full colour

Age Range

8 and up

Terms

SOR

• •

Minecraft books sell, official or unofficial. This is the best-selling and most-reviewed unofficial fiction series on Amazon. The self-published e-books sold 120,000 copies before being picked up for paperback editions in French and English. Generously illustrated, full colour production makes this series stand out from other Minecraft story books. Numerous recent media stories are reporting Minecraft's ascension as the new parent and educator-approved creative toy that teaches problem-solving skills and supports interest in STEM subjects. As with Lego before it, Minecraft is being incorporated into school curriculum and activities.

MONDAY—EARLY MORNING I woke up before the sun even rose and couldn’t fall back asleep. Of course, Mom and Dad didn’t have this problem. They’d been working the fields all week. Maybe that’s why they finally warmed up to the idea of me becoming a warrior. These days, they’re just

too tired to argue.

At least they decided to give me a bigger allowance. I recalled the conversation with Mom the other day:

“Use these emeralds to enchant your robe with Frost

Protection II,

okay, honey? I don’t want you getting sick!” “I don’t think there is such an enchantment, but thanks anyway.” “Okay, well, be sure to eat more steak! Cookies won’t keep your hunger bar up.” “But cookies are tasty . . .” “And wear your leather armor underneath your robe today. If you fall again during training, your health bar won’t get so low.” 1

“Mom. Armor doesn’t protect against falling damage.” “Oh. All right, dear.”

Jello was sound asleep as well. From inside his box, he made quiet little sounds—burble,

burble—the baby slime equivalent of

snoring. I put on my boots and grabbed my sword on my way out the door. It was still dark. But soon, as I made my way to school,

the square sun crawled over the gloomy, gray houses and shed pink light upon the gloomy, gray streets. To a villager, this was a precious time. At this hour, the monsters were crawling back to a forest that never knew the sun. In their absence, a sleepy village was now rustling awake.

***

I went for a morning jog. I thought it’d help clear my mind. It

didn’t.

Five minutes in, my anger flared like a redstone torch . . . because I saw the posters. They’re everywhere, those posters.

Pebble is on most of them . . .

WAYS I DON’T AL

. . . KILL MOBS

DO, BUT WHEN I

M I KILL THE . T IN ONE SHO 3

Diary of an 8-Bit Warrior: Path of the Diamond (Book 4) An Unofficial Minecraft Adventure Cube Kid Minecraft meets Diary of a Wimpy Kid in book 4 of the very popular 8-Bit Warrior series of the journal of a young Minecraft villager who dares to dream of becoming a Minecraft warrior! In the fourth in this series of four unofficial Minecraft adventure books, it’s time for our 12-year-old hero to choose his future vocation to study at the Minecraftia school. His options are less than tantalizing: farmer, butcher, crafter, miner. What this noob really wants is to be a warrior like his hero, Steve. So when he learns that the five best students in school that year will get the chance to start warrior training, it’s ON.

Author Details

Publication

01 November 2018

Binding

Paperback

Cube Kid is the pen name of Eric Gunnar Taylor, a 33-year-old author who lives in Alaska. A fan of video games – and particularly Minecraft – he started writing fanfiction at a very young age. His first novel, The Diary of a Minecraft Villager, was self-published as an ebook in February 2015 and quickly became tremendously successful in the Minecraft community. The novel was acquired by the French publisher Édi8, and was published for the first time in France in February 2016 under the title LE JOURNAL D'UN NOOB, with new illustrations by Saboten. The Diary of a Minecraft Villager sparked worldwide interest. When he is not writing, Cube Kid loves travelling, fixing his car, voraciously reading fanfiction . . . and gaming!

Price

AU$14.99 | NZ$17.99

Key Information

ISBN

9781449480097

Publisher

AMP

•

Imprint

Andrews McMeel Books

•

Series

Category

Child Fiction

Format

203 x 140 mm

Extent

256pp

Illustrations

Full colour

Age Range

8 and up

Terms

SOR

• •

Minecraft books sell, whether official or unofficial. The self-published e-books sold 120,000 copies before being picked up for paperback editions in French and English. Generous number of illustrations and full colour production makes this series stand out from other Minecraft story books. Minecraft is succeeding Lego as the parent- and educator-approved creative toy that teaches problem-solving skills and supports kids' interest in STEM subjects. Like Lego, Minecraft is being incorporated into school curriculum and activities.

ALSO AVAILABLE BY CUBE KID:

Price

AU$14.99 | NZ$17.99

Price

AU$14.99 | NZ$17.99

ISBN

9781449480059

ISBN

9781449480059

With that, my otherworldly friends took off. They were the ones who had shown us that the mobs could be fought. Without them, we would have suffered the same fate as so many other villages out there. I imagined the endless wilderness outside of our walls. Plains and forests and rolling hills as far as the eye can see. Littered with the remnants of our kind. They’ll be traveling through that for a long time. Whatever. That’s their decision. Two months ago, I would have dwelt on it, gotten angry and sad. But I’m a new me now. A

future captain, hopefully. I can’t

be whining and raging all the time. They can go on their little adventure. Meanwhile, Team Runt will be relaxing in the coolest place in Villagetown.

Party at the pool .

SPLASH For the first time in her life,

Breeze was beginning to have

fun. 7

After the celebration, we went to the pool. The mobs wouldn’t be coming back anytime soon, and we totally needed a break. The builders made this area underground. It used to be a giant cavern the miners had cleared out. The main attraction is the heated water. There’s a small lava pool bubbling underneath the floor that heats it perpetually. From what the humans have told me, the game version of our world doesn’t simulate temperature beyond melting snow and ice. The real

world isn’t so forgiving. Try spending a night in a tundra biome. You’ll be throwing down a furnace real quick. We changed into our swimming suits and jumped in. We agreed to play Creeper’s

Revenge, one of our favorite games. It’s where a single

“cat” must avoid the splashes of the many “creepers” as they dive in, over and over. You’re probably wondering how we decide teams. After someone shouts “Go,” the last one to call out “Boom” is the first to be the cat. “Go!!” “Boom.”

“Boom!”

“Boom!!” Breeze glanced at the three of us. “Boom?” (She’d obviously never

played this before.) We all turned to Emerald. 8

“Looks like you’re the cat,” Stump said. However, Emerald didn’t respond. She was still standing on the edge of the shallow side, staring absently into the water.

So an en d from th erman e start?

I knew i

So Breeze was happy and Emerald was sad.

What next?! At this rate, Herobrine will teleport into our village and give everyone milk and cookies. I swam over to her. “Something bothering you?” 9

Trapped in a Video Game (Book 1) Dustin Brady Kids who love video games will love this first installment of the new 5-book series about 12-year old Jesse Rigsby and the wild adventures he encounters inside different video games. Jesse Rigsby hates video games – and for good reason. You see, a video game character is trying to kill him. After getting sucked in the new game Full Blast with his friend Eric, Jesse starts to see the appeal of vaporizing man-size praying mantis while cruising around by jet pack. But pretty soon, a mysterious figure begins following Eric and Jesse, and they discover they can't leave the game. If they don't figure out what's going on fast, they'll be trapped for good!

Author Details Dustin Brady writes funny, action-packed books for kids. Although he regularly gets locked out of his own accounts for forgetting passwords, Dustin still remembers the Super Mario Bros. 3 Game Genie code for infinite lives. It’s SLXPLOVS. Dustin lives in Cleveland, Ohio, with his wife, kids, and a small dog named Nugget.

Key Information • Publication

01 November 2018

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$14.99 | NZ$17.99

ISBN

9781449494865

Publisher

AMP

Imprint

Andrews McMeel Books

Series

Category

Child Fiction

Format

229 x 152 mm

Extent

144pp

Illustrations

B&W illustrations

Age Range

8 and up

Terms

SOR

•

Book 1 in this series has sold almost 25,000 copies without any marketing support. A middle grade book series that ventures into this growing category that has been very successful for adults.

chapter 1

Boogers and Blasters “Jesse. Come over. Now. You’re not going to believe this.” That was the text that ruined my life. I know, I know, that doesn’t sound like a life-ruiner. Especially because the text’s sender, my friend Eric, says “You’re not going to believe this” about the world’s most believable things. Just in the past month, he’s told me that I wouldn’t believe a piece of toast that looked “exactly like Darth Vader” (it looked exactly like a burnt piece of toast), a sweet trick he learned on his bike (riding for literally one half of one second without holding onto the handlebars), and a really big booger (that one actually was pretty impressive). I ignored the text for a little bit because nothing makes Eric talk faster than silence. When he didn’t write back after five minutes, I finally replied. “What is it?”

Trapped_Book1_Text_6x9.indd 1

2/6/18 10:42 AM

No response. “You gonna tell me or what?” Nothing. “This better not be another booger.” Nope. Five more minutes passed. I sighed. Fine—Eric was going to win this one. But only because looking at his dumb booger would be more fun than this math homework. I closed my book, put on my jacket, and walked across the street to Eric’s house. The door was open, so I let myself in and walked down to the basement. “All right, let’s see it,” I said as I reached the bottom of the stairs. No booger. Also no Eric. “Come on,” I called out. I wandered into the laundry room (where the dirty clothes should be). I walked upstairs into Eric’s room (where the dirty clothes actually were). I checked behind all the doors, inside all the closets, and under all the beds. No booger. No Eric. I couldn’t believe it. Ever since Eric’s family moved into the house across the street from mine in first grade, his favorite activity

Trapped_Book1_Text_6x9.indd 2

2/9/18 3:27 PM

has been playing practical jokes on me. I appreciate a good practical joke as much as the next guy; unfortunately, none of Eric’s practical jokes are good. Because he’s so impatient, he ruins every joke before it even begins. I don’t know how many sleepovers I’ve been to where Eric has attempted to dip a sleeping friend’s finger in warm water, only to have the water dumped over his head by the “victim” who’d had his eyes closed for less than 30 seconds. So on one hand, I had to admire Eric’s commitment to this particular joke. On the other, it may have been his dumbest yet. Back in the basement, I decided that I’d had enough. “OK!” I yelled to an empty house. “I’m going back home now! I have to finish the math homework due Monday! Maybe you should do the same!” More silence. I looked around. The only sign of life anywhere was a video game paused on the TV in the corner. Eric loved his video games. Especially the one on the screen right now—Full Blast. Never heard of Full Blast? That’s because it’s not out yet. Eric got it two weeks ago from Charlie, the coolest kid in our class. To clarify—Charlie isn’t the coolest kid in sixth grade because he’s actually a cool kid. He’s the coolest because his dad works for a video game company

Trapped_Book1_Text_6x9.indd 3

2/9/18 3:27 PM

and sometimes gives Charlie’s friends early copies of games to test. For the past two weeks, Eric’s mouth has been going full blast about Full Blast. “Jesse, I’m telling you. It is the greatest video game ever made!” “I don’t care.” “All these aliens are trying to take over the world, and you’re the only person alive who can save everyone, because . . . ” “I don’t care.” “Because you found one of their blasters, and once you charge it to FULL BLAST, you can . . .” “I DON’T CARE!” “You can start shooting . . .” Eric never stopped trying to get me to watch him play his new game. I never went because I would rather get sprayed in the face with a fire hose full blast than watch someone else play video games. I don’t hate video games—I’m sure they’re fine. I’ve just never really had time to sit down and play them.

Trapped_Book1_Text_6x9.indd 4

2/6/18 10:42 AM

Trapped in a Video Game (Book 2) Dustin Brady Kids who love video games will love this second installment in the new 5-book series about 12-year old Jesse Rigsby and the wild adventures he encounters inside different video games. After Full Blast , Jesse Rigsby and his friend Eric has sworn off video games. But when Jesse is offered the chance to save his friend Mark, of course he says, "Yes." Problem is, Jesse is invisible now, sucked into the world of Go Wild A Pokemon Go-style mobile game. To reach Mark, Jesse's going to have to shake the Bigfoot chasing him through the school library, survive the velociraptor in the bathroom, and battle the ginormous flame-throwing bat in the cafeteria. Can Jesse stay alive long enough to solve the mystery of what happened to Mark?Â

Author Details Dustin Brady writes funny, action-packed books for kids. Although he regularly gets locked out of his own accounts for forgetting passwords, Dustin still remembers the Super Mario Bros . 3 Game Genie code for infinite lives. Itâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s SLXPLOVS. Dustin lives in Cleveland, Ohio, with his wife, kids, and a small dog named Nugget.

Publication

01 November 2018

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$14.99 | NZ$17.99

ISBN

9781449494896

Publisher

AMP

Imprint

Andrews McMeel Books

Series

Category

Child Fiction

Format

229 x 152 mm

Extent

160pp

Illustrations

9781449494896

Age Range

8 and up

Terms

SOR

chapter 1

The Ghost What did you do last night? Sleep? Hmm, you don’t say. Want to know what I did? I talked to an army guy. Not like someone from the real army trying to recruit me (I’m 12. It would have been a short conversation). The army guy I talked to happened to be six inches tall and made of plastic. I don’t make a habit of talking to toys—I’m not crazy—but I had a good excuse. This one talked to me first. See, I met this particular toy when he wasn’t a toy but a real sergeant in the game Full Blast. Two weeks ago, I got sucked into Full Blast with my friend Eric Conrad. We flew around with jet packs and rode the Statue of Liberty like a rocket ship and almost got trapped inside the game for good by an alien who said our names in the creepiest way possible. It’s a long story. You should read it sometime. Anyways, in Full Blast, we met Mark Whitman— another kid from our class who had gotten sucked into

Trapped Book 2_text.indd 1

2/21/18 3:32 PM

the same game. Mark stayed behind so Eric and I could escape. Now, this army guy was telling me that I could go back into the video game to save Mark, but I had to “go back now.” Of course I wanted to go back. I’d do anything for Mark. The sergeant asked me if I was sure. Yes, I was sure—let’s go! I stared at the army guy, waiting for him to—I don’t know, click his heels or open a portal in my closet or something. Instead, he stared at me motionless, kind of like a toy would. That’s when I started feeling stupid. “Hey, I said ‘yes.’” I poked the sergeant. He continued staring with his blank toy expression. “Do I need to press some sort of button?” I picked him up and turned him over in my hand. No button. At this point, you might be thinking that maybe the whole talking toy thing was a dream. And I would normally agree with you, except for one very important detail: The sergeant had actually woken me up from a dream. Now have you ever woken up from a dream only to find yourself in another dream? You have not. That has never once happened in real life—only in movies. The talking sergeant was not a dream because this is not a movie, and also I am not crazy.

Trapped Book 2_text.indd 2

2/21/18 3:32 PM

I spent the next several minutes talking to and poking at the army guy. Then I got up and checked all the places where he might have hidden some sort of portal to the video game (TV, toilet, wardrobe, etc.). Nothing. I crawled back into bed and spent much of the rest of the night convincing myself I wasn’t crazy, and then I think I fell asleep. “Jesse! Breakfast!” My eyes popped open. Sunlight streamed through the window. Monday morning. “Jesse!” my mom yelled up the stairs again. “Mmmf,” I replied. I stumbled out of bed and plopplop-plopped down the stairs. I took my seat at the table and waited for my dad to grab the cereal from the top shelf. “What kind do you want, hon?” he asked. “Blueberry crunch,” my mom replied as she finished packing her lunch. “I’ll try that new chocolate one,” I said. My dad grabbed the blueberry only. “Can I try the chocolate one?” I repeated a little louder. My dad set my mom’s cereal box on the table and grabbed his bowl from the freezer. (“Freeze the bowl first. It will change your life,” he tells everyone who will listen. Not true.

Trapped Book 2_text.indd 3

2/21/18 3:32 PM

From personal experience, I can tell you that the only thing freezing the cereal bowl will do is turn the milk so cold that it hurts your teeth.) I sighed and reached for my mom’s gross organic blueberry cereal. I knew the promise of chocolate for breakfast was too good to be true. “Did you call Jesse?” my dad asked as he grabbed the cereal box before I could. I squinted at him and waved right in front of his face. “Yeah, Dad, I’m right here.” My mom sighed. “I’ll call him again.” She walked to the stairs. “Jesse! Jesse Daniel Rigsby! Get down here now! You’re going to be late for school!” I threw my hands into the air. “Dad. Dad! DAD!” My dad finished pouring his cereal and reached across the table for the milk like I wasn’t there. I jumped up and grabbed the milk before he could to get his attention. That didn’t stop him, so I pulled the milk toward me. Or at least I tried to pull it toward me. When I did, my hands went right through the jug. “WHAT IS GOING ON?!” I grabbed the cereal box. Same thing—I could touch and feel the box, but when I tried to move it, my hand went right through.

Trapped Book 2_text.indd 4

2/21/18 3:32 PM

“AHHHHH!” I ran to the bathroom and looked in the mirror, desperate to see my terrified face. Instead, all I got was the empty bathtub behind me. I looked down at my hands. Real as could be. But when I waved them in front of the mirror—nothing. I was a ghost. And that wasn’t even the worst of it. As I tried to figure out what to do next (What do ghosts eat? Do they go to the bathroom? What about school? Is there a special ghost school?), I heard a snort behind me. I looked into the mirror. Nothing. Another snort. I slowly turned around. Behind me, sitting patiently in the tub as real as could be, was an eight-foot-tall, bright-blue Bigfoot.

Trapped Book 2_text.indd 5

2/21/18 3:33 PM

Star Wars: Women of the Galaxy Amy Ratcliffe An inspiring and beautifully illustrated celebration of a galaxy of women across the Star Wars saga, featuring 75 profiles of key and colourful characters, along with behind-the-scenes details and key story points spanning the films, novels, comics, animation, and games. Heroes, villains, renegades, role models, and everything in between, the women of Star Wars have changed their galaxy while driving its stories forward at every level. This richly illustrated book profiles 75 fascinating characters from across films, books, comics, animation, and games. Featuring Leia, Rey, Ahsoka Tano, Jyn Erso, Rose Tico, Maz Kanata, and many more, this authoritative book collects key story beats, unique insights, and behind-the-scenes details that reward fans and welcome those beginning to explore the saga. Featuring dynamic artwork by female artists and engaging text written by lifelong fan and expert Amy Ratcliffe, here is a fresh and timely celebration of the women of the Star Wars galaxy.

Publication

01 November 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$49.99

ISBN

9781452166315

Publisher

Chronicle Books

Imprint

Chronicle Adult

Series

Category

Art/Fashio/Photography

Format

254 x 203 mm

Extent

200pp

Illustrations

Full colour

Age Range

Terms

SOR

The book will include women from the current canon universe (including comics, novels, TV, films, games) up to and including the releases just before the book release.

Key Information •

• • • •

The Star Wars saga in the films and across media has an exciting focus on strong and fascinating female characters, and basically all new content going forward can be counted on to feature such characters prominently. Building on strong/cool characters from earlier in the saga (Leia, Padme, etc.) makes this the right time to publish a smart celebration of women in the Star Wars galaxy. Celebrates and showcases the importance of women in Star Wars and welcoming female fans of all ages is a major initiative for Disney/Lucasfilm. This will find wide Lucasfilm support and fan excitement. Celebrations and profiles of the lives and accomplishments of women has been a very successful publishing category in recent years, for us and other publishers. This is a fresh, illustrated, celebratory approach written for adults but welcoming of younger fan interest. Text is deliberately written to welcome new fans but also intrigue the in-the-know with new insights, actor interview bits, etc. The book will be illustrated by dynamic all-new-for-this-book artwork by a range of female artists. This is exciting and buzzy, and the artists will also bring their fans to the project and a diversity of voices celebrating these characters.

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R

Asajj Ventress “It’s only the likes of me, with nothing to lose, who’ll really be prepared to tear the galaxy down and start over.”

Asajj Ventress once kills a male bounty hunter who pesters her in Mos Eisley’s cantina and calls her a “pretty bald babe.” A Dathomirian Force-user who first brandishes her dual red lightsabers in Star Wars: The Clone Wars, Asajj has been an assassin, a Nightsister, and a bounty hunter—sometimes all at once. How she gets by is fluid, but a constant current is her driving anger and thirst for revenge. Her history is a tragic tale of abandonment. The Nightsister clan, her family, is forced to give her up when she’s an infant. The pirate who takes her from Dathomir is killed. The Jedi Master who finds her after she’s orphaned and trains her as his Padawan is shot. In despair and rage, Asajj turns to the dark side. She uses bitterness and a desire for vengeance against anyone who wrongs her. Her anger gives her strength, and Count Dooku takes notice. He takes Asajj on as his personal assassin and, as a tool and weapon of the Separatists, Asajj relishes tormenting citizens and Jedi alike. She’s a menacing figure who wields her lightsabers with dexterity and moves with terrifying speed. Frequently tangling with Anakin Sk y walker and Obi-Wan Kenobi, she never quite defeats them, but they are well-matched (we once see her using her power to Force choke both Jedi at once). Though Asajj devotes her service to Dooku, the Count is loyal to Darth

34 / Sabine Wren

SW_Women of the Galaxy_INT_1G_5.8.indd 34-35

Asajj Ventress

/ 35

5/10/18 9:29 AM

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R

Leia Organa “Hope is like the sun. If you only believe in it when you see it, you’ll never make it through the night.”

106 / Sabine Wren

SW_Women of the Galaxy_INT_1G_5.8.indd 106-107

Leia Organa

/ 107

5/10/18 9:30 AM

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R

Phasma’s chromium-coated armor gives her an air of mystery, something Phasma herself is well aware of. She salvages the material from a yacht once owned by Emperor Palpatine and crafts the armor herself. Behind the scenes, costume designer Michael Kaplan originally came up with the silver armor look for Kylo Ren. It didn’t work for his character in the end, but after Lucasfilm president Kathleen Kennedy complimented the concept art, it became Phasma’s.

on the screen: “It’s exciting that something as iconic as Star Wars has embraced the future and has embraced the world’s need for gender balance and female empowerment. I hope it inspires generations of women everywhere to go forward.”

“The costume is absolutely sensational,” says Christie. “It is restrictive, but I think it gives us an insight into Captain Phasma. This is a woman who is wearing armor, but her femininity is still displayed. She doesn’t try to hide it; it only empowers her further. The costume takes around 45 minutes to put on. It certainly makes me stand up straight.” She also likes that Phasma doesn’t remove her helmet: “I thought it was a really interesting opportunity to play a female character, where we formed an opinion of her based on her actions, rather than the way she has been made flesh.” Held aloft as a model First Order soldier, Phasma’s armor shines in propaganda posters. She teaches stormtroopers to place their loyalties to the First Order, not each other, but this is not a code she follows herself. In The Force Awakens, Phasma takes down Starkiller Base’s shields under threat from Finn, which contributes to the destruction of the planet. But facing charges of treason, we see her in the Captain Phasma comic working the system and eliminating anyone who learns her secrets—a onewoman task force and murderous clean-up squad. Phasma tells a rival, “I fought for everything that I have, every bit of what I am.” Af ter Finn threatened her in The Force Awakens, fans couldn’t wait to see Phasma face him again in The Last Jedi. She finds him aboard Supreme Leader Snoke’s ship, Supremacy, and is eager to serve a painful form of justice to FN-2187. No one she commands knows what happened on Starkiller, and she doesn’t reveal her hand. She doesn’t owe

156 / Phasma

SW_Women of the Galaxy_INT_1G_5.8.indd 156-157

Sabine Wren

/ 157

5/10/18 9:30 AM

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R

Rose Tico

“That’s how we’re gonna win. Not fighting what we hate; saving what we love.”

Rose Tico is an everywoman, a working class member of the Resistance. She’s proof that every single position counts. In a galaxy full of hotshot pilots, smugglers, nobles, and politicians, Rose is our first introduction to the working class of the Resistance. A mechanic and maintenance worker, Rose brings a fresh perspective on how war affects the average person; her idealistic nature and even her excitement is something we can identify with. In some ways, Rose is the personification of a fan in the Star Wars universe. She has a total fangirl reaction to Finn when she first meets him, stumbling over words and calling him “The Finn.” And when she presents an idea to General Leia Organa in Forces of Destiny: Rose & Paige, she admits to Paige, “Every time she talks to me I can barely function.” As Rose learns, meeting legends isn’t always the experience one imagines. When she comes face to face with Finn in The Last Jedi, she expects him to be the First Order-turned-Resistance hero she’s heard about. She has him on a pedestal. But then she realizes he’s deserting, daring to run away when people like her sister Paige have sacrificed themselves to keep the spark alive. Rose shows how deep her integrity runs when she wipes away tears over losing Paige and uses an electro-shock prod to knock Finn out,

178 / Sabine Wren

SW_Women of the Galaxy_INT_1G_5.8.indd 178-179

Rose Tico

/ 179

5/10/18 9:30 AM

Star Wars: Women of the Galaxy Notebook Set Chronicle Books

A beautiful and distinctive collection of notebooks featuring newly created artwork celebrating three pivotal and powerful female heroes from the Star Wars galaxy: Leia Organa, Ahsoka Tano, and Rey. This inspiring trio of notebooks celebrates three iconic heroes of the Star Wars galaxy: Leia Organa, Rey, and Ahsoka Tano. Each notebook features lightly ruled interiors with notable quotes from each character, along with bonus artwork on the inside and back covers.

Key Information Publication

01 November 2018

Binding

Notebooks & Journals

Price

AU$19.99

ISBN

9781452173733

Publisher

Chronicle Books

Imprint

Chronicle Gift

Series

Category

Stationery

Format

216 x 152 mm

Extent

64pp

Illustrations

Full colour

Age Range

Terms

•

Other than the premium limited edition Moleskine journals we distribute, there are no other officially licensed Star Wars notebooks or journals that aren't for kids. And what does exist is all centred on men: namely Darth Vader, Kylo Ren, and Han Solo. This is the perfect gift for anyone looking to celebrate their favourite Star Wars women with a functional item that will look distinctive from all the other products on the market. The art style can also invite a younger audience who may be engaging with the newer Star Wars properties for the first time. Featuring the amazing dynamic artwork created by women artists for the Star Wars: Women of the Galaxy project will give that art (and those artists) new lift while also standing distinctly from the competition.

Mystic Mondays Tarot Grace Duong This fresh take on tarot is just right for the modern mystic. With vibrant colours, lovely illustrations, and a friendly and approachable tone, it’s the perfect deck for the digital age. Mystic Mondays Tarot is tarot for the modern mystic. It is an intuition tool for spiritual guidance, designed with intentional good vibes and a love of colour! The deck has fresh and modern design, bright colours, and a more approachable tone than the traditional Rider Waite but still maintains the integrity of the meanings of each card. Monday is the traditional day to make a fresh start, but this deck makes it possible to make a new beginning every day. Mystic Mondays was successfully funded on Kickstarter in June 2017 for $25,990. The self-published deck went on sale in January 2018 and in its limited sales run sold over 1000 copies, including Kickstarted fulfillment.

Author Details Publication

01 November 2018

Binding

All Cards

Price

AU$39.99

ISBN

9781452176383

Publisher

Chronicle Books

Imprint

Chronicle Gift

Series

Category

New Age/Inspirational

Format

133 x 83 mm

Extent

78pp

Illustrations

Full colour illustrations

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Grace Duong is a freelance designer who started reading tarot six years ago. She found that the standard Rider Waite deck didn’t have descriptions or art that she could relate to so she created her own deck at the end of 2017. She has a special interest in the mystical and universe and believes that there is more to life than meets the eye. She lives in Philadelphia.

Key Information • •

•

The Wild Unknown deck set the standard for a new and updated tarot, but this one offers a whole new look, leaning into a modern and colourful style with amazing foil edges that is fresh and fun. The modern mysticism trend is going strong and this is perfect for it. The look and style fits in with the more graphic and brightly-colored look that is popping up around wicca and crystals, and it is unique from the style of decks that are already out there. The self-published deck was sold online and distributed in 10 independent stores around the US and in one store in Canada. After a pop appearance at Urban Outfitters, the author had more interest than she could handle as a self-publisher and turned to us to help sell it widely. The deck has already been featured by Refinery29, Buzzfeed, and Hellogiggles with lots of love for the fun and colourful style.

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

41 1/16 : D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

4/9/18 10:29 AM

Mystic Mondays Tarot_CARDS_G1.indd 4

41 1/16 : D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

4/9/18 10:29 AM

Mystic Mondays Tarot_CARDS_G1.indd 9

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R

Mystic Mondays Tarot is your intuition tool for spiritual guidance, designed with intentional good vibes and a love of color. Energy is made of vibrations and each color vibrates at its own frequency. This colorful deck is full of positive vibes that allow you to access answers for your highest good.

Contents

MA JOR ARC AN A Pages 4-47 CUPS Pages 48-75

P EN TA C L E S Pages 76-103

Mondays are for new beginnings, and this deck is your key to creating a fresh start any day of the week.

Mystic Mondays Tarot_booklet_mechs.indd 2-3

SWORDS Pages 104-131 WA ND S Pages 132-159

4/9/18 10:36 AM

Kahlo's Koalas A counting book Marcus Chown From Matisse’s monkeys and Pollock's poodles to Lichenstein's llamas and Kandinsky’s kangaroos, this beautiful 1-10 counting book provides an imaginative learning experience that will appeal to arty adults and children alike.

Author Details Grace Helmer is a Brighton-born, London-based illustrator. She uses strong brush strokes to create her rich, ethereal oil illustrations. The expressive colour progressions in her paintings give the work a delicate, transient presence. Publication

01 November 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$14.99 | NZ$17.99

ISBN

9781910552889

Publisher

Michael O'Mara Books

•

Imprint

Buster Books

•

Series

Category

Child Picture

Format

200 x 200 mm

Extent

32pp

Illustrations

Full colour illustrations

Age Range

2 and up

Terms

SOR

Grace graduated from the Camberwell College of Art in 2012 and is part of the illustration studio collective Day Job. Some of her clients include: Apple, Google, HarvardX, The Washington Post, Vogue (US), Marie Claire (France), Octopus Books, and The Independent (UK).

Key Information •

1-10 counting book provides an imaginative learning experience that will appeal to both arty adults and children. Includes world-famous artists such as Matisse, Pollock, Lichenstein and Kandinsky Extends the basic counting concept in a simple, one number, one image per spread format

PICASSO PANDA

KAHLO KOALAS

LICHTENSTEIN

LLAMAS

Drawing As Easy As ABC Step-by-Step Pictures to Create and Colour Using letters as building blocks, children can learn how to draw a range of animals, following six easy steps. The first shapes children learn to draw with confidence are letters, but drawing animals can be more challenging. Using capital letters and some lower case letters as building blocks, this book shows children how to draw a range of cute and quirky animals, from sassy llamas and quirky chameleons, to cuddly koalas and fabulous flamingos. Each creature has six simple step-by-step instructions using colour-coded lines and there are additional fun variations to the final animals to add character and flair. A dotted grid paper acts as an extra guide for sizes and shapes.

Author Details Publication

01 November 2018

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$14.99 | NZ$17.99

ISBN

9781780555645

Publisher

Michael O'Mara Books

Imprint

Buster Books

Series

Category

Child Novelty

Format

246 x 189 mm

Extent

80pp

Illustrations

Full colour illustrations

Age Range

7 and up

Terms

SOR

John Bigwood is an illustrator and graphic designer who illustrates titles for children and adults across a range of genres. John studied Illustration and Animation at Falmouth College of Art and currently lives and works in London.

Key Information • • •

Start with a letter and follow the step-by-step instructions to create a masterpiece Simple colour-coded instructions and dotted paper make it even easier for kids to get to grips with. Plenty of space in side to practise and perfect new skills. Featuring over 35 creatures, from a gorilla to a flamingo, the pictures are charming and pleasing.

an ANXIOUS

Gorilla 1

Draw a capital A

A rounded head Two curves for legs

Two lines Two curves to finish legs

Hump back A fat face

Two ears Four feet

A face Lines for fur 4

a BAFFLED

Puffin

Draw a capital B

Three straight lines A curved wing

A curved back A horizontal line

Small, horizontal line Curved lines for the beak

A slanted line An eye 6

Two little feet Fluffy feathers on head 7

an EASYGOING

Koala

Draw a capital E

A rounded back with tail A tree trunk and branch

Two big ears Two little feet

Two curved lines A round tummy

A dozy face Some hair 12

Bark and leaves Lines for fur 13

The Book of Christmas The Hidden Stories Behind Our Festive Traditions Christopher Winn

C OV E R

A charming gift book that unravels the origins behind the weird and wonderful Christmas traditions from around the world.

DRAF T

What is the significance of mistletoe at Christmas? Why do we eat Brussels sprouts for Christmas dinner? When did turkeys become the plat du jour? Just who is, or was, Santa Claus? In The Book of Christmas, best-selling author and acclaimed historian, Christopher Winn, casts a witty and revealing eye on the stories, myths and legends of the most celebrated festival of the year: Christmas. In this lovingly written collection of festive myths, legends and (quite often) bizarre traditions, discover the fascinating stories behind some of our most cherished Christmas rituals and customs. Along with the stories behind many of the more mainstream customs, Christopher Winn unearths some of the more unusual traditions from around the world; from the burning of the 13-foot Yule Goat of Sweden to Japan's predilection for a Kentucky Fried Chicken Christmas dinner; the Peter Pan swim in London to the hiding of broomsticks in Norway, discover the fascinating truth (and oddities) behind this very special religious holiday. Beautifully produced and charmingly illustrated, The Book of Christmas is a treasure trove of all things Christmas to delight the whole family.

Publication

01 November 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$24.99 | NZ$27.99

ISBN

9781784882006

Publisher

Hardie Grant (UK)

Christopher Winn is a UK based freelance writer, historian, and collector of trivia for over 20 years. He has worked with Terry Wogan and Jonathan Ross and sets quiz questions for television as well as for the Daily Mail,Daily Telegraph, The Guardian, Spectator, Daily Express and The Field. Winn's first bestselling I Never Knew That series has sold around 1 million copies.

Imprint

Hardie Grant (UK)

Key Information

Series

•

Category

Gift

•

Format

216 x 138 mm

Extent

160pp

•

Illustrations

Illustrations throughout

•

Age Range

•

Terms

SOR

•

Author Details

•

The latest from the bestselling author of the hugely successful I Never Knew That series (over 1 million copies sold). A charming illustrated book that reveals the truth behind our historic Christmas traditions. Takes you from past festive traditions right through to present day celebrations: from decorations, literature and carols to current obsessions in food and drink music and film. A fascinating and eye-opening insight into the most-loved time of the year. Includes festive facts and trivia from all over the world. Beautifully packaged as the ultimate stocking filler. Facts discussed in the book include that the Christmas tree was brought to Australia by immigrants from Britain in the second half of the 19th century.

The book of Christmas

Chapter 2

21 21

Section Title Section Title

The Tree Christmas, in most people’s minds, begins with Advent. In fact, it doesn’t.

Advent

The word Advent comes from the Latin adventus, meaning ‘coming’, and describes the period running up to Christmas during which Christians prepare for the Coming of Christ on Christmas Day. Advent is the first season of the Church year, and Advent Sunday, the fourth Sunday before Christmas and the day on which Advent officially begins, is the first event in the Christian calendar. Advent was chosen to begin the Christian year because it represents the dark and uncertain time before Christ arrives in the world to spread the light. Advent is not, however, the start of Christmas itself – that begins at sunset on Christmas Eve and lasts for twelve days until Epiphany on 6 January. There are two aspects to the Coming of Christ for which we prepare in Advent. The First Coming is what we celebrate on Christmas Day, Christ’s birth into the world in Bethlehem two thousand years ago. The Second Coming refers to Christ’s Coming at the end of days to judge the living and the dead. The first two weeks of Advent focus on the Second Coming, and the hymns, prayers and readings during this time are more solemn and reflective as they are designed to encourage thoughts of repentance before the last days. The second two weeks are more cheerful as we contemplate the impending birth of Christ and the joyous festivities that mark that happy occasion. The transition between contemplation and merriment occurs on the third Sunday in Advent and this is known as Gaudete Sunday, or the Sunday of Joy, from the Latin gaudete meaning ‘Rejoice!’ There are numerous different activities we associate with Advent, but one thing almost everybody does at some point in the run-up to Christmas is put up the Christmas tree.

‘The very smell of the Christmas Trees of pleasant memories …’ Queen Victoria

The book of Christmas

Section Title

Australia and New Zealand

Japan

The Christmas tree was brought to Australia by immigrants from Britain in the second half of the19th century and trees are treated in just the same way there as they are in Britain. Since Christmas takes place in summer time in Australia and is often celebrated on the beach, trees are sometimes decorated with sea shells. Australia’s first public tree was erected in Adelaide, but these days it is Melbourne’s Federation Square that hosts the country’s most spectacular tree.

Since Japan became westernised, Christmas has been celebrated as a huge commercial occasion rather than a religious holiday. Some families have small Christmas trees in their homes and popular decorations include mikan (mandarin oranges), dolls, lanterns, wind chimes, paper fans and, a particular favourite with children, origami swans. Osaka seems to be the city most committed to Christmas, with a large German Christmas market and a huge Christmas tree that for the past few years has won the Guinness World Record for ‘Most lights on an artificial Christmas tree’, boasting some 550 000 bulbs.

In New Zealand the pohutukawa, a coastal evergreen with bright crimson flowers, has long been considered New Zealand’s Christmas tree. The first known reference to the pohutukawa being used as a Christmas tree dates from 1857, when it was noted as a table decoration at a Christmas feast held by a Ngapuhi leader in the far north of North Island. The early European settlers seem to have adopted the pohutukawa right away and it became known as the Settler’s Christmas Tree. Today it features in songs and on Christmas cards and serves as an iconic Christmas symbol for New Zealanders everywhere.

France While Britain owes its first Christmas tree to Queen Charlotte of Mecklenburg, it was also a lady from Mecklenburg, Duchess Helene Louise, who introduced the Christmas tree into France. In 1840, three years after she married the French aristocrat Ferdinand Philippe, Duke of Orleans, Duchess Helene had a tree put up in the Palace of the Tuileries in Paris. The custom wasn’t picked up right away but the Christmas tree finally became a widely accepted part of Christmas celebrations in France with the arrival in the 1870s of refugees from the region of Alsace, who were displaced by the Franco-Prussian War. Alsace was originally part of the Germanic world where the Christmas tree had been popular since the 16th century. Today giant Christmas trees are erected in major towns across France, usually placed in front of the town’s church or cathedral, as was the custom in northern Europe in the 15th and 16th centuries. Some 6 million Christmas trees are now sold in France every year. The most popular decorations are fruits, in particular red apples, chosen for their association with the apple from the Tree of Knowledge in the Garden of Eden (à la Paradise Tree). In 1858 there was a bad harvest caused by drought and apples were scarce, so people began using glass imitation apples instead and, more recently, chocolate apples.

And now we’ve got the Christmas tree up, what are we going to put on it?

The book of Christmas

Section Title

Greenery

Holy

The first decorations of any kind were natural evergreens, which were used inside and outside by the ancient Egyptians, the Celts, the Vikings and other pre-Christian civilisations to celebrate the winter solstice, to ward off the evil spirits that proliferated in the dark winter months and to offer hope and encouragement that the warmth of the sun would return after the cold of winter. During Saturnalia the Romans would deck their halls with boughs of holly and also send evergreen boughs to friends and acquaintances.

Druids regarded holly, with its ability to thrive through the winter months, as a sacred or ‘holy’ plant. The origins of the words holly and holy are the same – holy (as in sacred) comes from the Old English word halig, meaning wholeness (holiness), a state of religious perfection, and halig in turn derives from an older word holegn, which is the Old English name for holly. The prickly leaves of the holly were thought to deter witches and demons and even malign elements such as thunder and lightning. To shield themselves from such abominations Druids would deck their temples with holly and, for added protection, they might even wear sprigs of holly in their hair when out and about.

When the peoples of northern Europe began to celebrate Christmas instead of Saturnalia they continued the practice of decking out their halls and churches with evergreens, using the native evergreen plants that grew in abundance around them such as holly, ivy and mistletoe. While the evergreens were still associated with growth and fertility they were also imbued with a new, Christian meaning as well.

Cracker Joke Knock knock! Who’s there? Holly Holly who? — Holly-days are here again

For Christians, the prickles of the holly represent the crown of thorns as worn by Christ before he was nailed to the Cross, while the berries are stained forever red by the blood He shed. The Christian symbolism is reflected in these lines from the traditional English carol The Holly and the Ivy, which dates from the 16th or 17th century. The form and music as we know them today are the work of folk music enthusiast Cecil J. Sharp, who collected and revived numerous old English folk songs and carols for his book English Folk-Carols, published in 1911.

The holly and the ivy, When they are both full grown, Of all the trees that are in the wood, The holly bears the crown. The holly bears a berry As red as any blood... The holly bears a prickle As sharp as any thorn ... Holly and ivy were often linked together in a fertility context since pagans considered the hard, prickly holly to be a male plant and the softer ivy female, while for Christians the holly represents Christ and the ivy represents his mother the Virgin Mary. Although it was considered unlucky to bring either plant into the house before Christmas Eve, it was said that whichever plant was discovered in the garden and brought indoors first would determine whether the man or woman of the house would be in charge that year!

Glamorous Cocktails Fashionable mixes from iconic London bars William Yeoward Join William Yeoward on his journey through London’s most stunning bars as he shares his passion for exquisite drinks and glamorous living in this, his compendium of iconic and signature recipes by some of the world’s most acclaimed bartenders. “Yeoward's passion... is infectious and a cocktail party with the proper stuff should be on everyone's agenda… A deliciously glamorous book.” The Field Magazine Join William

Publication

01 November 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$19.99

ISBN

9781782496465

Publisher

CICO

Imprint

Cico Books

Series

Category

Food & Drink

Format

210 x 170 mm

Extent

160pp

Illustrations

250 colour photographs

Age Range

Terms

SOR

In Glamorous Cocktails, William visits five of his favourite bars and chooses their trademark cocktails, including genius tips from their world-class bartenders. William also shares his own thoughts on making cocktails and, importantly, how to present them. As someone who is not only passionate about cocktails but also about crystal, he has the perfect knowledge and “eye” to advise and inspire. As William says, ‘Cocktails come in such a huge variety that there’s something for everyone and for every possible occasion – a birthday celebration, an anniversary, a first date, the closure of a deal or a surreptitious flirt.’ These cocktails cover a wide range – some are short, others are long, and a few contain no alcohol, but two things are common to all: they are delicious – and extremely glamorous.

Author Details William Yeoward has a worldwide reputation for designing collections for the home. He is particularly known for his furniture and imaginative table settings where he puts to good use his collections of tableware, including crystal, lighting, linens and accessories. He has a store on Kings Road, London, and William Yeoward Crystal has a showroom on Madison Avenue, New York. William Yeoward Crystal has been granted a Royal Warrant of Appointment as Supplier of Crystal Glass to His Royal Highness The Prince of Wales. William lectures on design throughout the United States, and his work is featured in magazines such as Southern Accents, Town and Country, and Elle Décor (for whom he is a contributing editor). Globally, he is regularly featured in British House and Garden and World of Interiors, together with Vogue Living and Vogue Entertaining in Australia and Russian AD. William has written several lifestyle books on entertaining and interior design, including William Yeoward at Home, William Yeoward’s American Bar and Perfect Tables. He lives in London and Gloucestershire, UK.

Key Information • • • •

Featuring specially commissioned photography of The American Bar at the Savoy Hotel, which was voted World’s Best Bar in 2017. Features over 50 cocktail recipes, from the favourites to new innovations from some of the world’s best bartenders. Includes William’s expert advice on presentation, selecting glassware and choosing the perfect garnishes. His personal favourite cocktail, the Green Park, is also featured. The original edition, American Bar, has sold over 12,000 copies, and William's most recent book Blue & White and Other Stories, has sold over 5,700 copies.

Fartology The Extraordinary Science behind the Humble Fart Stefan Gates Stefan Gates asks and answers all the questions about farts, so that you don't have to. What is a fart? Do all creatures fart? What would happen to you if you didn’t ever fart? What’s in a fart? Why do they smell? Why do we find them so embarrassing… and so darned funny?! Broadcaster and obsessive fartologist Stefan Gates tackles these pressing issues in Fartology, the first ever book to take a scientific look at that thing that we all do, whether we like it or not. Stefan has made it his personal mission to investigate all aspects of the fart, from the BIG questions (how many farts are emitted in the world every day?), to the science behind intestinal gas. He also looks at how farts are made – the journey from food to fart – the sounds and the smells and all things in between. If you’re so inclined, Stefan even shows you how to build your own fart machine to impress family and friends, and how to catch a fart in a jar. Publication

01 November 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$14.99 | NZ$17.99

ISBN

9781849499682

Author Details

Publisher

Quadrille Publishing Ltd

Imprint

Quadrille Publishing Ltd

Series

Category

Humour

Stefan Gates is an enthusiastic fartophile, food/science writer and TV presenter of 17 BBC series including Gastrolab, Food Factory and Gastronuts (including the unforgettable episode ‘What would happen if we didn’t fart?'). He is a leading science communicator, creating some of the UK's biggest live shows (including Fartology on stage) at high-profile science fairs including Big Bang Fair and Cheltenham, Cambridge and Birmingham Science Festivals, and at schools, festivals and food industry events. He has been Guest Director of Cheltenham Science Festival. This is his eighth book.

Format

185 x 130 mm

Key Information

Extent

144pp

•

Illustrations

2-colour line drawings throughout

•

Age Range

•

Terms

SOR

With musings on the greatest farters who ever lived, farts in literature, and fart jokes and euphemisms, Fartology answers all those questions you always wondered about but were never brave enough to ask.

The ideal gift for the big kid in your life! Brilliantly combines humour and popular science: 52 Things to Do While You Poo (over 30K TCM) meets What If? (over 100K TCM). BBC presenter Stefan Gates will be touring his show 'Fartology LIVE!' across the UK.

Every Fart Tells a Story

ello, beautiful. I know that you’re a little nervous but you’re excited too. You’re trying not to blush and you’re not sure whether to feel shame or excitement. So I’m going to slide my hand ever-so-slowly into yours, and with a gentle smile and a deep intake of breath we’re going to slip this skin and drop with an imperceptible splash into the pool of human knowledge. Are you ready to fall in love? This is a story of natural beauty, extraordinary complexity and the breathtaking ingenuity of our bodies. Of the tireless work of trillions of tiny creatures inside you and the triumph of evolution. It’s a story of everything that food is: a vertiginous amalgam of chemistry, physics and biology born in the screaming hot plasma of the sun, transmuted by photosynthesis and made human by metabolism and

the psychology of shame within its framework of human behaviour. But step back from the magnificence of science for a moment because science doesn’t care about you - it just is. It has no moral framework and no sense of duty – it just creates you and spits you out naked into a world built by its facts. Yet there’s something about you that transcends those facts: the sense of self, the ability to love, hate, believe and enjoy, feel anger and embarrassment. Life as a human pits us between the knowledge of science and the chaotic emotional self-awareness of being, and this is where farts have the power to thrill. To take uncaring science and shout loud and clear that you can understand it, take what it has to offer, spin it around your finger, and every now and then flick it the bird. Farts are glorious stinking klaxons of humanity, proclaiming loud and clear that you and I are vital, alive, flawed, complex, selfaware, created by science but triumphing over it, on one side trapped by a society that demands suppression of our true natures, yet on the other side set free by our desire to rebel. They are filthy-clean, cheeky-dirty, made of this earth, organic and complex, sweet and stinking, and they prove that we have real and simple beauty – oh, such beauty. Andrew Marvell said: Let us roll all our strength and all Our sweetness up into one ball, And tear our pleasures with rough strife Through the iron gates of life.

A Fart’s a Fart Let’s get something out of the way right now. A fart’s a fart. If this were an academic medical book about flatus, it would be full of words such as eructation, emanation and fundament. But it’s not. It’s a popular science book about farts, smells and bums, designed to fascinate you, to make you fall in love with your amazing body and inspire you with science. Those formal words do crop up but if it makes things clearer, simpler or more amusing, I’m happy that a fart is a fart, a bum is a bum, and if necessary we talk arseholes instead of anuses. This book is not a funny book about farts, although there are plenty of gags out there if that floats your boat. This is a fascination book with three clear motives:

1. To encourage the fascination for science amongst non-scientists.

2. To stop people feeling physical and social discomfort by 3.

keeping farts in when they’d genuinely benefit by letting them out. To make you smile.

Why me?

I’m pretty sure he’s saying:

I love eating fibrous foods and I fart an awful lot. I still get a little Understand your body and love your farts. 8

Every Fart Tells a Story

Chapter 01: Fart Chemistry

What is a fart?

verybody farts. It’s a completely natural, healthy part of your digestion, with a typical person farting around 10-15 times a day, producing an average of 1.5 litres (21/2 pints) of gas. We fart less at night but more as we start to eat a meal because of the reflex actions from the stomach which kickstart the colon. Women fart less than men but tend to produce smellier gas, and both the volume and the smell are closely related to the food you eat. Most of the gas comes from dietary fibre in the form of complex carbohydrates, especially oligosaccharides (carbohydrates with three to fifteen sugar units) mainly found in beans, root vegetables, onions, brassicas such as cabbages and cauliflowers, fruit and dairy products. Bigger, smellier farts are no more or less healthy than smaller, smellfree farts. Around 25% of your farts are swallowed air that has gone all the way through your body, but the other 75% is made by various digestive processes, mainly the breakdown of dietary fibre by your gut bacteria. This is known as fermentation, metabolism, rotting or digestion, and it’s anaerobic, meaning that it happens without oxygen. Most of the 100 trillion microbes in your gut won’t survive in oxygen-rich environments. Just to be clear, you’re carrying around 100 trillion little creatures in your colon that are not human. There are huge differences in both gas volume and smell production amongst the population, with various studies showing ranges of 3 to 40 farts per day ranging from 400ml (14fl oz) to 2.5

Adam Spencer's Hottest 100 Adam Spencer

Australia’s funniest mathematician returns in 2018 with more rollicking romps through the world of science, technology, numbers and all things nerdy. This terrific new fully illustrated title follows on from Adam’s bestselling Big Book of Numbers (2014); World of Numbers (2015), Time Machine (2016), and The Number Games (2017), and is packed full of fascinating facts, tantalising trivia, brainbusting number puzzles, and much much more.

Author Details In 1996, while doing a Maths PhD at Sydney Uni, Adam Spencer won the Melbourne International Comedy Festival Raw Comedy Championship. He went on to host the triple j breakfast show with Wil Anderson before graduating to 702 ABC Sydney where he hosted the breakfast show for eight years. His TV credits include The Glasshouse, Good News Week, The Project, Q&A and, with Dr Karl, Sleek Geeks. Adam is the author of several popular mathematics books for adults and kids.

Key Information Publication

01 November 2018

Binding

Flexibound

Price

AU$34.99 | NZ$37.99

ISBN

9781925589597

Publisher

Brio Books

Imprint

Brio Books

Series

Category

Science

Format

234 x 153 mm

Extent

384pp

Illustrations

Two colour, fully illustrated

Age Range

Terms

SOR

• • • •

Our biggest release of the 2018, fantastic Xmas gift. Adam Spencer is a living treasure who makes STEM fun! National tour: TV, radio, print, online Strong previous frontlist and backlist sales (Number Games 25K+; World of Numbers 38K+; Big Book of Numbers 40K+)

100

100 Alternative fact(orials)

Arguably the coolest mathematical word of all is zenzizenzizenzic. This single-word tongue twister is an old-fashioned way of expressing the eighth power of a number. We can calculate 28 which is 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 = 256 and say ‘256 is the zenzizenzizenzic of 2’. Seriously, you can say that! Try to work it into conversation sometime. It’s thought that the first person to use this awesome term was the equally awesomely named Welshman Robert Recorde who in his 1557 ripsnorting read The Whetstone of Witte explained that the word he spelt zenzizenzizenzike ‘doeth represent the square of squares squaredly’. If you think you have a contender for a COOLER maths word, hit me up and let me know.

ave a go at this if you’d like to check if your arithmetic skills are up to scratch. A factorial is the product of a whole number, and all the whole numbers below it, down to one — for instance 3! (how we write 3 ‘factorial’) is 3 × 2 × 1 = 6. Well, it turns out that 213 is the smallest 3-digit number whose square is the sum of distinct factorials. Who knew? Certainly not me until I read it, and I’m sure you won’t be offended to know that I assume you didn’t know it either! So what does it mean? It means that there are a series of factorials that when added together give 2132 = 45,369. If I told you that there were 5 factorials you needed to add together and, further, that 8! (I’m not just excited about this, remember that we write ‘8 factorial’ as ‘8!’) was the largest of the factorials involved, can you find the other 4 factorials needed to give us the sum? Of course you can ... off you go. Well, it turns out that 213 is the smallest 3-digit number whose square is the sum of distinct factorials. Who knew? Certainly not me until I read it, and I’m sure you won’t be offended to know that I assume you didn’t know it either! So what does it mean? It means that there are a series of factorials that when added together give 2132 = 45,369. If I told you that there were 5 factorials you needed to add together and, further, that 8! (I’m not just excited about this, remember that we write ‘8 factorial’ as ‘8!’) was the largest of the factorials involved, can you find the other 4 factorials needed to give us the sum? Of course you can ... off you go.

This is where we could look at inserting ‘additional information’ – some witty aside, a ‘did you know’, or a hint or other encouragement. Or whatever. Not every story would have to have one, of course.

100

100 Alternative fact(orials)

Adam Spencer Activity Book Adam Spencer

C OV E R

After the runaway bestsellers Enormous Book of Numbers (2015) and Number Crunchers (2016), Australia’s funniest maths dude is back with another bumper activity book for young and eager minds.

DRAF T

Bursting with games, puzzles, quizzes – along with heaps of stuff to draw, cut out, decipher and decode – this is the perfect book for kids aged six and above. They won’t believe numbers could be this much fun!

Author Details In 1996, while doing a Maths PhD at Sydney Uni, Adam Spencer won the Melbourne International Comedy Festival Raw Comedy Championship. He went on to host the triple j breakfast show with Wil Anderson before graduating to 702 ABC Sydney where he hosted the breakfast show for eight years. His TV credits include The Glasshouse, Good News Week, The Project,Q&A and, with Dr Karl, Sleek Geeks. Adam is the author of several popular mathematics books for adults and kids.

Key Information Publication

01 November 2018

Binding

Paperback

•

Price

AU$19.99 | NZ$22.99

•

ISBN

9781925589580

Publisher

Brio Books

Imprint

Brio Books

Series

Category

Science

Format

300 x 208 mm

Extent

240pp

Illustrations

B&W line illustrations/ diagrams, etc

Age Range

6 and up

Terms

SOR

•

Large format activity book, perfect for kids aged 6–12 years Makes STEM fun and funny! National tour: TV, radio, print, online Strong previous sales (Number Crunchers 10K+; Enormous Book of Numbers 14K+)

ALSO AVAILABLE BY ADAM SPENCER:

Price Pr

AU$24.99

ISBN 9781925143874

d n i F

NUM

-a d r o W S R BE

Can you find these numbers? Number Googol Ten Multiply Divide Subtract Minus Plus Equation Equals Mathematics

10 000 000 000 000 000 G o o go000 l? 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 The number Googol is a â&#x20AC;&#x2DC;1â&#x20AC;&#x2122; followed by 100 zeros. It looks like this:

10 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000

(Sorry! I had to make the text really small to make it all fit!)

many s a e it r w , e ing pag w o ll one. o r f e e b h m t u n On e h after t n a c u o y s zeros a s in if o r e z e r o m an fit (Hint: you c small!) em you make th

Write as many zeros as you can after the number one. (Hint: you can fit more zeros in if you make them small!)

E T I WR R U O Y

Count the number of zeros you have written and write the number below.

number of zeros = ______ Now think up a new name for the mind-bogglingly HUGE number you have just created.

HUGE E G H UMBER NU S I H T ON . . . E PA G

The name of my mind-bogglingly

number is _________________. : e e h t e reby nam

I he

! x e f o r Seerto

ros in your Guess what? The number of ze y tens there are! an m w ho u yo lls te ER B M NU HUGE zeros by ten of r be m nu e th es Tim e? m ve Donâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;t belie BER! and ...thereâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s your HUGE NUM

How to c ut a

e i P

ou Can nyt 29 cou es? piec

Okay, so I want to cut this pie into as many pieces as I can. But my knife is so old, it can only make 7 more cuts before breaking! (It’s a REALLY old knife.) Amazingly, I can cut 29 peices of pie using only these 7 cuts. Don’t believe me? Check out the diagram on the opposite page ...

depends it s s e u g kay, so I O ? y e h , g to ... k in ic o r g t e y r t ’ r u a Neat p party yo f o d in k t on wha

Tequila: Shake, Muddle, Stir Over 40 of the best cocktails for tequila and mezcal lovers Dan Jones Over 40 grown-up and classy tequila-based cocktail recipes, that will have you drinking like a Mexican in no time.

C OV E R

If you think that tequila can only be consumed as a slammer with salt and lime, and follows with a chaser of the world’s-worst-hangover the morning after, think again: Dan Jones is about to set the record straight. In Tequila: Shake Muddle Stir, Dan introduces readers to some rather grown-up and classy ways to consume this agave-based tipple, and will have you drinking like a Mexican in no time.

DRAF T

Starting with the basic kit for your home bar, and following with the best tequila-makers on the planet, you’ll be shopping for your tequila kit like a pro. With more margarita recipes than you can shake a cocktail shaker at, as well as a glut of amazing tequila cocktails you have never even heard of, this is a recipe book that will change your drink repertoire for good. Like a fine whiskey, tequila should be sipped, savoured and enjoyed. With this in mind, Dan has curated over 40 tequila recipes for the home mixologist. Featuring classics like an Old Fashioned, Tequila Sunrise and Mojitos, to a Tegroni, Tequila Mockingbird and Bloody Maria, tequila will undoubtedly become your spirit of choice. Including recipes for DIY syrups, sours, infusions and more, Tequila: Shake Muddle Stir will show you just how versatile this underrated liquor is, and proves there is a tequila-based tipple out there for everyone, just waiting to be discovered.

Publication

01 November 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$19.99 | NZ$22.99

ISBN

9781784881658

Publisher

Hardie Grant (UK)

Imprint

Hardie Grant (UK)

Key Information

Series

•

Category

Food & Drink

•

Format

185 x 135 mm

Extent

144pp

Illustrations

Full colour illustrations

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Author Details Perhaps the world’s most prolific cocktail enjoyer and author of GIN: Shake, Muddle, Stir, Dan Jones is a writer and editor living in London. A self-professed homebody, he is well versed in the art of at-home drinking and loves to entertain, constantly researching his cocktail craft and trying out new recipes.

•

A follow-up title to the global runaway bestseller Gin. Consumer tastes and demands have evolved in recent years, resulting in the increasing popularity of artisanal cocktails. Consumers are now looking for quality and exclusivity in spirits – reflected in the positioning of mezcal and tequila as the sexy, more refined spirits of the moment.

Also Available in the series:

Price

AU$19.99 | NZ$22.99

Price

AU$19.99 | NZ$22.99

ISBN

9781784880521

ISBN

9781784881337

Mock Meat Revolution Vegan recipes for plant-based alternatives Jackie Kearney The Mock Meat Revolution is here and veganism never tasted so good with these stunningly inventive recipes for plant-based meat and fish substitutes. "Jackie Kearney's beautifully crafted book revolutionised not only my spice rack but also my cooking style... the ultimate foodie's travel journal'. Review for My Vegan Travels , The Vegan magazine.

Publication

01 November 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$39.99

While traditional butchers might be disappearing from the high street there’s a new breed ready to slice a different kind of meat – made from plants! So-called ‘vegetarian butchers’ are creating food that mimics meat and offering convincing substitutes that look, feel and even taste like the real thing. Mock meat, of course, is nothing new. Patties made from soy-based protein and wheat gluten have been around since the 1960s but now vegetables, nuts, pulses and grains are in on the act and taking it to a whole new level. Prepare to be wowed by Jackie Kearney’s Paprika Seitan Vegan ‘Dog’ with Cashew Cheese; Crispy Jackfruit Wings and Chickpea Tuna Quesadillas. From Tofish & Chips to Sea-loving Sushi there’s a plant-based alternative to all your favourite meals.

Author Details

ISBN

9781788790260

Publisher

Ryland Peters and Small

Jackie Kearney competed in BBC One’s MasterChef 2011 and was the first vegetarian to reach the final. She is the author of Vegan Street Food, winner of the PETA Best Vegan Cookbook Award 2016 and My Vegan Travels, short-listed for the Travel Cookery Book of the Year Award at the Edward Stanford Travel Writing Awards 2018.

Imprint

RPS Books

Key Information

Series

•

Category

Food & Drink

•

Format

235 x 190 mm

Extent

144pp

Illustrations

70 colour photographs

Age Range

Terms

SOR

•

A third vegan recipe book by the author of the bestselling Vegan Street Food and My Vegan Travels. Our appetite for meat substitutes is growing. The Vegan Society reports that increasing numbers ‘flexitarians’ are on the rise. Lynne Elliott, chief executive of the Vegetarian Society. ‘Overall, it’s a choice that makes a lot of sense. People love meat replacements – they’re a tasty, easy, quick-win at meal times. If you want to cut down on the amount of meat you eat and look after your health, meat alternatives are a great way to enjoy your family favourite meals.’

RPS1957 Mock Meat Revolution DSJ v1

CoNtEnTs fIeRy fLaTbReAd pIzZa WiTh BlAcKeNeD SpIcY SaUsAgE, SqUaSh PuReE & CrIsPy CaVaLo NeRo

InTrOdUcTiOn 6

This pizza-like ﬂatbread has a delicious combination of ﬂavours and textures that I defy even the most committed of pepperoni pizza lovers to fall in love with this. Makes great sharing food too.

1 AsIaN StReEt FoOd 14

tHe dOuGh ½ teaspoon dried fastacting yeast 280 ml/1 ¼ cups lukewarm water 330 g/2 ½ cups strong bread ﬂour 1 tablespoon olive oil 1 teaspoon salt 1 teaspoon caster sugar polenta/cornmeal, for dusting

2 FaUx FiSh 52 3 FaSt FoOd FaVoUrItEs 80

FoR tHe tOpPiNgS

4 CoMfOrT FoOd ClAsSiCs 112

1 butternut squash, peeled and cored 6 tablespoon olive or vegetable oil 1 red onion, peeled and thinly sliced 2 small banana shallots, peeled and ﬁnely diced 4 garlic cloves, peeled, crushed and ﬁnely diced 1 tablespoon freshly chopped thyme (or 1 teaspoon dried)

InDeX 142 AcKnOwLeDgEmEnTs 144

100 ml/⅓ cup Marsala wine, or sweet sherry 120 ml/½ cup good quality vegetable stock 1 teaspoon salt ½ teaspoon ground black pepper 1 teaspoon agave syrup 1 small bunch of cavalo nero, or substitute curly kale or other dark winter greens 2–3 tablespoons almond ‘ricotta’ or other vegan alternative 2 Mexican Spicy Sausage (see page 90, cut into 1–2-cm/½–1-inch slices (or substitute any vegan chorizo) 2 tablespoon pumpkin seeds, lightly toasted a few drizzles of chilli/ chili oil (optional)

Mix together the yeast, sugar and water in a small bowl. Stir well and set aside in a warm place for 10–20 minutes until nice and frothy. If it doesn’t froth, start again. Add the ﬂour, oil and salt to the bowl and then add the liquid and mix well. Knead until the dough is smooth and no longer sticky, usually about 10 minutes of kneading or mixing. Turn the dough onto a well-ﬂoured surface and knead well for about another 10 minutes, by stretching the dough out and folding over itself. Repeating until the dough is very stretchy and springy. Place the dough in a well-oiled bowl and cover. Leave in a warm place for 30 minutes until doubled in size. Divide the dough into 4 large balls. Cover and set aside. Dice the squash into large pieces and lay on a lightly oiled baking sheet. Place in a preheated oven, about 200°C (400°F) Gas 6, for 20–30 minutes until pieces are well softened and starting to blacken at the edges. Remove and set aside. Turn down the oven to 140°C (300°F) Gas 2. In a small frying pan/skillet, add 2 tablespoons olive oil and the sliced red onion. Fry on a medium

MaKeS 4 pIzZaS

high heat for about 5–6 minutes until nicely browned. Set aside on a small plate to cool. In the same frying pan/skillet add the shallot and another 2 tablespoons of olive oil. Fry the shallot on a low heat until softened and translucent then add the garlic and cook for a further 3–4 minutes. Add the thyme, wine or sherry if using, stock, salt, pepper and agave syrup. Mix well and bring to simmer, cooking for about 3–4 minutes. Remove from heat

This is award-winning author, JACKIE KEARNEY’S

and cool slightly.

third vegan recipe book in which she explores the

FaSt FoOd 70

ever-growing popularity of vegan meat substitutes. Her bestselling Vegan Street Food was the winner of the PETA Best Vegan Cookbook Award in 2016

bAo zI

and her recently published My Vegan Travels was

StEaMeD BuNs WiTh BbQ JaCkFrUiT & CuCuMbEr PiCkLe

short-listed for the Travel Cookery Book of the Year Award at the Edward Stanford Travel Writing Awards 2018. She was a top-4 ﬁnalist in BBC One’s MasterChef in 2011 and the only vegetarian ﬁnalist to date.

The Mock Meat Revolution is here and while traditional butchers might be disappearing from the high street there’s a new breed ready to slice a different kind of meat – made from plants! So-called ‘vegetarian butchers’ are creating food that mimics meat and offering convincing substitutes that look, feel and even taste like the real thing. Mock meat, of course, is nothing new. Patties made from soy-based protein and wheat gluten have been around since the 1960s but now vegetables, nuts, pulses and grains are in on the act and taking it to a whole new level. Prepare to be wowed by Jackie Kearney’s delicious and ﬂavoursome collection of recipes – even the carnivores in your life will be coming back for more.

IW RPS1957_MOCKMEAT_DSJ.indd 2

I love a good steamed bun (or bao) and we’ve eaten our fair share of vegan beauties over the years. They seem to appear quite often in the food halls of South-East Asian malls, but the filling has never really wowed me. Especially not in the way that my omni friends are wowed by British Street Food Award winners Yum Bun or SoHo’s Bao. The vegan filling can sometimes be too carby or simply not salty or sharp enough to compliment the plain bun. Jackfruit makes an excellent base to build on with some sweet, salty and tangy flavours. And the pickled cucumber adds the perfect little crunch.

fOr tHe sTeAmEd bUnS 500 g/3 ¾ cups plain/allpurpose bread ﬂour 2 tablespoons caster/ granulated sugar 1 sachet fast-acting yeast ½ teaspoon baking powder ½ teaspoon salt 145 ml/⅔ cup lukewarm water 145 ml/⅔ cup soy milk 1 tablespoon deﬂavoured coconut oil, melted vegetable oil for greasing the steamer

fOr tHe fIlLiNg 1 x 482-g/17-oz. can green jackfruit, rinsed and drained 4–5 garlic cloves, crushed and chopped 1 thumb of ginger, peeled and ﬁnely chopped 2 tablespoons vegetable oil 2 tablespoons tomato ketchup 5 tablespoons hoisin sauce 2–3 tablespoons caster/ granulated sugar

2 tablespoons dark soy sauce 2 tablespoons rice vinegar

To make the cucumber pickle put all the ingredients

fOr tHe cUcUmBeR pIcKlE

ingredients and kneading well for about 10–15

½ cucumber, washed and thinly sliced 3 tablespoons rice vinegar 2 tablespoons caster sugar 1 star anise, seeds bruised

minutes, until it all comes together to make a smooth

To sErVe 1 tablespoon crushed toasted peanuts (optional) 1 spring onion/scallion, trimmed and ﬁnely sliced at an angle a handful of fresh coriander/cilantro a steamer lined with lightly oiled greaseproof paper sheets

MaKeS 14 fIlLeD bUnS

in a small bowl and mix well. Add the cucumber and ensure it is well covered. Set aside to marinate. Prepare the dough by mixing together all the

dough. Place the dough in a well-oiled bowl and cover with clingfilm/plastic wrap. Leave to rest for about 1 hour, until doubled in size. Remove the dough and roll into a giant sausage shape. Divide into about 14 portions and roll into balls. Using a rolling pin, flatten each ball into an oval. Brush with oil, fold the oval gently in half and place on a well-oiled baking sheet. Rest the buns for 30 minutes until risen again. Place the prepared steamer over a pan of water and bring the water to the boil. Gently place the buns in the steamer, evenly spaced, and steam for 15–20 minutes. The buns will rise and have a slight bounce when prodded. Set aside. To make the filling, place all the ingredients into a small pan and bring to a simmer. Cook gently on low heat for 20–25 minutes until the jackfruit is completely softened. Use a wooden spoon to break up the pieces, to create the texture of pulled pork. The mixture should be soft and sticky looking. Fill the buns with a layer of cucumber slices on the bottom, a spoonful of jackfruit on top and a sprinkle of toasted peanuts and some spring onion/scallions and fresh coriander/cilantro.

30 AsIaN StReEt FoOd

12/02/2018 13:29

Rock Cocktails 40 rock 'n' roll inspired drinks recipes—from Gin Lizzy to Guns 'n' Rosés A greatest-hits collection of 40 party-starting, hard-rocking cocktail recipes. Like your liquor as hard as your rock music? Then you’ll love this collection of pun-based cocktails that pay tribute to the great and the good of rock ’n’ roll. With recipes inspired by The Pixies (This Drunk He’s Gone to Heaven), Fleetwood Mac (Pisco Your Own Way), Metallica (Enter Sand Manhattan), Van Halen (Shot for Teacher) and plenty more, there’s more than enough to keep all Cocktail Shakermakers busy.

Key Information • • •

Publication

01 November 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$17.99

ISBN

9781911026587

Publisher

CICO

Imprint

Cico Books

Series

Category

Food & Drink

Format

186 x 123 mm

Extent

64pp

Illustrations

30 colour photographs

Age Range

Terms

SOR

The perfect gift for foodies and rock fans. Taps into the trend for pun-based cookbooks – the puns will have you rolling in the aisles. Hilarious recipe puns based on rock gods including Hendrix, The Rolling Stones, Black Sabbath, Iron Maiden, AC/DC, The Clash and Queen, whose biopic, Bohemian Rhapsody, will follow the book's publication in late 2018, offering opportunities for cross-promotion.

That's the Spirit! 100 of the world's greatest spirits and liqueurs to drink with style Jonathan Ray

C OV E R

Celebrating the intoxicating world of spirits and liqueurs, from absinthe to whisky and everything in between.

DRAF T

Calling all spirit enthusiasts, wannabe mixologists and fans of aperitifs and digestifs... That's the Spirit! is here to guide and entertain you through the world of spirits and liqueurs, including whiskies both familiar and surprising, dangerous tequila and mezcal, gin and its Dutch counterpart genever, under-rated grappa, love-it-or-hate-it Bailey's, legendary absinthe and enough rum to make you book a flight to Jamaica immediately. Behind this very well-stocked, virtual bar is author Jonathan Ray, who knows a thing or two about alcohol, being drinks editor of the Spectator. Through his personal selection of the 100 most deliciously fascinating spirits and liqueurs in the world, he tells us all about the makers behind the drinks, what makes certain brands so enduring and fascinating, which famous drinkers had one glass too many, and what makes specific tipples taste so irresistible.

Publication

01 November 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$24.99 | NZ$27.99

ISBN

9781787132641

Publisher

Quadrille Publishing Ltd

Imprint

Quadrille Publishing Ltd

Series

Category

Food & Drink

Format

220 x 150 mm

Extent

176pp

Illustrations

120 colour photographs

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Among these 100 bottles are tips on your essential home cocktail kit, the world's best cocktail bars, which glassware is right for which drink, and the ultimate way to serve key spirits at home. Fans of Jonathan's best-selling Drink More Fizz! and all things alcoholic will love this invaluable excuse to drink spirits with style.

Author Details Jonathan Ray is drinks editor of the Spectator. Prior to this he was drinks editor of GQ and spent many years as wine editor of the Daily Telegraph. He was also the anonymous Bar Spy for Imbibe magazine. He is the author of several books on wine – translated into over a dozen languages and with combined sales of almost 300,000 copies – including Drink More Fizz! published by Quadrille. As well as his regular drinks columns, he has written on food, travel, lifestyle and many other subjects for the Spectator, the Guardian, Decanter, the New Statesman, the Daily Mail and the Mail on Sunday.

Key Information • •

•

The sequel to the best-selling Drink More Fizz! book on champagne and sparkling wine, also by Jonathan Ray. An essential guide to all manner of spirits and liqueurs, including several varieties of whisky, gin, rum and vodka, as well as tequila, mezcal, bourbon, pisco, Campari, brandy, calvados, absinthe, bénédictine, chartreuse, Grand Marnier, Pernod Ricard, grappa, genever, cognac and armagnac. Perfect gift for the Christmas season.

APPLETON ESTATE 21 YEAR OLD RUM JAMAICA It was a while back in Pollen Street Social in London’s West End that I first had a rum Negroni. I couldn’t think what to have and the bartender suggested it. I’d never had one before – it never occurred to me that such a thing existed – and I was immediately, wantonly seduced. Instead of the usual gin, the bartender had used Appleton Estate Signature Blend Rum and, oh my goodness, it was delicious. The elusive note of toffee, vanilla and dark brown sugar the rum offered was cleverly held in check by the bitter Seville orange tang of the Campari which somehow, at the same time, echoed the rum’s caramelised, candied orange notes. The tangy sweet red vermouth somehow brought it all together. It was a merry, tongue-tingling dance that was played out in my mouth. Keen to learn more about this wonderful, drink-changing rum, I decided to trade up and had a glass neat of this, Appleton Estate’s 21 Year Old. Well, that’s me ruined forever. It’s stunningly fine. I just wish it wasn’t so bloody expensive. They’ve been making hand-crafted rums at Appleton Estate in the in Nassau Valley in the heart of Jamaica since 1749 (and quite possibly since 1655) and this is the perfect example of top quality sipping rum. Made from molasses under the guidance of Joy Spence, the first female master blender in the world, it’s aged in American oak barrels for a minimum 21 years, is sold in individually numbered, limited edition bottles and is utterly exquisite. I adore its mellow softness and its deep, toffee-rich, nutty, orangey and even slightly peppery flavours and its long, dry finish. If ever you’re looking for a post-prandial alternative to a fine single malt, cognac or armagnac, then – so long as you’ve got the spondulicks – there’s no need to look any further. 43%vol; www.appletonestate.com 28

Carbs From weekday dinners to blow-out brunches, rediscover the joy of the humble carbohydrate Laura Goodman You know that plate of fresh, fat fettuccine you ate on holiday in Rome? And the box of cheesy chips that saved you at 3am in a muddy field? And all the slices of buttery toast you’ve eaten on dark, damp mornings? They have something in common. Carbs. We've tried to hide it, shoving carbs aside for cauliflower rice and courgetti, but we’re not fooling anyone. Carbs are what we want – what we really, really want. We love them because they make every meal better. And anyway, global medical guidelines now say carbohydrates should make up 50% of our daily food intake, and that skipping them could lead to long-term health issues. What have we been thinking? It’s definitely time to embrace carbs in all their guises. Macaroni cheese is (practically) a medical requirement. Whether you’ve always been a die-hard carb lover, or you'd like to learn to love them again, this book has the recipes you need. There are rice bowls, pizzas, pastas, tacos, toasties, muffins, loaves, and oh-so-many ways with the glorious potato, king of the carbs (including all the chip hacks you can shake your salt at). It's time to put carbs back on the table.

Publication

01 November 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$24.99 | NZ$27.99

ISBN

9781787132573

Publisher

Quadrille Publishing Ltd

Imprint

Quadrille Publishing Ltd

Series

Category

Food & Drink

•

Format

225 x 175 mm

•

Extent

192pp

Illustrations

Full colour photography throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Author Details Laura Goodman writes about food and travel for the Sunday Times, Eater, Food52, Foodism and The Pool. She has won a Young British Foodies writer prize as well as Young Travel Writer of the Year. Laura didn’t always like food. For years, she ate yoghurt, chocolate cake, pasta with cheese sauce, and not much else. Now, though, she likes thinking deeply about what might be a nice thing to cook and eat, and then cooking and eating it.

Key Information

• •

• • •

The first single subject book globally on recipes based around carbohydrates like pasta, rice, potatoes Full-colour pictures and simple, clear design 80 recipes covering everything from soda bread to the ultimate mac and cheese Chapter list: What the World Kneads Now (breads, rolls, every baked good), Rise and Carb (breakfasts), What Would Italy Do (pasta and pizza), Game of Gratins (bakes), Party Carbs (recipes to feed a crowd), Carbobowls (quick, weeknight dinner), Chips plus (Chips plus dips and seasonings) and Double Carbs (when one carb isn't enough; think potato pizza, rice krispie pie) Easy, fun, affordable recipes for the Instagram generation with a colourful, cool design. Affordable price point and commercial format (based on Roasting Tray (Sheet Pan) Magic) The clean-eating trend continues to wane, and as it does, we are seeing a return to more normal, affordable ways of eating – exactly the sort celebrated by this book

2 h t i w up b r a c e h t Whether or not you forgive Sunday for the way it bleeds heartlessly into Monday, Saturday morning is the best bit of the weekend. Friday night is good, but it’s bleary, dark and ruled by red wine. Saturday morning is wide-eyed and ready to feast on the world. We’ll make tea in pots, or launch through cafetieres, without fear of repercussions – we’ll be caffeinated to the hilt and we dgaf. Today, there is no need for us to silently pulsate at our desks for nine straight hours. So, we cook while we drink, we brew some more, we make a floury mess of our PJs. A little batter lollops down the front of a kitchen cabinet and this, I have to believe, is the whole point. I mention this because I know what you, an adult human, are like. You can’t be faffed for the likes of this chapter on a Monday or a Thursday before work. Perhaps, on those days, you will evacuate your home while your insides acquaint themselves with a few gloopy spoonfuls of overnight oats. Perhaps 2

you’ll become self-conscious over a bus banana. Perhaps – if you can track down a clean knife! – you’ll make yourself a slice of smeary toast in the office kitchen. Saturday is the day you’ll wake up prepared to really lollop that batter home. Don’t worry, you’ll get there. Only a few days to go! I’ve heard of people shunning the word brunch because it consolidates two meals, and why would a true devotee of meals seek to eat fewer of them? I hear this – I do – but as far as the word itself goes, brunch really has the exuberant edge over functional breakfast. But guess what? I really don’t care what you call it, or what time you eat it at, or whether you go for that run before, after, or in 2026 – just make it good. Make sure you start your weekend absolutely beside yourself with hope and carbohydrates. 3

CHOCOLATE CHIP BANANA BREAD 3 large ripe bananas 115g unsalted butter 115g dark brown sugar 2 eggs 100g sour cream 1 tsp vanilla extract ½ tsp fine salt 1 tsp bicarbonate of soda 200g plain flour 100g dark chocolate, chopped into little pieces (optional)

You only need one great banana bread recipe and I have every reason to believe this is it. The whipped-up combo of dark brown sugar, banana and sour cream creates a toffee banana batter you’ll want to eat by the spoonful. And that’s before you add the chopped chocolate. The final dark and swanky loaf is a good one to drop in to people you love. When they slice it, they’ll realise it goes so far beyond what a banana bread is supposed to do, they’ll get the message: you really care. 4

Preheat the oven to 180°C and grease a loaf tin. Melt the butter in a small saucepan while you mash the bananas. In a large mixing bowl, whisk the (cooled) butter into the bananas to make a whipped banana butter. Add the sugar and whisk for a couple of minutes. Add the eggs, sour cream, vanilla and salt, and whisk just until combined. Top the mix with flour and bicarbonate of soda and fold it all through with a spatula until there are no floury bits. It’ll be looking and tasting pretty good now – caramelised banana cake batter. And even better once you fold the chocolate chunks through with your spatula. Bake in the middle of the oven for 55 minutes, until a skewer comes out clean (start checking after 50). Serve as it comes, or griddled with butter or cream cheese.

RICOTTA-SESAME TOAST What’s the point of a breakfast chapter in a book of carbs when we could simply just eat toast? Well, if you’re going to be like that! Here’s some extra special toast from me to you. Don’t mention it.

2 big slices of country-style bread, sourdough or ciabatta Extra virgin olive oil 100g soft ricotta 1 tbsp milk 2 tbsp sesame seeds Honey (orange blossom is great here) Sea salt

Put a piece of foil on your grill pan, lay the slices of toast on top, drizzle them with olive oil and grill for a minute or two. Once golden, turn over, drizzle the other side and grill again. In a dry frying pan, toast the sesame seeds until they’re pale golden, and smelling super-sesame, jiggling the pan as you go. They’ll keep toasting a bit once you take the pan off the heat, so catch them before they’re well done. In a small bowl, stir the ricotta and loosen it with the milk so it’s prime for schmearing – you might not need all the milk so take it a bit at a time. Split the ricotta between the toasts and spread it with the back of a spoon. Top with the toasted sesame seeds, a trickle of honey and a pinch of sea salt.

Pleesecakes 60 AWESOME no-bake cheesecake recipes Joe Moruzzi and Brendon Parry The Joe Wicks-endorsed stars of cheesecake make their debut with this SMASHER of a cookbook. SMASH IT with the new stars of cheesecake! Joe and Brendon have reinvented the cheesecake for a new generation with their massively successful Pleesecakes. Their inventive toppings and out-of-this-world flavour combinations will have you drooling with anticipation, and they couldn't be easier to make. Pleesecakes' first book features over 60 of the boys' wildly popular no-bake recipes - once you've got the base and the basics, you're SORTED. Pile the toppings high and enjoy! From boozy riffs on cocktails (Mojito, Baileys, Daq attack) and breakfast (cappuccino and builder's tea and biscuits), through celebration cheesecakes (Black Forest, Pumpkin pie, Red velvet), plus healthy and vegan options (Avocado and lime, Protein slices), to classic Pleesecake favourites like Strawberry edge ledge and Smores, this is a dessert book like no other.

Publication

01 November 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$24.99 | NZ$27.99

Get on some DECENT desserts and be a part of the CHEESECAKE MOVEMENT!

ISBN

9781787132498

Author Details

Publisher

Quadrille Publishing Ltd

Imprint

Quadrille Publishing Ltd

Series

Ex-painter-decorators Joe Moruzzi and Brendon Parry started Pleesecakes in January 2017 to supply friends and family with their popular cheesecakes. Since then they've amassed over 100,000 followers on social media. They have been featured in ITV's This Morning, and celebrity fans include Joe Wicks, David Williams, Holly Willoughby and Tom Daley.

Category

Food & Drink

Format

225 x 175 mm

Extent

160pp

Illustrations

Key Information •

Joe Wicks (The Body Coach) is a friend and supporter, and will provide a quote for the cover

•

‘These boys have gone from rubbing down skirting boards and painting walls to making the most incredible cheesecakes you’ve ever seen… Pair of winners if you ask me!’ Joe Wicks, The Body Coach

Full colour illustrations throughout

•

Age Range

•

Terms

SOR

Instagram-friendly brand with over 90K followers Over 60 no-bake cheesecake recipes Includes vegan options First contemporary, fun cheesecakes book to market Celebrity fans also include David Walliams, Emma Bunton, John Terry, Holly Willoughby, Phillip Schofield, Tom Daley, and the casts of Made in Chelsea and The Only Way is Essex.

• • •

Eat Your Way to Managing Diabetes Tackle Type-1 and Type-2 Diabetes by Changing the Way You Eat, in 50 Recipes Dale Pinnock Type-2 diabetes is on the rise at a terrifying rate. This revolutionary book gives you all the information you need to treat type-2 diabetes through diet. Whether you want to prevent, cure or manage diabetes, Dale shows you how to incorporate essential nutrients into your everyday diet. In this title, Dale investigates the explosion in diabetes and attempts to find out why and what you can do about it. The title is intended to help relieve both type- 1 and type-2 diabetes – using nutrition alongside conventional medicine – but, importantly, Dale believes diet alone can heal type-2 diabetes. In the first half of the book, Dale unpicks the physiology and anatomy of diabetes, showing how the modern diet causes insulin resistance and – ultimately – type-2 diabetes. But his mission is to correct that and, in the second half of the book, he provides the delicious tools to do so. A chart of low-GI foods will help you to get 'carb-smart'. Start the day with an Avocado and cheddar omelette with spicy salsa, or enjoy a speedy Chicken and lentil curry. Serve friends Tilapia fillets with pea, mint and feta mash and tomato salad, or even try a low-GI Cheesecake for pudding. Learn Dale's secrets for yourself and successfully eat your way to avoiding – or relieving – diabetes.

Publication

01 November 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$24.99 | NZ$27.99

ISBN

9781787131422

Publisher

Quadrille Publishing Ltd

Imprint

Quadrille Publishing Ltd

Series

The Medicinal Chef

Dale Pinnock is a passionate champion of the beneficial effects that food can have on our health, and he runs a successful website at www.dalepinnock.com. With degrees in Human Nutrition, Herbal Medicine and Nutritional Medicine, he has in-depth knowledge of evidence-based nutritional medicine and phytonutrients. His approach is to work alongside conventional medicine and he regularly collaborates with healthcare professionals to show patients how diet and lifestyle can help in the prevention of disease. Uniquely for a nutritionist, Dale has also worked as a wholefoods chef and he is committed to making it easy for us to unlock the full potential of the nutrients in our food to maintain our health and fight disease. Dale has written two previous books, The Medicinal Chef: Eat Your Way to Better Health and The Medicinal Chef: Healthy Every Day , also published by Quadrille.

Category

Food & Drink

Key Information

Format

210 x 160

Extent

144pp

Illustrations

Full colour

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Author Details

• • • • • •

Dale Pinnock has established himself as the pre-eminent voice in eating for good health using affordable and accessible ingredients and as such he is highly sought after in the media for his nutritional expertise Type-2 diabetes is on the rise at a terrifying rate. This revolutionary book gives you all the information you need to treat type-2 diabetes through diet Whether you want to prevent, cure or manage diabetes, Dale shows you how to incorporate essential nutrients into your everyday diet Includes advice and recipes for all types of diabetes and diabetes protection All recipes are not just healing but also delicious – vital if a diet is going to work Over 175,000 copies of Dale’s books sold worldwide

The Vegetarian Option Simple, vegetarian, delicious Simon Hopkinson Classic recipes from a masterful cook, that just happen to be vegetarian. Welcome to the vegetarian option. 'Simon Hopkinson is a classically trained chef with the heart of a home cook.' Nigella Lawson 'The Vegetarian Option performs the brilliant feat of being vegetarian without being vegetarian. Without an ounce of quorn or the merest sight of a nut cutlet, every recipe illuminates, and there is nothing you would not want to eat' Rowley Leigh Now more than ever, people are turning to vegetarian food. But how to know when to really eat a tomato, or the best way to get flavour from a gifted marrow? Simon Hopkinson's classic, simple recipes will solve any dilemma, accompanied by beautiful essays on subjects from the joy of bay leaves to the enlivening zippiness of a lemon.

Publication

01 November 2018

The key to Simon Hopkinson's cooking is using seasonal ingredients and good-quality produce. With recipes for everything from a quick supper to the perfect cocktail and accompanying snack, The Vegetarian Option is not written exclusively for vegetarians, but as a fresh source of inspiration for all genuine food lovers.

Binding

Hardback

Author Details

Price

AU$24.99 | NZ$27.99

ISBN

9781787132481

Publisher

Quadrille Publishing Ltd

Imprint

Quadrille Publishing Ltd

Series

Category

Food & Drink

Format

216 x 138 mm

•

Extent

216pp

•

Illustrations

Text only

•

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Simon Hopkinson left school at 17 to begin a career as a chef. He opened his first restaurant, the Shed, near Fishguard, just before his 21st birthday. In 1983 he launched himself on the London restaurant scene, becoming chef at Hilaire in the Old Brompton Road. He swiftly found himself one of the most acclaimed young chefs in the business and his friendship with Terence Conran led to the opening of Bibendum in the restored Michelin building in 1987. He retired as a full-time chef in 1995 to concentrate more on writing and TV presenting. His critically acclaimed cookery writing has won him the André Simon award, and the Glenfiddich Award three times.

Key Information •

There are now four times the amount of vegetarians in the UK than there were in 2015, and the number continues to rise. A beautiful new illustrated edition of this classic cookbook from one of the greatest food writers of his generation. Beautiful, Penguin-classic style cover to make this a must-have stocking filler for foodies at Christmas. Perfect for an older market who might feel intimidated by quinoa and Californian fusion style vegetarian cooking.

VEGETABLES

Tomatoes & Olive Oil

The finest tomatoes I have ever had the pleasure of both using and eating are those locally grown in The Mani, on the Peloponnese peninsula in southern Greece. So heavy are these with sweet, fragrant flesh and juice, occasional fruits have weighed up to 750g each! Of course, simply sliced and dressed with olive oil (again local, naturally) they are at their most superb and beautiful to behold, with their sparkling seeds pocketed within thick, meaty partitions. I particularly enjoy eating them with some thinly sliced onions, which, in Greece, are a lovely pale pink, mild and sweet; plus the olive oil, of course. And, finally, my perfect breakfast is a thick slice of tomato, slowly fried in olive oil, with a fried egg (from the butcher’s wife) popped on top. I call it ‘my small Greek breakfast’. Cooked, these gorgeous toms behave quite magnificently. The English friends who have invited me into their Greek holiday home enjoy a Bloody Mary as much as I do, so we make our own fresh tomato juice. The tomatoes, however, need to be slightly cooked, as simply making a purée of raw tomatoes will only give you a sort of pink pap. Given time, this would separate out into an unattractive suspension of pulp and pale, thin juice. So, core the tomatoes, blanch in boiling water for a few seconds and then peel (although not essential, I sometimes wonder if the skins contribute bitterness, once cooked). Cut them up into rough chunks and put into a large, stainless steel pan with a little salt and a pinch of sugar; if the tomatoes are naturally sweet then this will probably be unnecessary. Add a little water to start the cooking process and put on a low heat.

The trick here is to take the process only until the tomatoes have given off most of their juice, but still remain a touch undercooked. If heated too much, the juice tastes of cooked tomatoes, and again, once cooled and allowed to settle, it is liable to separate. Now, force the mixture through a coarse sieve using the back of a ladle, or, better still, a mouli-légumes (vegetable mill), then pass this through a finer sieve to remove the seeds. Job done. Keep in a screwtop bottle in the fridge, where it will stay fresh for 4–5 days. Shake well before use. I buy my everyday olive oil from Andrew Carmichael, an esteemed veterinary surgeon in Holland Park, West London, who also happens to be the proprietor of an olive grove estate on the island of Crete. It is very good extra virgin oil indeed and excellent value. However, two very particular olive oils – one from Tuscany, the other from Provence –need special mention. The Italian one is Cappezana, from a medieval estate that has been producing olive oil since 804 AD. This I only ever use for fine dressings or spooning over thick slices of fresh mozzarella, or it’s creamy cousin, burrata. I would also use it to dress the choicest sliced tomatoes, on the rare occasion that I may find them in West London, on a warm summer’s day. The French oil is from Le Moulin de Jean-Marie Cornille, in the village of Maussane-les-Alpilles, near St. Rèmy de Provence, but is generally known simply as Huile de Maussane. I know of no other oil as fragrantly pungent as this one, although it has a refinement and individuality that, for me, is unique. When used to fabricate golden aïoli, it is peerless.

Tomato jelly with basil & goat’s cheese

Before writing this book, I had never needed to use a vegetarian gelling agent, namely agar-agar, although I knew vaguely of its seaweed origins, so highly prized in Japan. In Ireland, carragheen moss, a different variety of seaweed is used for the purpose, notably in the pudding known, not surprisingly, as Carragheen moss pudding. I had no idea of the setting properties of agar-agar or, clearly, how much to use. On using it, I discovered that the instructions on the packet gave a set that was very much too firm; well, for me, it was. I spent a great deal of time experimenting with the set, and the resultant, delicate texture achieved in the following recipe is one of enormous finesse, melting in the mouth in the nicest possible way. Agar flakes, however, will not produce a crystal clear jelly in the way conventional gelatine leaves do. Or, at least, they didn’t for me. However, an agar jelly has the advantage that it does not form a skin. Note that it will eventually set at room temperature, too.

Serves 4

200ml stock 2 heaped tsp agar flakes 500g ripest tomatoes (cherry, small plum or very ripe summer tomatoes), finely chopped or processed to a mush 1 tsp Maldon salt 1 tsp sugar

pinch of dried chilli flakes 125g soft goat’s cheese 1 heaped tbsp soured cream 1 small clove garlic, crushed to a paste with a little Maldon salt small handful of basil leaves, chopped fine freshly ground white pepper

Put the stock into a stainless steel pan, sprinkle over the agar flakes but do not stir in. Allow to come up to a gentle simmer and then swirl the pan around over the heat, until the flakes begin to melt. Simmer for 3–4 minutes and then add the tomatoes, salt, sugar and chilli. Bring up to just under simmering point and then pass through a fine sieve suspended over a bowl. Initially, simply allow the juice to drip through, then carefully move the tomato pulp around with a spoon to coax more juice out, but do not force or press it. Meanwhile, thoroughly mix the goat’s cheese, soured cream, garlic, basil and pepper together in a bowl. Spoon into the base of four small glass beakers (or similar), dividing it equally. Now take the bowl of tomato liquid and place it over a larger bowl filled with ice cubes and water. Taking a metal spoon, gently stir the liquid around until it just begins to gel; about 10 minutes, but note that when it starts to gel, it will happen quite swiftly.

Spoon the jelly over the cheese mixture and place in the fridge to set for about 1 hour – the jellies are best eaten there and then. Serve with teaspoons and eat with thin, hot buttered toast. An elegant summer first course, eaten out of doors.

Tomato salad with basil cream dressing & olive oil

I first recall eating tomato salad with a cream dressing at the Italian restaurant Montpeliano, in London’s Knightsbridge. It must have been in the late 1970s, soon after I had first arrived in London. When the salad arrived, we were somewhat surprised to receive two large white plates covered with ripest red, sliced tomatoes, anointed with a generous dressing of what looked like double cream. That was until we tasted it. Ice cold and almost sweet and sour, this cream dressing was just fabulous. Freshly torn basil leaves, a grinding of pepper from the handsome waiter (giant mills all the rage, then) and a trickle of good olive oil shining in rivulets upon its creamy surface... Just perfect.

Serves 2

1 ½ tbsp white wine vinegar 2 tbsp warm water Maldon salt and freshly ground pepper 75ml whipping cream 50ml extra virgin olive oil, plus a little extra pinch of sugar 7–8 basil leaves, torn or chopped 4 ripe, medium tomatoes, cored and sliced

In a mixing bowl, whisk together the wine vinegar, water and seasoning until combined. Now whisk in the cream, olive oil and sugar until well amalgamated, then stir in the basil. Lay the tomatoes onto a large plate (preferably white), very lightly season and spoon over the dressing. Trickle over a little extra olive oil and serve directly.

The Cider Insider The essential guide to 100 craft ciders to drink now Susanna Forbes The essential guide to 100 of the best craft ciders and perries from around the world. “The perfect guide you need to find out about the apple, the orchard, the maker and blender – in short, CIDER” – Tom Oliver, Oliver’s Cider & Perry, Herefordshire Cider is big news. Just as with craft beer and artisan gin, there's a world of new brands and styles for the drinker to discover – but where to start? In The Cider Insider, award-winning drinks writer Susanna Forbes has hand-picked 100 great ciders that are worth seeking out and drinking now. She offers a complete, accessible guide to the very best on the market, from amazing blends to single-varietals, perries and even ice ciders. The greatest cider-makers have honed their skills to a fine art – from Spain to Oregon, the world's top ciders are now being appreciated as a versatile drink akin to the finest wines. Indeed, cider's complex flavour profiles make it especially suited for drinking with a meal, and Susanna suggests food matches for each variety.

Publication

01 November 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$24.99 | NZ$27.99

ISBN

9781787130036

Publisher

Quadrille Publishing Ltd

Imprint

Quadrille Publishing Ltd

Series

Susanna Forbes is the UK’s foremost cider writer and expert. She writes regularly for Imbibe magazine, and in 2017 won the title of Best Trade Writer at the British Guild of Beer Writers Awards. She is the co-founder of Little Pomona Cidery and Orchard, and runs the website drinkbritain.com.

Category

Food & Drink

Key Information

Format

185 x 135 mm

•

Extent

224pp

•

Illustrations

Full colour throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Featuring a comprehensive guide to taste, makers and varieties worldwide from over 35 regions, and with a foreword by the UK's Cider King, Tom Oliver, The Cider Insider is the first book of its kind to celebrate the wonders of the golden nectar.

Author Details

This is first small format, gifty handbook on cider – established publishing is academic and dreary. Cider-drinking audience is equal 50/50 male-female split, with drinking outside the home dominated by millennials who represent 36% of the market, and cider purchases for drinking at home made by predominantly over-45s (two thirds of the market)

PERRY

GREGG’S PIT

BARNET, BRANDY & WINNALS LONGDON abv: 6% region: Herefordshire, England fruit: Barnet, Brandy, Winnals Longdon perry pears lifestory: sourced from local orchards, pressed on a stone press, six-month fermentation before bottling and bottle conditioning experience: throughout the year, the monthly Kempley Produce Market; The Big Apple Harvesttime festival, with a “walk, talk and taste” wander through the orchards if you like this: match with fish and herbinfused dishes; try Gregg’s Pit Thorn ‘champagne method’ Perry, also the Aylton Red, Blakeney Red, Gregg’s Pit ‘house blend’

“We put this trio together for the first time in 2009 by happenstance,” says James Marsden, one half of the duo behind Gregg’s Pit, explaining how he and partner Helen Woodman had been offered the chance to harvest the fruit from an orchard near Ross-on-Wye. By then, Gregg’s Pit had won the Champion Perry award at the local Big Apple Blossomtime trials 10 times, no mean feat considering how much of a challenge the coquettish perry pear is. Gregg’s Pit itself is an inspiringly evocative set-up in the Herefordshire cider heartland of Much Marcle. Within sight of May Hill, the allimportant touchpoint for those growing perry pears, James and Helen have two orchards, one with standard trees, the other wilder, dominated by a few vast, ancient perry pear trees. While Barnet is in fairly good supply, Brandy and Winnals Longdon are relatively rare. Each brings something different to the blend. Barnet provides XXXXX, Brandy xxxxxx and Winnals Longdon is XXXXXX. “It’s always a tricky judgement call when to harvest,” says James. As it turns out, this is the blend which visitors often see being pressed during the Big Apple Harvestime festival. Pale yellow in the glass with a gentle sparkle, this is fragrant and delicate on the nose, reminding me of a Victorian cottage garden, with elderflowers, chamomile, plus pears and pear blossom, and an underlying hint of starfruit. Soft and rounded in the mouth, the medium bodied texture is enlivened by subtle richness and balancing acidity.

greggs-pit.co.uk

10 � England, Wales & Ireland

FRUITY

PILTON CIDER

TAMOSHANTA 2016 abv: 4.7% region: Somerset, England fruit: orchard blends of bittersweet and bittersharp apples from Somerset lifestory: keeved in the autumn, filled into exScotch whisky barrels on Burns Night to continue fermentation, before final conditioning in the bottle experience: check out Events tab on Pilton site; cidermakers get to enjoy Martin’s hospitality every year with his friendly CiderMakers BottleShare during the Royal Bath & West Show if you like this: try Pilton’s Original, Ice Cider, Fire Cider pilton.com

Glastonbury is often thought to be a place with mystical powers, so perhaps it’s appropriate that one of England’s leading exponent of the magical keeving process is based in, and named after, the tiny neighbouring village of Pilton. A home cidermaker for a number years, when Martin Berkeley and his wife Angela moved to Shepton Mallet they noticed orchard fruit going to waste and determined to do something with it. Having been brought up in France, Angela favoured the French style of cider, relying on keeving to leave a rustic, residual sweetness. With Angela’s help, Martin learnt the ropes in France – there are no keeving classes in the UK– and now you’ll find Pilton all around Britain, plus the USA and Italy. Sourcing his fruit locally, another bit of magic Martin has access to is 88 Somerset cider apple varieties in the library orchard behind the historic Shepton Mallett Cider Mill. From this Martin crafts his blends, and Tamoshanta takes Martin’s original Pilton cider one step further. Each Burns Night at the end of January, cider is filled into ex-Speyside whisky barrels to finish its fermentation before bottling. The cider is named in honour of Tam o’Shanter, one of the epic poems from Scots literary legend, Rabbie Burns. Beautiful warm, sun-kissed apple aromas with yellow apples and hints of demarara sugar hit first on the nose. With an elegant sparkle of tiny bubbles, the barrel comes through on the palate giving the tannins a drying effect.

24 � England, Wales & Ireland

Black Sea Dispatches and Recipes – Through Darkness and Light Caroline Eden From the author of Samarkand, travels through the food and communities of the Black Sea coastline. ‘A dark bowl full of wheat is the sky with stars’, Bulgarian proverb ‘This was Europe’s easternmost rim… Cherno More, Kara Su, Marea Neagra, the Euxine, the Black Sea … Constanta, Odessa, Batumi, Trebizond, Constantinople … the names were intoxicating.' Patrick Leigh Fermor, Words of Mercury This is the tale of a journey between three great cities – Odessa, built on a dream by Catherine the Great, through Istanbul, the fulcrum balancing Europe and Asia and on to tough, stoic, lyrical Trabzon. With a nose for a good recipe and an ear for an extraordinary story, Caroline Eden travels from Odessa to Bessarabia, Romania, Bulgaria and Turkey’s Black Sea region, exploring interconnecting culinary cultures. From the Jewish table of Odessa, to meeting the last fisherwoman of Bulgaria and charting the legacies of the White Russian émigrés in Istanbul, Caroline gives readers a unique insight into a part of the world that is both shaded by darkness and illuminated by light. Publication

01 November 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$39.99 | NZ$45.00

ISBN

9781787131316

Publisher

Quadrille Publishing Ltd

Imprint

Quadrille Publishing Ltd

Series

Category

Food & Drink

Format

246 x 167 mm

Extent

288pp

Illustrations

Full colour photography throughout

Meticulously researched and documenting unprecedented meetings with remarkable individuals, Black Sea is like no other piece of travel writing. Packed with rich photography and sumptuous food, this biography of a region, its people and its recipes truly breaks new ground.

Author Details Caroline Eden is a travel and food writer focusing on the former Soviet Union and south Asia. She has written for various publications including the Daily Telegraph, Financial Times and the Guardian. She writes a weekly travel page for London’s Metro newspaper. Caroline's first book, Samarkand, won the Guild of Food Writers Award for best food and travel book in 2017. She lives in Edinburgh, Scotland.

Key Information • • •

Age Range

•

Terms

SOR

•

Contemporary food and travel writing from award-winning Guardian and Metro journalist First book to cover the food of the area - capitalises on trend for cooking from lesser-known areas of Eastern Europe and the near-East The author is an ex Waterstones bookseller and a hugely well-connected food journalist Beautifully packaged with an iridescent, textured cover Caroline's previous book, Samarkand, sold over 5,500 copies TCM

A B O RS C H T R E B E L L I O N - a s h o r t m e d i t a t i o n o n Th e B a tt l e s h i p P o t e m k i n

Before 1925, the steps leading down to Odessa’s docks were simply called the ‘Gigantic Staircase’ but when Sergei Eisenstein’s blockbuster film, The Battleship Potemkin, made them the most famous staircase in the world, they became the ‘Potemkin Steps. Eisenstein’s masterpiece - silent, black and white, made in just three months - is often tipped as being not the best black and white film ever made, not the best silent film ever made, but simply the best film ever made. His quick cuts and montage techniques are still taught in film classes worldwide. But there are truths and untruths. The Russian battleship Potemkin was real, built for the Imperial Russian Navy’s Black Sea Fleet. The crew’s rebellion, against the officers in June 1905, also happened and was a flashpoint leading to the events of the 1917 revolution. Its most famous scene, though, the massacre on the Odessa steps, was propaganda.

of all - the pram with a crying baby careening down the steps - is surely one of the most disturbing moments in cinematic history. Almost as harrowing, is the face of the nurse who helplessly looks on, paused in silent scream. Francis Bacon, hardly a stranger to the grotesque, was so inspired by this cinematic moment that he painted his brutal Study for the Nurse. It is a crude oil painting of a woman hysterical in an empty room. All context has been stripped away, but it is obvious to anyone who has seen the film who it is. The steps work in this film, not because they are grand (though they are) but because they offer an optical illusion. The top step is several metres narrower than the bottom one, so from the top, by the Duc de Richelieu statue looking down, the landings are the main view, but from the bottom, looking up, the stairs appear intimidatingly grand and the top looks even further away than it is. The message to those arriving at the port seems to be: ‘look how grand our Odessa is!’ Or, to the port docker, way down below: ‘keep on dreaming, keep on grafting, keep looking up. And, remember your place.’

The film’s plot is simple. Life is hard on board Battleship Potemkin. The sailors are downtrodden, tired and fed up with the arrogant officers who freely dish out orders in their white uniforms. Things start really unravelling when maggots are discovered in meat meant for the sailor’s borscht. A mutiny erupts and the main sailor protagonist, Grigory Vakulenchuk, later hailed a make-believe hero in Communist lore, is shot dead. The sailors display the body of Vakulenchuk ashore for all to see, and leave a note beside him which reads ‘for a spoonful of soup.’ Some have said that this film, and its depictions of measly rations, directly contributed to the West’s labelling of Russian food as awful. This could indeed be true. Eisenstein uses the city’s steps to great effect in the key scene, when tsarist troops brutally attack the crowd who have gathered in solidarity with the ship’s crew. One man falls forward, shot, then another, and another until men fall like black and white dominoes down and down. Others, clutching their throats in horror, watch as adults stampede over children. The most famous scene 2 O D E S SA - U K RA I N E

Black Sesame Challah M A K E S O N E LOA F

5 0 0 g s t ro n g w h i te b r e a d f l o u r

1 e g g , b e a te n

7 g f a s t-a c t i o n d r i e d ye a s t

1 e g g fo r e g g w a s h , m i x e d w i t h 1 te a s p o o n o f m i l k

2 te a s p o o n s f i n e s a l t 5 0 g d e m e ra ra s u g a r 1 6 0 m l w a te r

1 tablespoon black sesame seeds 1 / 2 te a s p o o n s e a s a l t fo r s c a tte r i n g o n t h e to p

50ml vegetable oil

Attach the dough hook/blade to your mixer bowl. Combine all the ingredients, except the sea salt and sesame, and keeping the fine salt away from the yeast, into the bowl. Process gradually until the dough forms a sticky ball. This usually takes a couple of minutes. Or, to knead by hand: mix the dry ingredients in the bowl (flour, yeast, sugar, and salt) and the wet in a mixing jug. Make a well in the dry mix, poured in the wet ingredients and mix until you have a shaggy dough, then knead for 5-10 minutes until smooth and a little sticky. Have a large oiled bowl ready and knead the dough on a floured surface for 2 minutes, then place inside, rolling once in the oil, and cover with a damp cloth or cling film. Leave for an hour until doubled in size. Preheat the oven to 190°C/gas mark 5 and have a baking tray lined with parchment ready. Take the dough, and on a lightly floured surface, split the dough in 3 and using your hands, roll into 3 oblong pieces of around 50cm, making sure it’ll fit your baking tray. If you find you cannot gain the friction needed to roll out the ropes instead of flouring the surface dampen it slightly with a damp cloth, this can help. Take the 3 pieces and join them, by pinching and tucking under, at one end, and then plait. It’s important not to do this too tightly as the dough will rise. Pinch and tuck under when you come to the end. Cover with a damp cloth, and leave to prove for at least 30 minutes but no longer than an hour. Next, brush with the egg wash - watered down with a teaspoon of milk – and scatter over the sea salt and the sesame. Place on baking tray and bake for around 30 minutes, keeping a close eye. When golden, remove from the oven, place on a wire rack and allow to cool completely before eating. 6 O D E S SA - U K RA I N E

The American Bar Charles Schumann The classic bar guide which launched a generation of cocktail lovers is back – completely updated. With its cloth binding evoking a Jazz Age guide to speakeasies and its charming illustrations that could have come from a period magazine, this most influential cocktail book is reissued in a newly updated edition. Spanning the cocktail spectrum from classic to contemporary, it includes all the information the cocktail lover or mixologist needs to create the perfect drink in a stylishly retro package making it an elegant, sophisticated gift as well as an indispensable companion for home or professional entertaining. With 500 recipes and an easy-to-use index arranged by drink categories, it is replete with fascinating stories behind the genesis of each cocktail, its creators, and component liquors – as well as a guide to bartending equipment and a glossary of bar terms and measurements. Charles Schumann, whose appreciation of design and drinks is legendary, is the ideal guide to the perfect drink. Based on the menus at his iconic establishments – Harry's New York Bar, then Schumann's American Bar, which later became simply Schumann's Bar – each recipe focuses on quality and balance.

Author Details

Publication

01 November 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$60.00

ISBN

9780847863075

Publisher

Rizzoli International

Imprint

Rizzoli

Charles Schumann was born Karl Georg Schuhmann in 1941 in Bavaria. After training with Germany's Ministry of Foreign Affairs, he attended a school of hotel management in Switzerland. At the age of 30, he moved to the south of France, worked in various clubs and nightclubs and studied French at the University of Montpellier. In the summer of 1973, Charles – the name he was given while in France – returned to Munich and became a barkeeper in that city's legendary Harry's New York Bar. In 1982 he opened his own establishment, Schumann's American Bar. In the meantime, the bar has become known simply as Schumann's Bar after moving to larger quarters in Munich's elegant Odeonsplatz where it celebrated its 30th anniversary in 2012. Charles Schumann has also worked as a model for Yohji Yamamoto, Comme des Garçons, and most recently Baldessarini, Hugo Boss's luxury men's-wear line.

Series

Key Information

Category

Food & Drink

Format

181 x 127 mm

Extent

424pp

Illustrations

150 duotone drawings

Age Range

Terms

SOR

• • • • •

With over 500 drinks, listed alphabetically, along with an easy-to-use drink index arranged by drink categories, it truly belongs in every mixologists collection and is an indispensable companion to entertaining. Previous edition published by Abbeville in 1995 and won the New York Book Show Award and sold over 200,000 copies. Illustrated with hundreds of delightful vintage style line drawings with a carefully designed retro package that makes it handsome as well as a pleasure to peruse. Includes fascinating histories and names cocktails and their components, a handy guide to bartending equipment, as well as a glossary of international bar terms and measurements. Charles Schumann is an icon, and is very promotable and recognisable. He has also worked as a model for Yohji Yamamoto, Comme des Garçons, and Baldessarini, Hugo Boss's luxury men's-wear line, and he is very much part of the constellation of Rizzoli fashion, lifestyle, and celebrity authors.

C o c k ta il & D rin k C at e g o rie s

Aperitifs

1. Aperitifs

Digestifs

Hangover-Drinks

Champagne Cocktails

These are to stimulate the appetite and shorten the time before a meal, but absolutely not to relieve hunger or kill the taste buds. For that reason they are known as before-dinner drinks or starters in America. I divide them like this:

Sours, Fizzes, & Collinses

Eggnogs & Flips

Highballs

Juleps

Hot Drinks & Coffee-Drinks

10.

Wine Coolers

11.

Punches

12.

Coladas

13.

Nonalcoholic Cocktails & Drinks

210

All American Favorites – Das sind These are mainly cocktails that have written the history of the bar, predominantly in America, and should be standard in every bar and not even have to appear on the menu. Some names: The aperitif cocktail no. 1—the king of cocktails— the cocktail of the “blue hour”: dry martini and all its relatives. Manhattan is also a cocktail of the “blue hour.” Also Old Fashioned, Bronx Cocktail, Sidecar, and White L ady. Aperitifs from Southern Europe

Spirits containing wine and bitters from southern Europe are especially suitable for aperitif cocktails. Classic aperitif spirits are: sherry (dry, medium, sweet), vermouth (dry, bianco, sweet), Campari, Cynar, and Dubonnet, among others.

211

C o c k ta il & D rin k C at e g o rie s

5. Sours, Fizzes, Collinses Sours â&#x20AC;&#x201C; My favorite drinks con-

tain lemon juice, sugar, and liquors. Sometimes a little orange juice is added to sours; however, I generally find this unnecessary. Sours can be mixed with almost any spirits (only in a shaker). The most common are whiskey sour, gin sour, rum sour, and pisco sour. Sours are normally served in a sour glass garnished with a stemmed maraschino cherry. However, they can also be served on the rocks in a tumbler or Old Fashioned glass.

Fizzes â&#x20AC;&#x201C; The main ingredients are lemon juice,

C o c k ta il & D rin k C at e g o rie s

Collinses â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Main ingredients: lemon juice, sugar, liquors, and soda water. Collinses are tall sours that are also related to fizzes. In contrast, however, they are stirred in a drinking glass and garnished with a lemon wedge and cherries. Like sours and fizzes, Collinses are very refreshing on hot summer afternoons. The bestknown Collins is the Tom Collins (lemon juice, sugar syrup, and gin). I personally prefer fizzes to Collinses. Shaking the ingredients of a fizz (as opposed to stirring them in preparing a Collins) is the better method for making a perfect thirst-quenching drink. Nearly every liquor has its Collins (see page 192).

sugar, liquors, and soda.

Fizzes are sours that are shaken and then filled with soda. Sweeteners such as syrups and honey can be used instead of sugar In contrast to Collinses, for me, fizzes are mainly gin drinks and their variations: Gin Fizz, Silver Fizz, Golden Fizz, Royal Fizz, Orange Fizz, Morning Glory Fizz, and New Orleans Fizz (Ramos Fizz). Vodka Fizz, Brandy Fizz, Rum Fizz, and Whiskey Fizz are also familiar.

216

217

Bar Equipment

T he A r t is t ry o f M i xin g D rin k s & C o c k ta il s

Bitters

Condiments, Spices, and Aromatics

Angostura bitters — alcohol content 44% ABV (88 proof); the number one herbal bitters at the bar. Originally developed in 1825 as a malaria remedy by Dr. Johann Gottlieb Benjamin Siegert, a German military doctor, in the city of Angostura in Venezuela. Angostura is produced from herbal extracts (in addition to angostura bark, it also contains a lot of aromatic plant extracts, such as cinnamon, cinchona bark, cloves, orange peel, nutmeg, and ginger — supposedly more than forty ingredients). The exact composition remains a company secret.

Salt and pepper Celery salt Tabasco Worcestershire sauce Orange flower water Nutmeg Cloves Cinnamon Olive oil Ketchup Rose oil

Orange bitters — alcohol content 40% ABV (80 proof); the second most popular herbal bitters at the bar. Produced from potted bitter orange peel (from unripe bitter oranges) in alcohol (mostly gin) without sugar.

Sugar cubes Powdered sugar Fine bar sugar Brown sugar Honey (liquid)

Peach bitters — alcohol content 30–40% ABV (60–80 proof); seasoning bitters with a peach flavor.

Also

Apricot bitters

Sugar and Sweeteners

Eggs Cream Milk Bitter chocolate

Peychaud’s Bitters (New Orleans) — More on this bitters in the chapter on product knowledge, under Cocktail Bitters (pages xx). 258

259

Waste Not James Beard Foundation The James Beard Foundation's comprehensive book on full-use cooking – how to use all the food you buy and avoid food waste – featuring innovative recipes and tips from top chefs across the country. The average American household throws away more than $1500 worth of food every year in scraps, ends, and other "unusable" ingredients. Waste Not – the first book on full-use cooking that covers all types of food – shows readers how to turn what often ends up in the trash into delicious meals. Curated by the James Beard Foundation, America's leading organisation for culinary innovation, the book features 100 original recipes and tips from top chefs around the country that transform often overlooked ingredients into innovative, flavourful meals. There are no better ambassadors to inspire people to reduce food waste than chefs such as Sean Brock, Seamus Mullen, Katie Button, Bill Telepan, and Mike Isabella. Nobody has more ideas for how to stretch dollars into thrifty, delicious dishes. In Waste Not, these chefs and dozens of others share recipes for meat, fish, and vegetable dishes that makes use of every last leaf, rind, scrap, and bone, as well as baked goods, condiments, drinks, and desserts. Alongside recipes such as squash seed tahini, pickled watermelon rind, chicken-saffron arancini, and lobster Bolognese are the chefs' tips and tricks to help home cooks get maximum mileage – and flavour – from the food they buy.

Publication

01 November 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$75.00

ISBN

9780847862788

Publisher

Rizzoli International

Imprint

Rizzoli

Series

Category

Food & Drink

Format

254 x 203 mm

Extent

224pp

Illustrations

50 colour photographs

•

Age Range

•

Terms

Author Details The James Beard Foundation is America's most prestigious culinary organisation. Its mission is to celebrate, nurture, and honour America's diverse culinary heritage through educational initiatives, food industry awards, an annual conference, and publications. A cookbook author and teacher, James Beard was a champion of American cuisine who helped educate and mentor generations of professional chefs and food enthusiasts. Keirnan Monaghan and Theo Vamvounakis are known for their fresh perspective on food photography. Their work has been featured in Bon Appetit, Travel & Leisure, The Wall Street Jounal, Vogue, and Gather.

Key Information

•

Reducing food waste is a hot topic in the culinary world. The James Beard Foundation is the most respected organisation within the food world. The James Beard Award nominees and winners are greeted in some circles with the same level of anticipation as the Oscars. The Foundation is at the forefront of the current movement to reduce food waste. The clout of the Beard Foundation combined with the passion chefs feel for reducing food waste has resulted in an all-star list of contributors: Rick Bayless, Seamus Mullen, Katie Button, Mike Isabella, Tiffany Derry, Ashley Christiansen, Mary Sue Milliken, Maria Hines, Elizabeth Falkner, Emily Luchetti, and Bill Telepan.

TOPS, PEELS, BOT TOMS

K E N N Y G I L B E R T, J A C K S O N V I L L E , F L

101

Strawberry, Watermelon, Kale Salad

Sometimes all you need to turn scraps into a slam-dunk is a flavorpacked sauce. In this recipe, Kenny Gilbert gives overripe fruit and wilted kale new life with a Cajun-inflected dressing that balances heat with the cooling power of fresh mint. Best of all, this versatile dressing works with whatever seasonal fruit and greens youâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;ve got sitting in your crisper, which means this salad can be your go-to recipe any time of year that you need to clean out the refrigerator.

YIELD: 2 SERVINGS AS A SIDE

2 tablespoons crumbled Cotija cheese

OR 1 AS AN ENTRĂ&#x2030;E SALAD

3 tablespoons fresh lemon juice 2 tablespoons extra virgin oil or blended oil 2 tablespoons chopped mint leaves 1/4 tsp Cajun spice (such as Ragin Cajun spice) 1 cup large diced watermelon 1 cup quartered strawberries 3/4 cup Tuscan baby kale 1/4 cup julienned red onions

Place lemon juice, oil, Cajun spice, and mint in a large bowl and mix well to make dressing. Add watermelon, strawberries, kale, and red onion to the bowl and mix together gently. Place salad into 2 bowls and top with Cotija cheese.

106

L E VO N WA L L AC E , LO U I SV I L L E , K Y

TOPS, PEELS, BOT TOMS

Green-Top

Harissa

The fiery North African condiment gets a waste-reducing revamp in this herb-forward spin from Levon Wallace. He supplements the traditional dried spice blend with leftover root vegetable tops and herb stems, turning the typically ruby-hued spread a vibrant green, and creating a perfect condiment for marinating chicken, topping turkey burgers or grilled fish, or mixing with Greek yogurt for a dipping sauce. YIELD: 2 CUPS

2 tablespoons cumin seeds 1 tablespoon coriander seeds 3 cups (packed) radish tops (or turnip tops, beet tops, etc.) 1/2 cup finely chopped cilantro stems 1/2 cup finely chopped parsley stems 1/2 cup olive oil 1/4 cup lemon juice 6 to 8 scallion bottoms (the white and light green portion), sliced 2 jalapeĂąo peppers, seeded and sliced 1 clove garlic, smashed 1 teaspoon kosher salt

Toast the cumin and coriander seeds in a small, dry skillet over medium-low heat, tossing constantly, until very fragrant, about 3 minutes. Place all ingredients in a food processor or blender, and combine until smooth. Transfer the harissa to a non-reactive container with plastic wrap or parchment paper on the surface (this will keep the harissa from browning). N OT E :

the harissa can be made ahead and refrigerated for up to 4 days.

P I C K L E D, P R E S E R V E D

MARCO CANORA

155

Savory Granola Yield: 2 quarts Chef Marco Canora’s salty, spicy version of this sweet breakfast staple can be used in the same way you would sweeter granolas—as a topping for yogurt, or straight from the container as a snack. It’s the perfect vehicle for grape tomatoes or sungold tomatoes you want to preserve a little longer. The recipe works best with small tomatoes so that they become raisin-like, but if you have larger tomatoes, cut them up into 1-inch pieces before drying them out. The granola will last about 2 weeks stored in a sealed container.

1 or 2 pints of small heirloom tomatoes 3 cups oats ½ cup plus 2 tablespoons almond flour 1 cup Marcona almonds, roughly chopped ½ cup extra virgin olive oil 2 cloves garlic, peeled and crushed ½ teaspoon red pepper flakes

¼ cup packed fresh basil leaves 1/2 cup barley malt syrup ¼ cup dark brown sugar Zest of 1 lemon, finely grated 1 teaspoon freshly ground black pepper 1 teaspoon sea salt To prepare the tomatoes, preheat oven to 200°F. Spread the tomatoes in a single layer on a parchment lined baking sheet. Bake for 8 to 10 hours until most of the moisture is removed and they appear similar to raisins. Preheat the oven to 350°F. Stir oats and almond flour together. Spread on a baking sheet and toast for 15 minutes, until the oats become fragrant. Turn the oven down to 275°F. While the oats are toasting, bring the olive oil, garlic, and red pepper flakes to a boil. Once it boils, turn off the heat and stir in the basil leaves. Cover this mixture and let it steep for 30 minutes.

In a large mixing bowl, combine barley malt syrup, brown sugar, lemon zest, pepper, and sea salt. When the olive oil is done steeping, strain it through a fine mesh sieve into the barley syrup mixture, and stir together well. Pour toasted oat mix and chopped almonds into the same bowl and stir them together until the oats and nuts are coated. Spread the granola onto a baking sheet and return it to the oven for 20 minutes, stirring the granola and turning the pan 180 degrees halfway through. The granola should look dark brown and smell fragrant and toasty. Once it is cool, it should no longer be sticky. If it is, return it to a low oven for about 10 more minutes. When the granola is cool, break it up into smaller clusters. Mix in the tomato raisins and store it in airtight containers at room temperature.

The Happy World of Dri Dri Gelato Simple recipes for authentic Italian-style ice cream to make at home Adriano di Petrillo Easy-to-achieve recipes for delicious additive-free Italian-style gelato, sorbet and granita to make and enjoy at home. Gelato is not simply the Italian word for ice cream. 'A good gelato should be rich in flavour but you shouldn’t feel full even after you’ve eaten a pint of it. Trust me!' So says Adriano di Petrillo, or Dri Dri, owner of Dri Dri, the artisan gelateria. Authentic Italian gelato is made with milk rather than cream, so it’s much lighter and significantly lower in fat. Gelato is made by a process called ‘mantecazione,’ where it is frozen and churned very slowly so it doesn’t absorb too much air. This achieves a creamy texture without the fat. Gelato is surprisingly easy to make at home with a domestic ice cream maker. Try Adriano’s simple recipes for Vanilla, Coffee, Bitter Chocolate, Cookies and Cream, and Tiramisù. Also included are recipes for fresh and fruity sorbets and granitas, including Green Apple and Mixed Berries. Publication

01 November 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$19.99

ISBN

9781849759434

Publisher

Ryland Peters and Small

Imprint

RPS Books

Series

Category

Food & Drink

Format

210 x 170 mm

Extent

128pp

Illustrations

70 colour photos and artworks

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Suggestions for delicious ways to serve your creations include Bitter Chocolate Gelato with Cherry Compote; Lemon Gelato with Brioche; and Almond Gelato drowned with hot espresso. Ideas for gelatobased drinks include Italian classics such as a Rossini (strawberry sorbet with Prosecco) and Sgroppino (lemon gelato blended with vodka or Prosecco).

Author Details Adriano di Petrillo was born in Parma, Italy, and before launching Dri Dri in July 2010, he lived in New York and managed Art Partner, a leading talent agency for fashion photography and styling. He could never find a good gelato outside of Italy, so he opened his own Chelsea store. Dri Dri Gelato’s now has shops in Italy, Bahrain, UAE and Brazil, as well as at Chelsea Farmer’s Market in London.

Key Information • •

•

Dri Dri’s authentic recipes are made from the best ingredients and the brand’s modern-retro, family-friendly style is right on trend and lends itself to this beautifully illustrated book. Dri Dri Gelato is made in-store with fresh whole milk from local farms and white cane sugar. They do not use any emulsifiers, colourings, artificial flavourings, preservatives or non-natural thickeners so you can achieve the same results at home with simple ingredients. Gelato is rising in popularity as it appeals to those seeking natural, clean and additive-free goods.

RPS1978 Dri Dri Gelato - Batch 1

chocolate gelato

gelato al cioccolato For our classic chocolate gelato we source the ﬁnest quality chocolate from Dutch traders, but you can just go to your local supermarket and buy the best quality available! 500 ml/2 cups organic whole milk

Put the milk and whipping cream in a small saucepan and heat

165 ml/2 ⁄3 cup organic whipping cream

gently until it reaches boiling point. Pour the mixture into a heat-

20 g/¾ oz. dark chocolate (70% cocoa solids) 160 g/¾ cup plus 1 tablespoon organic (caster) sugar 1 free-range egg white

resistant bowl and refrigerate for 20 minutes. Melt the dark chocolate in a heat-resistant bowl set over a pan of barely simmering water, making sure the base of the bowl does not touch the water. In a large mixing bowl and using an electric hand whisk, beat

80 g/2 ⁄3 cup unsweetened cocoa powder

together the sugar, egg white, cocoa powder and melted dark

small wafﬂe cones, to serve (optional)

chocolate until it forms soft peaks when the beaters are lifted out

Serves 4

20 seconds.

of the mixture. Add the chilled milk mixture and whisk for a further Pour the mixture into the gelato maker and churn freeze according to the manufacturer’s instructions. The gelato is best served immediately or can be kept in the freezer for up to 3–4 days.

gelato

IW RPS1978_GelatoRF_010-047_Gelato.indd 18

23/11/2017 16:35

IW RPS1978_GelatoRF_010-047_Gelato.indd 19

23/11/2017 16:35

RPS1978 Dri Dri Gelato - Batch 1

IW RPS1978_GelatoRF_010-047_Gelato.indd 28

RPS1978 Dri Dri Gelato - Batch 1

23/11/2017 16:35

IW RPS1978_GelatoRF_010-047_Gelato.indd 29

23/11/2017 16:35

ScandiKitchen Summer Simply delicious food for lighter, warmer days Bronte Aurell Brontë Aurell, owner of the ScandiKitchen Café in London, brings her famous flair to over 65 Scandinavian-style recipes that perfectly capture the joy of summer eating.

Publication

01 November 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$45.00

ISBN

9781849759328

Publisher

Ryland Peters and Small

Imprint

RPS Books

Series

Category

Food & Drink

Format

235 x 190 mm

Extent

176pp

Illustrations

100 colour photographs

Age Range

Terms

In the warmer months we crave food that is often naturally lighter and nourishing. Scandinavians do summer food so well – it is wholesome, flavoursome, simple to make and sumptuous to look at. In Scandinavian culture, eating well is all about ‘lagom’ or balance – everything in moderation. Try the tempting breakfast ideas such as Blueberry Porridge. Sharing plates such as Smoked Mackerel Rillettes with Rye Crisps are ideal for grazing, while satisfying larger plates include Herbed Pork Tenderloin with Hasselback Potatoes or Danish Plaice with Remoulade. The all-important cake and fika recipes include a Midsummer Strawberry Cake and Skinny Lemon Muffins. A classic Sourdough Rye Loaf and Seeded Crispbread with Dried Nettles are on offer in the breads chapter, and tempting desserts include a Swedish Mess with Cloudberries, plus there are some refreshing summer drinks to sip, such as a traditional aquavit cocktail. Also included are Brontë’s fascinating insights into Scandinavian summer traditions and celebrations.

Author Details Brontë Aurell is a Danish cook, author, entrepreneur and restaurateur. Together with her Swedish husband Jonas, she runs the ScandiKitchen Café, grocery shop, online store and wholesale business. Brontë has been published widely in the national press and has also made a number of radio and television appearances as a guest chef on Channel 4’s Sunday Brunch and Home Comforts at Christmas with James Martin. She lives in London with Jonas and their two young daughters.

Key Information • • •

A top trend in 2015, Scandinavian food continues to be hugely popular. The follow up to Brontë Aurell’s highly popular books. The Scandi Kitchen sold over 10,000 copies worldwide and ScandiKitchen Fikaand Hygge also sold over 11,000 copies worldwide. Brontë Aurell’s inclusive style has gained ScandiKitchen over 23,000 Facebook followers and @Scanditwitchen on Twitter has thousands of followers.

Nettle Crêpes with Ricotta & Green Vegetables If you don’t have nettles, you can make these delicious stuffed crêpes with all spinach instead. 75 g/22⁄3 oz. nettle leaves 20 g/1⁄3 cup spinach 200 g/11⁄2 cups plain/ all-purpose ﬂour 3 eggs 500 ml/2 cups plus 2 tablespoons whole milk handful of fresh ﬂat-leaf parsley freshly grated nutmeg olive oil, for frying and drizzling sea salt and freshly ground black pepper

FILLING 12–15 asparagus spears 300 g/101⁄2 oz. courgette/ zucchini, spiralized 100 g/2⁄3 cup fresh peas 200 g/7 oz. ricotta cheese squeeze of fresh lemon juice chopped pistachio nuts and pea shoots, to serve 20-cm/8-inch non-stick frying pan/skillet Makes about 8 crêpes

First, wearing protective gloves, discard any thick stems and rough bits from the nettles. Rinse the leaves and then blanch in a large saucepan of boiling water to kill the stings for around 2–3 minutes. Add the spinach for the final minute of blanching. Drain. Squeeze the excess water from the nettles and spinach, then place in a food processor and pulse. Add the flour, eggs, milk, parsley, salt and pepper and nutmeg. Blend to make a very smooth batter. If you use a stick blender this will give an even smoother result. Heat a little oil in the frying pan/skillet over a high heat. Add enough batter to just cover the base of the pan. Cook until no longer liquid and small bubbles start to appear, then flip and cook the other side. Keep the cooked crêpes warm in a low oven while you fry the rest, making sure to add more oil for each one. For the filling, slice your asparagus spears down the middle if quite thick. Blanch the courgettes/zucchini, peas and asparagus in boiling water for no more than 2 minutes, then drain. To serve, place a crêpe on a plate and add courgettes/zucchini, asparagus, peas and dollops of ricotta. Season well, add a squeeze of lemon juice and scatter with the pistachio nuts. Fold in half, then drizzle with olive oil and decorate with pea shoots.

Rustic Fruit Desserts Deliciously comforting baked recipes from cobblers to pies Ryland, Peters & Small There is nothing quite like a home-baked fruit dessert, so create a little nostalgia in your kitchen with 50 comforting and easy-to-follow recipes based on seasonal fruits and rely more on good fresh ingredients than fancy preparation. What could be more inviting and guaranteed to take the edge off of a cold winter’s day than an apple crumble warm from the oven or a just-baked plum cobbler, bubbling up with rich juices? The old-time fruit desserts included in this collection are all homely recipes and you’ll find all of your best-loved bakes in one place from apple pie to peach cobbler, from rhubarb crumble to cherry clafoutis.

Publication

01 November 2018

Whether you are searching for the perfect ending to a relaxed dinner party or cosy family treat for any night of the week, these quick and easy-to-prepare ideas will soon become firm favourites.

Binding

Hardback

Key Information

Price

AU$24.99

ISBN

9781788790338

Publisher

Ryland Peters and Small

Imprint

RPS Books

Series

Category

Food & Drink

Format

210 x 170 mm

Extent

128pp

Illustrations

70 colour photographs

Age Range

Terms

SOR

• • •

Simple, delicious and cherished – old-fashioned fruit desserts are experiencing a long overdue revival. Includes iconic classics such as apple as well as lesser known but no less traditional puds such as the plum pandowdy. The previous collection of baked fruit desserts Cinnamon, Spice & Warm Apple Pie (2010) has sold over 17,000 copies.

Charcuterie How to enjoy, serve and cook with cured meats Miranda Ballard This is your one-stop guide to understanding and enjoying charcuterie, with over 65 mouth-watering recipes celebrating the world of sliced meats.

"Charcuterie by Miranda Ballard makes one race to the deli counter." Country Life magazine. Charcuterie will teach you everything you would like to know about the history of pork and sliced meats, and will explain how to make the most of your local butcher's so that every meal tastes as divine as could be. You'll learn lots of excellent little tips about how to preserve and cure your food as well as how to match the perfect drink to the flavours of your dish. Charcuterie will provide you with a host of recipes for all types of occasions. It contains small bites such as grilled chorizo and scallops on sticks, main courses such as pork belly or duck breast, and accompaniments such as pickles and toasts.

Publication

01 November 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$19.99

ISBN

9781788790376

Author Details

Publisher

Ryland Peters and Small

Imprint

RPS Books

Series

Miranda Ballard and her husband Roland left behind their media careers to start their own food company, Muddy Boots, in 2008. Their gourmet meat products are now available throughout the UK. They have now opened their first store, The Modern Meat Shop, in London, where they sell premium meat and charcuterie in a modern, friendly and welcoming environment.

Category

Food & Drink

Format

210 x 170 mm

Extent

160pp

Illustrations

120 colour photographs

Age Range

Terms

SOR

With this book you will have everything you need to become a meaty expert, from purchasing the right cuts and curing your own meat, to creating a culinary masterpiece to impress even the most discerning of food critics.

Key Information • • •

A wide range of charcuterie and salumi is readily available at most supermarkets and deli counters – this book will help you pick the best cuts for your charcuterie board. Charcuterie boards are finding their way onto more and more restaurant menus as sharing platters continue to soar in popularity – now you can shop smart and replicate this experience at home for a fraction of the cost. The original edition of Charcuterie (October 2014) has sold over 7,000 copies.

Potatoes 65 delicious ways with the humble potato from fries to pies Discover the best potato recipes the world has to offer in 65 delicious recipes from soups to samosas; croquettes to chowders; curries to quesadillas; and pies to pierogi. Potatoes are an inexpensive, versatile and much-loved food. A staple in cuisines worldwide, the number of dishes that feature them is infinite. They are lower in calories than bread or rice yet satisfying to eat, are gluten-free in an increasingly wheat-intolerant society and an excellent source of fibre, vitamins and minerals.

Publication

01 November 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$39.99

ISBN

9781788790284

Publisher

Ryland Peters and Small

Imprint

RPS Books

Series

Category

Food & Drink

Format

235 x 190 mm

Extent

160pp

Illustrations

100 colour photographs

Age Range

Terms

SOR

This celebration of the humble potato traces it’s journey from cultivation 2,000 years ago in Peru to it’s introduction by the Spanish to the rest of Europe and it’s eventual spread to the colonies, including India. From the cult of the chip to the recipes of Mrs Beeton, from the modern-day Jersey farmer to the Irish potato famine, the potato has it’s place in both our history and our hearts. Offering 65 recipes featuring potatoes – from the classics to modern twists – this book presents a dish to suit every taste and occasion.

Key Information • • •

In the Australia we each eat around 62kg of potatoes each every year; boiled, baked, roasted, mashed and chipped, the humble spud is a familiar, much loved part of mealtimes (Source: Sydney Morning Herald, Roy Morgan, 2011). Total world potato production is estimated at 381,682,000 tonnes in 2014 (Source: FAOSTAT, 2017). From the author of The Tomato Basket (March 2015) which has sold over 7,000 copies.

Vegan Snacks & Munchies Moreish plant-based nibbles, dips and bites Ryland, Peters & Small More than 50 recipes for vegan snacks guaranteed to satisfy your cravings as well give your body both instant fuel and long-term health-enhancing nutrition. It’s time to quit processed convenience snacks full of salt, sugar and dairy and choose a healthier way to graze. Here you’ll find nuts and other nibbles that make tasty and convenient snacks when hunger pangs strike. Next up portable pocket-size energy balls and bars are perfect for when you are on the move. There are recipes for feeding friends too – whip up a dip to serve at your next get-together. And if you are hosting a larger gathering, look no further than crunchy creole cauliflower, perfect for party platters! Publication

01 November 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$19.99

ISBN

9781788790321

Publisher

Ryland Peters and Small

Imprint

RPS Books

Series

Category

Food & Drink

Format

210 x 170 mm

Extent

144pp

Illustrations

60 colour photographs

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Finally, sweet treats that will pep up your next box-set binge include cocoa-almond freezer fudge pops, proving once and for all that plant-based snacking can be every bit as delicious as it is good for you!

Key Information • • •

Veganuary 2018 has enticed at least 100,000 to give up all animal produce for the month, a 40,000 rise on last year. Little more than 3,000 took part in its inaugural outing in 2014. Global brands have spotted the potential, Pret a Manger launching its vegan range recently and Britain’s biggest supermarket, Tesco launched its range of 100% plant-based meals to be sold in 600 stores across the UK. Delicious and innovative recipes to give your vegan nibbles a much-needed makeover.

Vegetarian Sheet Pan Cooking 101 recipes for simple and nutritious meat-free meals straight from the oven Liz Franklin What’s not to love about sheet pan cooking? It is super-convenient, healthy, easy on the washing up and as Liz Franklin proves here in 101 inspired meat-free recipes, big on flavour! More and more of us are cutting out animal protein and products from our diets, or at very least reducing them. Liz Franklin reveals how all manner of the truly scrumptious dishes can be created when oven, sheet pan and vegetables conspire. Most of the recipes are built on a rainbow of roasted vegetables, grains, cheese and vegan sources of protein, but there are also recipes for things you might not associate with oven cooking too – fabulous fritters, glorious soups and the best-ever baked porridge. Publication

01 November 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$34.99

Author Details

ISBN

9781788790291

Liz Franklin is an award-winning food writer and private chef. Liz has written for Food & Travel Magazine , BBC Good Food and The Weekend Telegraph . For Ryland Peters & Small she also written Cicchetti, Oils & Vinegars, Tea & Treats and The Cookie Jar .

Publisher

Ryland Peters and Small

Liz is based in the Cotswold town of Cirencester.

Imprint

RPS Books

Key Information

Series

Category

Food & Drink

Format

235 x 190 mm

Extent

144pp

•

Illustrations

80 colour photographs

•

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Taking their lead from dishes enjoyed all around the world, recipes include delicious dishes from the Mediterranean, Middle East, Africa and The Americas as well as ideas designed to showcase your own local seasonal produce.

• •

101 ideas for simple and nutritious meat-free meals straight from the oven – perfect for part-time vegetarians, someone cooking for a vegetarian in the family or one-size fits all entertaining! Part-time vegetarian, vegetarian and vegan diets have never been more popular due to increasing awareness of many global issues from health benefits to environmental concerns. Sheet pan is the new one pot and now veggies can enjoy the delights of this fuss-free way of cooking. A follow up to Sheet Pan Cooking. ALSO AVAILABLE:

Price

AU$34.99

ISBN

9781849759366

CRUSHED BUTTERBEANS WITH ROASTED TOMATOES & AVOCADO

This dish is fabulous with crusty bread or sourdough toast for scooping up, and far better than any beans on toast I’ve ever tasted. I think it makes a perfect brunch dish, and an easy way to feed friends or family when you fancy something hot and tasty. It’s a favourite of mine for lunch, too. 600 g/21 oz. cherry tomatoes 4 tbsps olive oil 3–4 leeks, sliced 1 garlic clove, finely chopped 1 x 400-g/14-oz. can butterbeans, drained and rinsed bunch parsley, coarsely chopped 2 ripe but firm avocados chilli/chile oil, if desired paprika, to sprinkle parsley leaves, to garnish

Preheat the oven to 185˚C (350˚F) Gas 4. Scatter the cherry tomatoes over the sheet pan and drizzle the olive oil over. Add the leeks and garlic and toss everything together. Roast for 20 minutes. Remove the sheet pan from the oven and scatter the butterbeans evenly over the tomatoes. Crush the butterbeans lightly using the tines of a fork. Return to the oven for a further 5 minutes. Remove from the oven. Cut the avocados in half and scoop out the flesh using a teaspoon. Arranged evenly over the beans and tomatoes. Drizzle with oil, add a light sprinkling of paprika and garnish with parsley leaves.

SERVES 4

TURMERIC TOFU & ROASTED VEGGIE SCRAMBLE Roasted vegetables and scrambled tofu make an incredibly pleasing partnership. Here’s another one you’ll want to get the gloves out for – yellow stained hands aren’t a particularly fetching look, and fresh turmeric does tend to leave its mark that way. 1 onion 1 red (bell) pepper 1 orange pepper 200 g/7 oz. cherry tomatoes 100 g/11/2 cup chestnut mushrooms 6 tbsps olive oil 250 g/9 oz. firm tofu 20 g/3/4 oz. fresh turmeric 1 tbsp dark soy sauce bunch fresh parsley, roughly chopped chilli/chile oil SERVES 4

Preheat the oven to 195˚C (375˚F) Gas 5. Peel and coarsely chop the onion. Scatter over the sheet pan. Top and tail the peppers, remove the seeds and cut into chunky dice. Scatter over the onions. Cut the tomatoes in half and scatter these over the onion and peppers. Slice the mushrooms and add them to the pan. Drizzle with all but one tablespoonful of the olive oil and roast for about 30 minutes, until the vegetables are soft and lightly charred. Mash the tofu in a large bowl with the remaining tablespoon of oil, the turmeric and soy sauce. Season and add to the roasted vegetables. Return to the oven for 5 minutes, until everything is hot. Scatter with chopped parsley, and serve with chilli/chile oil.

BREAKFAST & BRUNCH 27

HONEY & RAS EL HANOUT ROOTS WITH PISTACHIOS, POMEGRANATE & CORIANDER SHEEPS’ MILK YOGURT

Ras el hanout is a fabulous and fragrant North African mix, traditionally containing a melange of the spice seller’s very best available spices – the name itself is Arabic for ‘top of the shop’. Typical blends contain upwards of 20 spices, and often many more – but will usually include cayenne pepper, cardamom, ginger, cinnamon, allspice, nutmeg, smoked paprika, turmeric and even rose petals. Stir all this pungent loveliness into a little sweet sticky honey, combine it with root vegetables and roast until charred, then add some vibrant green pistachios, juicy pomegranate seeds and a slick of garlic and herb flecked yogurt – and you could almost be on a camel to Cloud Nine. 300 g/101/2 oz. celeriac, peeled 300 g/101/2 oz. parsnips, peeled 300 g/101/2 oz. carrots, peeled 150 g/51/2 oz. baby turnips, washed 200 g/7 oz. beetroot/beets, peeled 200 g/7 oz. butternut squash, peeled 200 g/7 oz. shallots, peeled 50 ml/ olive oil 2 tbsps ras el hanout spice mix 1 tbsp runny honey (or use brown rice syrup for a vegan version) 50 g/1/2 cup pistachio nuts seeds from 1 pomegranate 200 ml/1 cup sheep’s milk yoghurt 1 garlic clove, peeled ad grated handful fresh coriander/cilantro, chopped fresh parsley, to serve SERVES 4

Preheat the oven to 185˚C (350˚F) Gas 4. Cut the celeriac into chunky dice, the parsnips and carrots into chunky batons, the baby turnips, beetroot/beets and butternut squash into wedges and toss everything together in a large sheet pan. Add the shallots. Mix the olive oil with the ras el hanout spice mix, and stir in the honey. Pour this over the vegetables, season with salt and freshly ground black pepper, and toss to coat everything evenly. Roast for about 30–35 minutes, until the vegetables are soft and charred a little here and there. Remove from the oven, transfer to a warm serving dish and scatter over the pistachio nuts and pomegranate seeds. Mix the sheeps’ milk yoghurt with the grated garlic and chopped coriander, and spoon a little of the mix here and there. Garnish with fresh parsley and serve warm.

OUT OF AFRICA 75

Cooking with Scraps Lindsay-Jean Hard Stop throwing away your food scraps and start enjoying them on your table! A collection of 80 surprising, creative, delicious recipes for anyone who wants to cook smart, sustainable, and impressive meals out of unused bits of produce, cheese rinds, stale bread, and other oft-discarded foods.

Billions of kilos of food are wasted every year. Much of this waste starts in our kitchens — usually in the bottom drawer of the refrigerator, or scattered over the cutting board. Now imagine a way to cook not only more frugally, using those peels and stems and tops, but actually more tastily. Making an apple core syrup for your pancakes isn’t just good for the environment, it’s delicious and surprising.

Publication

01 November 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$39.99

ISBN

9780761193036

Publisher

Workman Publishing

Imprint

Workman

Series

Category

Food & Drink

Format

229 x 178 mm

Extent

208pp

Illustrations

Full colour photographs

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Lindsay-Jean Hard, who writes the “Cooking with Scraps” column for Food52 , isn’t alone in calling attention to this issue — the USDA set a goal of cutting food waste in half by 2030, spurring a burgeoning movement led by Michelin-starred chefs like Dan Barber. But in Cooking with Scraps, Lindsay-Jean brings a unique, home-based approach that will make all of us both better and more conscientious cooks. The book covers the basics of understanding and handling these newfound “ingredients” — how to select, store, and use the peels, stems, seeds, cores, rinds, and other scraps once destined for the garbage or compost pile. Then, in 80 inspired recipes and dozens of tips and techniques, she shows how to transform what we might have considered trash into culinary treasure: using leek tops in Cacio e Pepe. Mushroom stems in a compound butter. Using the water from canned beans to make a delicious vegan mayonnaise, or saving the water you boiled potatoes in to make an especially tasty, flaky focaccia. Plus there’s Fennel Stalk Ice Cream, Celery Leaf Aioli, Carrot Top Pesto, Banana Peel Cake with Peanut Butter Frosting . . . it’s a revelation.

Author Details Lindsay-Jean Hard received her Master's in Urban Planning from the University of Michigan. Her education and passion for sustainability went on to inform and inspire her work in the garden, home, and community. Today she works to build and connect new communities as a food editor and writer. The seeds of this book were planted in her Food52 column of the same name. She lives, writes, loves, and creates in Ann Arbor, Michigan.

Key Information •

• •

You won't believe how delicious your scraps can be! Beet greens on pizza. Banana peels in a cake with peanut butter frosting. Cantaloupe pulp in Overnight Oats. Butterscotch Scones moistened with the pulp scraped from a pumpkin. Tahini Dressing made with herb stems. These 80 recipes repurpose unused scraps (including vegetable peels, tired herbs, cheese rinds, and ends of bread) into delicious, original dishes. Stop filling your trash with kitchen scraps, and start filling your belly instead! Reducing kitchen waste is on the minds of home cooks and policy makers alike; it's the newest movement in recycling. With full-colour photographs, gorgeous and delicious recipes, this book is a pleasure to use, and elegant in presentation – but is much friendlier and more accessible than some of the competition from high end chefs, with easy recipes for the home cook.

I Am a Filipino Nicole Ponseca and Miguel Trinidad Get ready to discover the next great Asian cuisine. Filipino food is having its moment. Sour, sweet, funky, fatty, bright, rich, tangy, bold — no wonder adventurous eaters consider Filipino food 'the next big thing.' But so do more mainstream food lovers — Vogue declares it “the next great American cuisine.” After embracing Chinese, Japanese, Thai, and Vietnamese food, we’re ready to eat like a Filipino. And ready to cook like one, too. Written by trailblazing restaurateurs Nicole Ponseca and Miguel Trinidad, I Am a Filipino is a cookbook of modern Filipino recipes that captures the unexpected and addictive flavours of this vibrant and diverse cuisine. The techniques (including braising, boiling, and grilling) are simple, the ingredients are readily available, and the results are extraordinary. There are puckeringly sour adobos with meat so tender you can cut it with a spoon, along with other national dishes like kare-kare (oxtail stew) and kinilaw (fresh seafood dressed in coconut milk and ginger). There are Chinese-influenced pansit (noodle dishes) and lumpia (spring rolls); Arab-inflected Muslim cuisine, with its layered spicy curries; and dishes that reflect the tastes and ingredients of the Spaniards, Mexicans, and Americans who came to the Philippines and stayed. Included are beloved fried street snacks like ukoy (fritters), and an array of sweets and treats called meryenda. Filled with suitably bold and bright photographs, I Am a Filipino is like a classic kamayan dinner—one long, festive table piled high with food. Just dig in!

Publication

01 November 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$70.00

ISBN

9781579657673

Publisher

Workman Publishing

Imprint

Workman

Nicole Ponseca is the founder and creative director of Maharlika and Jeepney restaurants in New York City. A native of San Diego, Ponseca moved to New York to pursue a career in advertising but found her true calling upon discovering a lack of authentic Filipino food in the city and deciding to do something about it. Together with chef Miguel Trinidad, she opened Maharlika in 2011 and Jeepney one year later. Ponseca is also a motivational speaker for young Filipino adults and an active fund-raiser for charities in the Philippines. Both authors live in New York City. Find them on Instagram @nicoleponseca and @chefmigsnyc.

Series

Key Information

Category

Food & Drink

Format

267 x 191 mm

Extent

304pp

Illustrations

100 colour photographs

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Author Details

•

• • • •

Accessible, inventive recipes: With a handful of ingredients readily available at the grocery store, it’s easy to make such classic Filipino dishes as Kare-Kare (oxtail stew) and Chicken Adobo, as well as modern recipes for Banana Ketchup Ribs and Sizzling Sisig (pork belly). 1 Unique flavors/easy techniques: The sour, savoury, and sweet combination found in so many Filipino dishes is unexpected and remarkable for the simple techniques used – most commonly, braising, boiling, and grilling. Due to colonisation (primarily by Spain, China, and the USA), Filipino foods include favourites and influences from these countries, too – such as Filipino-style empanadas, tamales, noodle dishes, curries, burgers, and more. Our authors, owners of the first of the next-generation Filipino restaurants in the United States, are often cited as a primary reason for the rise of Filipino food. Find all the rich tropical colours of the islands in photographs taken in the Philippines by photographer Justin Walker, as well as enticing photos of the finished dishes.

In the province of Bicol, people call sinigang made with calamansi juice cocido. Itâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s the same dish, but if you ask for sinigang, youâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;ll be met with a puzzled expression. If you have calamansi juice on hand (fresh or frozen), you can add a little of it to any of the sinigang recipes for a special sweet-tartness.

SINIGANG NA HIPON Sour Shrimp Soup

PINAKBET TAGALOG

Simmered Vegetables with Shrimp Paste PINAKBET is an iconic vegetable dish that was originally cooked in a traditional clay pot called a palayok over an open fire. Long beans, eggplant, and okra were simmered together in the pot with a healthy dollop of the fermented seafood paste called bagoong. Occasionally the pot would be shaken so that everything mixed together, but the vegetables were left to cook until they shriveled up—pinakbet means “shrivel.” We call this version Pinakbet Tagalog because we make it with bright pink bagoong alamang, made only with fermented shrimp, rather than bagoong isda, which is made from fish. It’s funky, bitter, salty, porky, slightly sweet, and uniquely Filipino. SERVES 4 TO 6 Note: Bitter melon is a bitter summer squash used throughout India and Asia, and is usually available at any Indian or Chinese market. If possible, look for smaller melons and one of the Indian varieties— they’re less bitter. If you can’t find bitter melon, leave it out or substitute small yellow squash or zucchini.

2 tablespoons vegetable oil 4 garlic cloves, minced 2 small beefsteak tomatoes, diced ¼ cup (60 ml) bagoong na hipon (see Ingredients, page 45) ½ pound (225 g) kabocha or acorn squash, peeled, seeded, and cut into 2-inch (5 cm) chunks 1 Asian eggplant, cut into 2-inch (5 cm) chunks

¼ cup (30 g) seeded bitter melon cut into 2-inch (5 cm) half-moons (see Note; optional) 1⁄3 cup (30 g) Chinese long beans or green beans cut into 2-inch (5 cm) pieces 1⁄3

cup (35 g) whole okra

Kosher salt and freshly ground black pepper 4 to 6 cups (800 g to 1.2 kg) cooked white rice (see page 50; optional)

In a large saucepan, heat the vegetable oil over medium heat. Add the garlic. Cook, stirring often, until it just begins to brown, about 3 minutes. Add the tomatoes and cook, stirring occasionally, until they are very soft and falling apart, about 10 minutes. Stir in the bagoong and reduce the heat to medium-low. Add the vegetables in layers: the squash, the eggplant, the bitter melon, the beans, and then the okra. Cover the pot tightly and cook for about 6 minutes, or until the vegetables are tender. Mix the vegetables together in the pot and season with salt and pepper. Serve hot, with rice, if desired.

I AM A FILIPINO

PANSIT GALLEON

Noodles with Sausage, Chicken, and Shrimp SLENDER SPANISH fideo—skinny noodles that look like pieces of cut spaghetti—are typically toasted in oil before they are cooked in liquid. Here we apply the same technique to make a pansit galleon. Like other pansits, this is a quick noodle stir-fry loaded with toppings, from meat and seafood to crushed pork rinds, scallion, and tomato, which is a nod to Spain and Mexico. It’s possible that some of the inspiration for fideo may have gone from the Philippines to Spain, considering the Chinese brought the noodles that became pansit to the Philippines some five hundred years before the Spanish arrived. Fideo is eaten in the Philippines, but this pansit is our own creation, inspired by the overlapping influences in our cuisines. SERVES 4 TO 6 4 tablespoons (60 ml) vegetable oil 1 pound (455 g) fideo noodles (see Notes) 4 garlic cloves, minced 2 tablespoons minced fresh ginger ½ cup (90 g) diced beefsteak tomato 3 ounces (85 g) diced cooked Vigan longanisa sausage (see Ingredients, page 45)

¼ cup (30 g) raw small shrimp, peeled and deveined 12 mussels, cleaned and debearded (see Notes) 2 to 3 cups (480 to 720 ml) chicken stock (see page 80) ¼ cup (30 g) coarsely crushed pork rinds, for garnish 1 scallion, thinly sliced, for garnish

¼ cup (30 g) sliced raw chicken breast

In a large, deep-sided skillet or saucepan, heat 2 tablespoons of the vegetable oil over medium heat until it begins to shimmer. Add the noodles and toast them in the oil, stirring continuously, until they are golden brown, about 5 minutes. Remove the noodles from the pan and set them aside. Add the remaining 2 tablespoons oil, the garlic, and the ginger to the pan. Cook, stirring occasionally, for 1 minute. Add the tomato and longanisa and cook, stirring occasionally, for 3 minutes. Add the chicken and cook, stirring occasionally, until it is cooked through, about 4 minutes.

Notes: Fideo, sometimes called fidelini, are very thin, short vermicelli noodles that look like miniature pieces of spaghetti. They are widely sold in mainstream supermarkets, sometimes in the Latin foods section. If you can’t find them, use small pasta shapes like macaroni, or break up very thin vermicelli into small pieces. Clean mussels by gently scrubbing the shells under running water to remove any leftover slime or seaweed. To debeard the mussels, look for any hairy membranes hanging out of the shell and use your fingers to grasp them and pull them out.

Add the shrimp, mussels, toasted noodles, and 2 cups of the stock. Cook, stirring occasionally, until the mussels have opened, most of the liquid has been absorbed, and the noodles are al dente. (You may need to add more stock and cook for a few minutes more, if the noodles are not yet cooked through.) Discard any mussels that have not yet opened. Top with the pork rinds and scallion and serve immediately.

NOODLES AND DUMPLINGS

Cheese Balls More Than 30 Celebratory and Cheese-licious Recipes Dena Rayess A fun and quirky little book of cheeseballs for every occasion this book is the perfect update on a holiday classic. This is a small and quirky book of cheeseballs! Everyone loves a cheeseball. Whether you always enjoy one at holiday time or you've never experienced one before-it puts a smile on every face. With recipes for the classic favourites (port wine, French onion), some fun iterations (jalapeno popper, Nutella), fresh flavours (bruschetta), holiday variations (red, white, and blue; brie with cranberries), and next-level takes (rainbow!), this book has something for everyone and fun flavours for every occasion. It includes recipes for making cheeseballs and tips for shaping and decorating them, as well as some easy dippers and toppings to serve alongside. With fun and quirky styling that combines the nostalgia factor of a cheeseball with a modern look, plus delicious-looking photos, and easy-to-follow recipes, this is an awesome little gift cookbook with a fun and funny tone.

Author Details Dena Rayess is a former Chronicle intern and cheeseball enthusiast. Her creations are repeatedly requested at parties and have been known to impress even the most difficult critics.

Publication

01 November 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$29.99

ISBN

9781452171364

Publisher

Chronicle Books

Imprint

Chronicle Adult

Series

•

Category

Food & Drink

•

Format

203 x 152 mm

Extent

128pp

Illustrations

25 full-colour photographs

Age Range

Terms

Key Information •

•

Making a cheeseball is simple-stir, shape, chill, and decorate-and this book makes it easy to create fun and beautiful cheeseballs in every flavour. Readers will learn how to shape, style, and decorate this holiday appetiser staple from the classic round ball to the adorable hedgehog. Cheeseballs are a staple for many during the holidays, but this book takes the tired old port-wine ball to a whole new level with fun and fresh flavour combos like peaches and cream, roasted garlic, and everything bagel. Fun single-subject cookbooks with great design are something Chronicle excels at. This is an easy add-on gift with a cheese knife, perhaps for the holidays, a hostess or bridal shower gift, or just a fun anytime gift or self-purchase for people who love cheese and cheesy recipes.

There’s nothing like an

APPLE FILLING

apple pie—it’s instantly

1 sweet red apple, preferably Fuji or Gala

comforting and marks the beginning of fall, arguably the best season of the year. Using apple butter in this recipe creates a bold punch of sweet apple flavor, without the extra effort.

3 Tbsp butter 1 Tbsp water 1 Tbsp brown sugar 1 tsp ground cinnamon ½ tsp ground nutmeg CHEESE BALL

12 oz [340 g] cream cheese, at room temperature ½ cup [140 g] apple butter TOPPING

1 piecrust (thawed if frozen) 1 ½ tsp ground cinnamon ½ tsp ground nutmeg Prep time 35 to 45 minutes

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

Apple Pie

1. Make the apple filling: Peel the apple and dice into approximately ½-in [12-mm] pieces. Melt the butter in a medium pan over medium heat. Add the apple and cook, stirring occasionally, until soft and just beginning to brown, 10 to 12 minutes. Stir in the water, brown sugar, cinnamon, and nutmeg and cook until all ingredients are thoroughly incorporated and warmed through, 1 to 2 minutes longer. Remove from the heat and let cool. 2. Make the cheese ball: Combine the cream cheese and apple butter in a bowl. With an electric mixer, beat on medium speed until smooth. Add the cooled apple mixture and beat on low speed until just combined. Form the mixture into a ball and refrigerate overnight (see page 8 for instructions). This cheese ball needs a bit of extra time to set because it will most likely be quite soft at this stage. continued

25 Cheese Balls_INT_Mechs.indd 24-25

3/30/18 2:24 PM

Use bright, fresh, seasonal herbs for a beautiful and eye-

12 oz [340 g] cream cheese, at room temperature

catching contrast when

4 oz [115 g] Brie cheese, rind removed

guests dip into this ver-

¼ tsp garlic powder

dant ball. For a fun visual twist, make these into mini cheese balls (see page 10) so partygoers can have a cheese ball of their very own!

2 Tbsp thyme leaves (from 10 to 15 sprigs) ¾ cup [25 g] chopped fresh flat-leaf parsley 1 Tbsp minced fresh rosemary Prep time 40 minutes

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

Garden Herb

1. Combine the cream cheese, Brie, garlic powder, and thyme in a bowl. With an electric mixer, beat on medium speed until incorporated. Form the mixture into a ball and refrigerate until set (see page 8 for instructions). 2. While the cheese ball sets, stir together the parsley and rosemary on a rimmed plate. 3. About 30 minutes before serving, remove the chilled cheese ball from the fridge. Roll the ball in the herbs, pressing them firmly to the ball, until completely covered. Let soften at room temperature for 30 minutes. Serve. Serve with: crostini, sea salt crackers, herb-infused or plain honey

53 Cheese Balls_INT_Mechs.indd 52-53

3/30/18 2:24 PM

Heritage Baking Recipes for Rustic Breads and Pastries Baked with Artisanal Flour Ellen King This is the only baking book that tackles the adaptation of artisanal and local grains for recipes, as well as providing 50 best-of recipes for the home baker. Heritage Baking takes the principles of sourcing local, organic, and sustainable food and applies it to the world of baking, from grain to oven. And not only flavour and texture are vastly improved by using local grains and slow fermentation: the digestibility and nutritive properties of these baked goods make them available to many who have sworn off wheat and other grains.

Publication

01 November 2018

Baking with alternative, artisanal flours takes some practice and adaptation. These flours contain more parts of the grain; they may be coarser than commercial flour; they may require more hydration or slower rising. In 50 recipes and one master formula for learning to bake with these (wildly different) flours by touch and sight, Ellen King, co-owner of Hewn Bakery and milling expert in Chicago, guides readers through the creation of flavourful breads and baked goods made with heirloom grains. This technique-driven book is organised by type of baked good (breads, pastries made with starter, brioche, cakes and cookies, etc.). Each recipe emphasises specific wheat types in order to bring out the best flavour and texture possible for each specific varietal.

Binding

Hardback

Author Details

Price

AU$55.00

ISBN

9781452167879

Publisher

Chronicle Books

Imprint

Chronicle Adult

Series

Category

Food & Drink

Format

235 x 178 mm

Extent

224pp

Illustrations

70 photographs

Age Range

Terms

Ellen King is the owner and head baker of Hewn Bakery, located in Evanston, IL. She has cooked in various kitchens in the Seattle area, including under Thierry Rautureau, and spent time at Quillisascut Farm School. She currently is a member of Les Dames d'Escoffier, Chefs Collaborative, Women Chefs and Restauranteurs, and the Bread Bakers Guild of America and teaches "Food as Medicine" culinary classes in Evanston. Hewn Bakery, founded in 2012, focuses on hand-forged, artisan bread and baked goods that are naturally fermented and made from 100 organic ingredients. By allowing their bread to be naturally fermented with wild yeast, the gluten proteins slowly and naturally break down and allow many people with a gluten sensitivity to enjoy their breads without difficulty. Everything at Hewn is made in-house and is sourced as locally as possible with seasonal ingredients from farmers in the area. Website: hewnbread.com/ Amelia Levin is award winning food writer, cookbook author, and chef based in Chicago who has worked with multiple chefs and restaurants to produce their books.

Key Information •

Some of the starriest bread bakers have started to explore milling and incorporating local flours in their product, emphasising flavour, texture, and health, as well as sustainability and nutrition. Home bakers are following and will continue to follow this trend, with more and more artisanal flours available at retail.

•

Ellen has dedicated years of research and time into forging close relationships with local farmers and intimately studying their craft and the history of grain agriculture in the Midwest. Ellen and the profile of Hewn, her bakery, has grown rapidly in the short time that it has been open. This will be a fantastic opportunity for Chronicle to forge an early relationship with an enthusiastic and hard-working baker who's starting to make waves in the industry.

•

have time to bake the bread the next day,

Sleep

don’t fret! Just bake it early the day after that—preferably before 10 a.m. When ready

RESTING TIME 6 hours to overnight

to bake, remove the dough from the refrigerator and let it come to room temperature.

Retarding the dough means that you’re letting the dough sleep for a bit. This is

This is usually about the same amount of

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

similar to sourdough bread. If you don’t

STEP 7

time it takes to preheat the oven.

different than conventional bread baking. The dough rests at a refrigerated or room temperature rather than at higher tempera tures, which would cause the dough to over ferment and create a flat loaf. As a result, it takes longer to bake this way, but it is still possible to bake the same day if your room temperature is a little higher (ideally 78°F to 80°F [25°C to 26°C]). T O BAKE THE SAME DAY /

STEP 8

Bake BAKING TIME 28 minutes EQUIPMENT NEEDED large cast-iron Dutch oven, cheesecloth or linen napkin, lame or utility knife razor, flat metal spatula, pizza stone (optional)

If you started

mixing your dough early in the day and

You have two options when baking. The first

plan to bake later that afternoon or evening,

option is you can bake one loaf or two loaves

let the dough rest in the bannetons, each

at a time. To bake two loaves at the same

loosely covered with a cheesecloth or linen

time, place a pizza stone on the top rack of

napkin in a warm place in the kitchen for

your oven and the Dutch oven on the middle

6 to 8 hours, or until the bread has filled the

rack while preheating the oven. After the

basket. It may sound extreme, but if you

first loaf bakes 14 minutes in the Dutch oven,

plan to bake the same day measure how

remove it and place it onto the pizza stone

much space is between the dough and the

to finish. Then put the second loaf in the

top of the basket. Ideally you would want to

Dutch oven, cover with a lid, and bake for

bake the bread once the dough has risen to

14 minutes. Remove the first loaf from the

within 1/2 in [12 mm] of the basket. If you

pizza stone to cool. Remove the lid on the

bake too soon, before the dough has properly

second loaf and bake for 14 minutes.

risen, the loaf will turn out flat. TO BAKE THE NEXT DAY /

Place the covered

Place a large round or oval ceramic Dutch oven or cast-iron pot, with its cover on,

bannetons in the refrigerator. Retarding the

on the middle rack of the oven. Preheat

dough in the refrigerator slows down the

the oven to 475°F [240°C]. When the oven

yeast and allows for a long, slow fermenta-

reaches temperature, remove the pot from

tion. The longer the dough retards, the more

the oven and set it on the top of your stove.

acidic and complex its flavor becomes—

Remove the lid and set it aside.

64 INTRODUCTION

HeritageBaking_INT_FinalCorrex.indd 64-65

HERITAGE BREADS 65

5/16/18 4:58 PM

M A K E S 2 L O AV E S

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

H E R I TAG E C O U N T RY

My nickname for this loaf is urban bread since it’s the base 135 g starter (page 000)

for many of the breads we make at the bakery, except our

500 g water, plus 30 g as needed (76°F to 78°F [24.5°C to 25.5°C])

Heritage Whole-Wheat Bread (page 000). A rustic, jack-of-all-

510 g sifted heritage flour (HRW/HRS), such as Red Fife

with when learning how to bake bread. At Hewn, we test out

200 g heritage wholewheat flour (HRW/ HRS), such as Rouge de Bordeaux

trades loaf, it’s delicious simply slathered with butter or used for your favorite sandwich. This is also the best bread to start new varieties of wheat flour using this formula because it’s a pretty forgiving recipe. We prefer using Rouge de Bordeaux, Red Fife, or the Pfeiffer heritage wheat varieties because of the tangy, sourdough-like flavor.

14 g fine sea salt Feed and rest your starter (see step 1 of the master formula, page 000). Once the starter is ready, set a large bowl on the scale. Weigh out 500 g of water. Measure the 30 g of reserve water and set aside. Return the bowl of water to the scale and tare the scale to zero. Add the starter and, using your hand, dissolve it gently in the water. Tare the scale to zero again. Add the sifted and whole-wheat flours. Using your hands and a bowl scraper, gently mix until all the flour is just a little wet (see Step 2 of the Master Formula, page 000). If the dough is shaggy and dry, add more water from your extra stash by dipping your hands in the water and continuing to mix until it is slightly sticky. Cover with cheesecloth or a linen napkin and let rest for 40 minutes. Continued . . .

68 HERITAGE BAKING

HeritageBaking_INT_FinalCorrex.indd 68-69

HERITAGE BREADS 69

5/16/18 4:58 PM

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

H O U S E JA M B R I O C H E RO L LS MAKES 15 ROLLS

I think I’ve mentioned before that we love making jam at 1 recipe Basic Brioche Dough (page 000) 160 g (1/2 cup) your favorite homemade or store-bought jam 50 g (1 large) egg, beaten

Hewn. Spencer, our head pastry chef, has a tradition of playing “Pump Up the Jam,” and we all sing and dance while helping make the jam, which can take some time. We reward our-

selves at the end of the long jam-making process with these delicious treats, which are a great way to enjoy the extra jam before canning or freezing.

50 g (1/4 cup) turbinado sugar Butter or oil 15 fluted brioche tins or standard muffin cups. Divide the dough into 70-g pieces and shape into loose balls. Let rest on the counter for 5 to 10 minutes. Using the palm of your hand, flatten into 1/4-in- [6-mm-] thick saucers. Scoop 10 g (1 tsp) of the jam in the middle of each saucer. Fold the dough over the jam like a taco and seal the edges. Roll into a ball so the jam is nestled securely in the middle. Try not to roll so tightly that the jam breaks through the top. Place the rolls seam-side down in the brioche tins or muffin cups. Cover loosely with plastic wrap and let sit at room temperature for 1 hour to proof. Dough will rise by about 1/2 inch [12 mm]. Preheat the oven to 350°F [175°C]. Brush the tops of the rolls with the beaten egg and sprinkle evenly with sugar. Bake for 15 minutes. Rotate the pans and bake for 10 minutes more, or until golden brown. Let cool for 5 minutes and serve warm. These don’t taste as good the next day, so I recommend freezing the leftovers and warming in the oven at 325°F [160°C] for 5 minutes.

1 36 HERITAGE BAKING

HeritageBaking_INT_FinalCorrex.indd 136-137

ENRICHED HERITAGE BREADS 1 3 7

5/16/18 4:58 PM

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

1 3 8 HERITAGE BAKING

HeritageBaking_INT_FinalCorrex.indd 138-139

ENRICHED HERITAGE BREADS 1 39

5/16/18 4:59 PM

Edibles Small Bites for the Modern Cannabis Kitchen Stephanie Hua Go Beyond the Pot Brownie with this delicious and irresistible edibles cookbook. Marijuana has arrived. Twenty-nine states in the US currently have laws broadly legalising marijuana in some form. Building on this exploding market, Edibles inspires home cooks to make low dose, bite-sized, delicious, THC-infused treats. Arranged from easy to difficult, these 30 gorgeously photographed recipes are mostly sweet, with some savoury thrown in for kicks. Extensive front matter teaches the essentials of cooking with marijuana, from creating and infusing canna butters and oils to useful tips on portions and dosage. With entry points for experienced and new cooks alike, this book will help readers create an edibles experience that is consistent, gorgeous, and delicious.

Author Details Publication

01 November 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$40.00

ISBN

9781452170442

Publisher

Chronicle Books

Imprint

Chronicle Adult

Series

Category

Food & Drink

Format

235 x 184 mm

Extent

144pp

Illustrations

30 full-colour photographs

Age Range

Terms

Stephanie Hua is the founder and chief confectioner behind Mellows, gourmet cannabis-infused marshmallows handcrafted in San Francisco. Mellows have been featured in the SF Chronicle, High Times , and Dope Magazine , among others. In addition to making edibles, she has been a food writer, recipe developer/tester, and photographer for 10+ years. She has a culinary arts degree from San Francisco Cooking School. Stephanie's recipes, writing, and food photography have been featured in The Huffington Post, Wine Enthusiast Magazine, Fodor's Travel Blog, Serious Eats, PBS, SF Weekly, 7x7, and KQED's Bay Area Bites . She also tested recipes for the James Beard award-winning cookbook Bar Tartine. Coreen Carroll is the executive chef and co-founder of the Cannaisseur Series, which has been creating cannabis dining experiences, events, and workshops since 2015. Prior to creating the Cannaisseur Series, she co-founded a cannabis edible company that went on to win Best Edible at the High Times Cannabis Cup San Francisco. Coreen also earned a culinary arts degree from San Francisco Cooking School. Her culinary experience includes working in underground restaurants and pop ups, and apprenticing as a butcher at 4505 Meats and as a cheesemaker at The San Francisco Cheese School. She spent time developing recipes and food styling for Chowhound at CBS. Coreen also helped launch eatwith.com in SF as one of the original hosts for the site.

Key Information • • • • •

The edibles market is blowing up globally right now with innovative forms of extraction and delivery being incorporated into delicious treats. Edibles is now half of the $5.4 billion pot business in the USA. Unlike the other marijuana cookbooks out there, this book will focus on bite-sized-treats not pasta with pesto. With beautifully-styled photography and a sophisticated "apothecary" design, this book will stand out from the other marijuana cookbooks out there. The High Times Cookbook has sold 68K copies globally and that published in 2010!

What to Look For Sativa, Indica, or Hybrid?

Cannabis is an incredible plant that has been used throughout history, across cultures, for its unique medicinal an spiritual properties. It is insanely complex, and we’re still discovering more about it each day. Let’s get to know this special ingredient a little more before we get into the kitchen.

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

The Importance of Cannabis

W H AT TO LO O K F O R

When you go to select your cannabis, you will be met with a dizzying array of choices. The first way to narrow your selection is by species: sativa, indica, or, usually, a hybrid of the two. Sativas are generally known as “daytime” strains because they impart an uplifting, energetic, head high. Indicas, on the other hand, are better suited for “nighttime” enjoyment because they typically give you more of a body high, making you feel relaxed, mellow, and sometimes sleepy. The look of the flowers even mimics these attributes. Sativa buds are tall and airy (imagine your head in the clouds), while indica buds are dense and plump (imagine sinking into a cushy couch). Hybrids provide a combination of effects to give you the best of both worlds, leaning toward one spectrum or the other, depending on whether they are sativa dominant or indica dominant. The crossbreeding and creation of new hybrid strains give growers endless opportunities to experiment and create new strains, all of which will have their own unique set of qualities and effects. Most dispensaries are staffed with highly knowledgeable budtenders who can help you choose a strain that’s a good fit for your needs. Don’t be shy about talking to them about the desired effects you’re looking for.

S P OT C H E C K

SATIVA

INDICA

Light color with long, thin leaves

Deep color with wide, broad leaves

Strain Is it a sativa, indica, or hybrid? What are its characteristics? What kind of high can you expect?

Potency What percentage THC/CBD is it? What is its cannabinoid profile? (see Cannabinoids: Effects + Benefits, page 10).

THC

CBD

THC

CBD

Odor How does the flower smell? Aroma and flavor are inextricably connected. Seventy-five to 95 percent of what we taste is actually smell, and that absolutely applies to cannabis. If it smells good, it will probably taste good, too.

Airy, tall buds

Dense, plump buds

Terpene Terpenes are the essential oils in the plant you smell. Beyond fragrance and flavor, the distinct terpene profile of a strain also plays a role in the overall therapeutic effect. If you know which terpenes are present in the bud you are buying, you can glean a sense of how it will make you feel, or how it can help you (see Terpenes: Aroma, Flavor + Feeling, page 11).

Mind

High

Body

Creative, Euphoria, Alert Sociable, Cheerful, Energetic

Stoned

Mellow, Sleepy, Relaxed Calm, Carefree, Couch-lock

HYBRID

EDIBLES

Edibles-INT-FinalCorrex.indd 8-9

4/13/18 10:30 AM

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

4/13/18 10:30 AM Edibles-INT-FinalCorrex.indd 24-25

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

Decarboxylation: How to Activate THC

Canna Butter

This makes the active ingredient for your Master Infusions (page 27-35). AC T I V E T I M E :

10 minutes

I N AC T I V E T I M E :

1 hour, 20 minutes

We like to think of cannabis as a prized ingredient, a delicacy like a rare truffle or luxurious saffron threads. In the right hands, it can transform a dish into something transcendent. Once you unlock the mystery of working with this herb, the possibilities are limitless. Proper decarboxylation is the key. Decarboxylation (commonly referred to as “decarbing”) is the heating process in which THCA, the nonpsychoactive acid form of THC, is converted into the psychoactive cannabinoid, THC. Without this step your edibles cannot reach their full potential (i.e., they just won’t get you high). So how do you do it?

AC T I V E T I M E :

30 minutes

¼ oz | 7 g decarboxylated cannabis flower 12 oz | 340 g cold unsalted butter (see Note) 2 cups | 473 g cold water SPECIAL EQUIPMENT

Start with premium cannabis flower, more commonly referred to as bud. Like anything else, the better quality ingredient you start with, the better quality your end product will be—in this case, that includes taste, the potency of your infusion, and the quality of your high. We recommend weighing out a little more than you need for your infusion to account for loss in water weight during cooking. Or, if you plan on making multiple infusions, decarb all the flower you’ll need at one time. This technique can be used for any amount of cannabis, as long as it fits on the pan in one even layer.

Candy thermometer (optional)

Preheat the oven to 275°F [135°C]. It’s important to allow 1 hour for your oven to preheat to ensure the temperature is consistent throughout. Line a sheet pan with parchment paper.

½-pt [240-ml] glass Mason jar with tight-fitting lid

Using scissors, snip off any large stems. With a sharp knife, chop the cannabis into small, even pea-size pieces.

Spread the herb evenly in a single layer on the prepared sheet pan. Bake, uninterrupted, for 20 minutes—no opening the door to peek!

Remove the pan from the oven and place it on a cooling rack. Once the decarbed flower is completely cooled, store it in an airtight container in the freezer until you’re ready to make your infusions. The flower loses its potency over time with extended storage, so it’s best to use it as soon as possible.

Fine-mesh strainer

I N AC T I V E T I M E :

28 hours

MAKES:

1 cup | 206 g

A basic building block for cooking with cannabis, canna butter is one of the most commonly used forms of infusion. Once you master this recipe, you can turn almost anything into an edible. Whether it’s baked goods (Booty Call Brownies, page 76), confections (Cardamom Caramels, page 73), or savory bites (Fried Mac & Cheese Bites, page 111), use your versatile canna butter to make them extra special. For a simple transformation, stir some melted canna butter into any store-bought or homemade sauce or spread (as in the Spiced Plum Chutney component of the Duck Meatball Sliders, page 95, and our favorite Chocolate Hazelnut Spread, page 42).

Cheesecloth Tall 1-qt [960-ml] deli container or measuring cup

N OT E

For our recipe we use standard American butter, which typically clocks in at around 80 percent butterfat. European-style butter will have upwards of 82 percent butterfat, which may give you a higher potency than what we’ve tested.

In a medium saucepan over medium heat, combine the cannabis, butter, and water. Bring to just below boiling, 200°F to 210°F [95°C to 99°C], without stirring. We recommend using a candy thermometer for precision. Adjust the heat to low. Keep the mixture at this temperature for 4 hours. Using a rubber spatula, scrape down the sides of the pan if you start to see bits of herb sticking to it. The liquid will be at a constant gentle simmer. A few bubbles will break through the fat layer, but the mixture should never come to a rolling boil. If you notice the water getting low from evaporation, add 1 cup [237 g] hot tap water to prevent the mixture from burning. After 4 hours, remove the pan from heat and let cool for 10 minutes. CONT’D

Note: Cooking with cannabis creates quite the aroma. If this is an issue, using a contained decarboxylation machine or a sous vide machine (see Resources, page 137) can be a good alternative.

EDIBLES

Edibles-INT-FinalCorrex.indd 26-27

MASTER INFUSIONS

4/13/18 10:30 AM

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

Peach & Ginger Ale Float AC T I V E T I M E :

10 minutes

One 10-oz | 280 g bag frozen peaches or 2 medium peaches, pitted, diced, and frozen Juice of 2 or 3 limes, depending on how juicy they are ½ tsp | 2 g Canna Tincture (page 33) 1 bunch purple basil or regular basil 32 fl oz | 960 ml ginger ale Fresh ripe peach slices for garnishing

I N AC T I V E T I M E :

0 minutes

MAKES:

4 floats

Take your mocktail game to the next level with this cool and refreshing sorbet float. The sorbet is particularly good in summertime when nectar-sweet, ripe peaches are at the ready. A zing of lime juice perks these up, and fragrant basil adds a subtle floral herbaceousness. If you’re lucky enough to find purple basil (sometimes called opal basil), snag it—those deep purple leaves make a spectacular garnish.

In a food processor or blender, combine the frozen peaches and 1 Tbsp lime juice. Blend until the mixture is the consistency of sorbet. Set out 4 glasses. Place 1/8 tsp [½ g] canna tincture, 1 tsp lime juice, and 4 basil leaves into each glass. Using a muddler or the end of a wooden spoon, press down lightly on the leaves until they are fragrant. Fill each glass with ginger ale and stir. Using an ice cream scoop, top each glass with 2 scoops of peach sorbet. Garnish with basil leaves and peach slices. Cheers!

P each & G inger A le F loat

Edibles-INT-FinalCorrex.indd 40-41

4/13/18 10:30 AM

Made of Wood Mark Bailey and Sally Bailey Made of Wood is a celebration of recycled pieces, age-old crafting techniques, clean modern lines and global influences as well as art and tableware with a handmade feel. “Mark has a knack for seeing beauty and value in things others might discard. His was the original jam-jar light, and he and Sally were using antique grain sacks as upholstery and mismatched floorboards as panelling years before fashion caught up with them.” Stella magazine, the Telegraph Explore the modern craft movement and maker culture with Made of Wood, the latest book from award-winning retailers Mark and Sally Bailey of destination concept store Baileys Home.

Publication

01 November 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$45.00

ISBN

9781788790222

Publisher

Ryland Peters and Small

Imprint

RPS Books

Series

Category

Craft/DIY

Format

254 x 216 mm

Extent

160pp

Illustrations

200 colour photographs

Age Range

Terms

SOR

The first half of the book explores the many ways in which we can use wood in our homes – sculpted, left in its natural state, roughly sawn or smoothly planed, recycled, or painted. The second half of the book, Wooden Stories, contains 12 case studies, each one offering a glimpse into the homes of people who have used this most ancient and versatile of materials in creative and inspiring ways. Living with wood brings tactile comfort to every day, warms any interior, and will give your home a sense of soul that is so often lacking in this age of mass production.

Author Details Mark and Sally Bailey have been evolving their unique style for more than 35 years, both in their home and at their concept store Baileys Home, in the heart of the Herefordshire countryside. Their previous books are Recycled Home, Simple Home, Handmade Home and Imperfect Home (all Ryland Peters & Small).

Key Information • • •

Modern craft is a huge trend for 2018 and encompasses natural textures, dark wood, craftsmanship and global influences as well as art and tableware with a handmade feel. Perfect for anyone drawn to ethical and eco-friendly home decor or interested in recycling, salvaging, and repurposing. From award-winning retailers Mark and Sally Bailey of Baileys Home Store, who are renowned for their simple, honest and utilitarian aesthetic. Previous books include Recycled Home and Simple Home.

made of

Warm, tactile and full of character, wood’s irregularities of grain and colour make it a distinctive feature in any interior. Handmade sculptural wooden

WooD

objects that still bear the marks of their maker have a special quality that gives them an innate humanity. Seek out wooden versions of everyday items – bowls, spoons and other utensils – and you will be rewarded every time you use them. There is joy in the act of making – regardless of the

sculptural

In Made of Wood, Mark and Sally Bailey of the

mark & sally bailey have been evolving

renowned destination store Baileys Home share

their unique style for more than 35 years,

their passion for this most ancient and versatile

both in their home and at their concept

of materials. The ﬁrst half of the book explores

store Baileys Home Store, which is housed

the many ways in which we can use wood in

in a collection of old farm buildings in the

our homes – sculpted, left in its natural state,

heart of the Herefordshire countryside.

roughly sawn or smoothly planed, recyled or

Their backgrounds in design and furniture-

painted. The second half of the book, Wooden

making have led to collaborations with

Stories, contains 12 case studies, each one

designers, makers and retailers worldwide.

oﬀering a fascinating glimpse into the homes

Their previous books are Recycled Home, Simple

of designers, artists and makers who have used

Home, Handmade Home and Imperfect Home

wood in creative and inspiring ways.

(all published by Ryland Peters & Small).

artistic merit of the end result – but there is also a lifetime of pleasure to be had from enjoying the fruits of others’ labour.

SOMETHING CRAFTED BY HAND IS TOTALLY UNIQUE. NO MATTER HOW HARD THE MAKER MIGHT TRY TO CREATE A REPLICA, ITEMS WILL VARY FROM PIECE TO PIECE. the maker’s mark On all these simply made, honest and unadorned wooden objects (this page) you can clearly see the hand of their maker, and it is this sense of slight imperfection and irregularity that gives them their sculptural beauty. Wooden objects have a natural aﬃnity with other natural textures such as old clay bricks (left). The old millinery blocks and glove moulds on display here share a sense of wellworn woodiness (opposite). A simple trestle table helps to ground them.

contents Our Philosophy

1 Wooden Elements

sculptural

Natural

Textural

Recycled

Painted

recycled pieces and contrasting textures A kitchen made up of recycled wooden elements is a relaxed space to gossip over a cup of coﬀee or prepare Sunday lunch, so say no to the hard-edged uniformity of a ﬁtted kitchen; freestanding

2 Wooden Stories

pieces are far more versatile. All sorts of things can be used in the kitchen if you allow your

imagination free rein and discard conventional notions about the function of architectural elements and furniture. In artist Jo Guinness’s home in rural Suﬀolk, the kitchen in her workspace has been put together using a harmonious but diverse array of intriguing recycled pieces (above). A discarded w00den staircase stringer, complete with the outline of its treads and risers, now

Address Book

154

Credits

156

Index

158

Acknowledgements

160

forms a decorative architrave above the window while an assortment of painted wooden cabinets and armoires house the tableware and groceries (above left). A palette of weathered and bleached Scandinavian greys brings the whole space together.

40 recycled

IW RPS1973 Made of Wood DSJ.indd 2

12/02/2018 11:32

Houses by the Shore Byron Hawes With stunning houses by the sea, on the lake, by rivers and lagoons, this book surpasses others of its kind on the market in the global breadth of its offerings as well as for the high-quality of the design.

Publication

01 November 2018

Featuring projects from around the world built in the past five years by some of the most inspired architects working in the modern idiom, this up-to-date take on the dream of a home on the water will inspire homeowners, interior design and architecture lovers alike. Demonstrating the extraordinarily diverse ways that today's leading architects and designers interact with, and highlight, water-facing houses across the globe, this book is a paean to rooms with a view. A range of projects encompassing myriad geographic and cultural inspirations show some of the world's most beautiful residences, while examining symbiotic interactions between nature and construction. Each house is documented comprehensively with detailed interior and exterior photography and plans, and placed into context through the lens of widely respected editor Oscar Riera Ojeda and descriptive texts written by design critic Byron Hawes, to give readers a privileged look at the best of shore-side residential architecture.

Binding

Hardback

Author Details

Price

AU$80.00

ISBN

9780847862801

Publisher

Rizzoli International

Imprint

Rizzoli

Series

Category

Home Design

Format

241 x 241 mm

Extent

304pp

Illustrations

Full colour

Key Information

Age Range

•

Terms

SOR

Byron Hawes is a New York and Toronto-based writer and designer. He is the founder and editor of the underground architecture and design magazine The Après Garde , and a co-founder of I-V, a boutique firm that has done architecture projects including a recording studio and offices for OVOsound, Campari's Canadian HQ, and Spin Toronto. He serves as contributing editor of architecture and design at Hypebeast, and senior editor at Flofferz. Additionally, he has authored or co-authored the books Unbuilt: Conceptual Architecture , We are Wanderful: 25 Years of Design & Fashion in Limburg , Post Industrial Brutalism and the Daiquiri and Paul Sangha Landscape Architecture . Oscar Riera Ojeda is an editor and designer based in the United States, China, and Argentina. He has designed, edited, and published over 200 architecture, design, and photography books. His books have been published by prestigious publishing houses across the world. His work has received many international awards, in-depth reviews, and citations. He is currently the director of the eponymous boutique publishing architecture house: Oscar Riera Ojeda Publishers.

• • •

•

Features houses from around the globe, including waterfront homes in the US, Mexico, Costa Rica, Argentina, Chile, Canada, the United Kingdom, Spain, Greece, Norway, Finland, Israel, South Africa, India, Saudi Arabia, Japan, Taiwan, and Australia. Includes the work of both established architects as well as little-known up-and-comers of great talent – the book as a result has a fresh and surprising feel. Set in ideal waterfront locales, in the country or by the sea, along romantic rivers and lagoons, these homes are dreamy and will appeal to escapists who long for stunning waterfront homes. Frequently elegant and uncluttered, these houses, all modern homes built in the last fifteen years or less, serve as models of smart and beautiful design with lots of ideas for homeowners who don't necessarily live in a waterfront home, but who wish to have something of that appeal and sensitivity in their own space. With more than thirty-three years devoted to publishing, editor Oscar Riera Ojeda has assembled a remarkable body of work, notable for its thoroughness of content, timeless character, and sophisticated and innovative bookmaking craftsmanship. This book will be particularly notable for its elegant packaging and design.

16. GUNA HOUSE PEZO VON ELLRICHSHAUSEN SAN PEDRO DE LA PAZ, CHILE

House Area: 410 m2 Plot Area: 3063 m2 Architect in Charge: Mauricio Pezo, Sofia von Ellrichshausen Project Team: Diogo Porto, Joao Quintela, Lena Johansen, Cecilia Madero Photographer: Pezo von Ellrichshausen

150

AMERICA

GUNA HOUSE

151

AMERICA

FALL HOUSE

Notes on Décor, Etc. Paul Fortune Interior design legend Paul Fortune opens his design portfolio and shares his inimitable worldview in this monograph-cum-memoir.

Publication

01 November 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$99.00

ISBN

9780847863228

Publisher

Rizzoli International

Imprint

Rizzoli

Series

Category

Home Design

Format

305 x 292 mm

Extent

192pp

Illustrations

Full colour

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Arriving in Los Angeles from London during the 1970s, Paul Fortune gradually made his way as a graphic artist, art director of music videos, and even nightclub owner. But with the renovation of his own now legendary Laurel Canyon house in 1978, Fortune's career as an interior designer was born. Fortune Design Studio, based in Los Angeles, has been operating since 1982, enjoying the patronage of discerning clients worldwide, whose ranks include Marc Jacobs, Sofia Coppola, and David Fincher. Exhibiting a distinct style widely recognised for its integration of refinement with lived-in comfort, Fortune's designs are uniquely geared toward accommodating the history and material integrity of each chosen venture. In Notes on Décor, Etc., Fortune – a natural raconteur – not only documents his favourite of these timelessly elegant projects but also his life and times as a designer, an expatriate, and an Angeleno in a one-of-a-kind chronicle that Architectural Digest, in its 2018 AD 100 list, describes as, "A tell-all monograph-cum-memoir detailing significant projects and stories from Fortune's peregrinations through the beau monde."

Author Details Paul Fortune is an interior designer based in Los Angeles and Ojai, California.

Key Information • • •

Fortune is a leading light among contemporary interior designers whose work has been published in the New York Times Magazine, Vogue, W, and Architectural Record. A one-of-a-kind guide for design professionals seeking original and unexpected inspiration with its forays not only into personal memoir but also entertaining and lifestyle. Fortune was named one of Architectural Digest's AD 100 for 2018.

IN COMPANY I believe in magic … and I believe in spells. I’m not talking about turning a nightmare client into a toad [although I’ve been tempted], but maybe turning the clients nightmare project into a jewel fit for a prince. I’m always fascinated to encounter a successful interior, and to a lesser extent an unsuccessful one. Why does one work and the other fail? I believe it’s magic. A spell has been cast and we have fallen into it’s illusive web. I’ve studied this magic all my life and concluded that it’s a clever manipulation or awareness of the senses that produces this effect. Consider the first time you encountered a new space or room and gauged its effect on you. First you see it: the volume, the light, the colours, the general ambience. Do you feel welcome and comfortable, are you filled with a sense of well being or are you gripped with a sudden urge to rush back to the valet parking before you car is whisked away? The later sadly is often the case for me. The ideal is for the guest or visitor to want to stay. To feel comfortable. To have a place to sit that is inviting and not lit like an operating theater. The winning formula is not new, it’s been around for a while but it’s remarkable how often it’s ignored. Too often these days the emphasis is on a wow factor. People want to impress you with their taste, savvy and wealth. More often than not the mark is missed. A series of white boxes filled with the latest scores from Art Basel, exploding crab nebula chandeliers, fun rugs and “sexy“ seating is not a place I want to spend time. No libido in my living room please … I’m British. Fun and sexy are not applicable to décor. Sex should be sexy. Fun can be sex. But interiors should be comfortable and reveal themselves slowly and sensually. The “look at me“ look quickly loses any allure it might have had. Too many design “envelopes“ have been pushed way too far. We need to push back and seal them shut. Over the last thirty or so years design in general has exploded. Every style and period and decorator has been discovered, re-discovered, exploited and ultimately diminished into a sad generic box for easy consumption. The truly authentic has all but disappeared. Lifestyle catalogues abound and we seem to be in their thrall. I see this capitulation to brands and blogs as endemic but there is hope. The key may be in rediscovering how to actually live. How do we connect to our world and how do we correct our priorities? Maybe we start in the living room? Perhaps this sounds glib but I don’t think it is. It’s our personal place to be in the company of others. The living room is aptly named … it’s were we live and connect with family, friends and the world in part. But it is our world where we call the shots and where we win. It reflects our tastes and needs but doesn’t impose them too stridently. You and your guests want to feel secure and engaged. You want them to look and feel good. You want a drink and a chat with someone charming … not too much to ask one would think? They say it takes a village but maybe it actually takes a living room? In this day of endless political mayhem, I hesitate to bring decorating into that tawdry arena but why not? When one’s purported president’s taste in décor makes Liberace look prescient all bets are off. And what is living and decorating if not a statement of our awareness and love of our immediate enLOWER MANHATTAN ∙ 2016

Another example of my bizarre good fortune with rugs was this Deco beauty that I found online of all places . Buying online is fraught with problems but I have become much more savvy to this indispensable modern convenience. This alternative of schlepping around dealers , shops and fairs has become invaluable . I just don’t have the stamina these days [ does anyone ? ] One needs , I have found , to pay strict attention to the details and images proffered and then use ones intuition and years of experience . That was how I found this rug . It was on a rather lackluster site in Paris . In fact it was replete with the dross found in mediocre rug dealers but I was lucky . I had left the rug to the end of this particular job [ as I often do it seems ] and needed as specific size , design and colour …..this rug fit the bill AND was priced ridiculously low . I was deeply suspicious but

LOWER MANHATTAN ∙ 2016

DINING IN PRIVATE

PARIS â&#x2C6;&#x2122; 2003

Charles Zana Charles Zana The first monograph on the illustrious Paris-based interior architect, Charles Zana, celebrated for designs that merge bold luxury with nods to classic French style. Appealing to readers who purchased Interiors: Atelier AM and Jean-Louis Deniot: Interiors, this debut monograph spotlights an international array of commercial projects and private residences that combine bold luxury, rich materials, and artistic inspiration with nods to classic French charm. Named by Architectural Digest as a "talent to not be missed," Charles Zana's distinguished twenty-year-long career has brought him to London, Gstaad, Tel Aviv, Monaco, and more to design spaces imbued with his signature modern-meets-timeless aesthetic. By merging thoughtfully placed pops of colour, curated furnishings and art, and luxurious yet liveable touches, the Paris-based interior architect creates visually unique spaces celebrated for their striking structure and rich visual poetry. In this debut monograph, Zana beautifully showcases his work within the residential and commercial spheres, including villas boasting clean lines and light-filled spaces; avant-garde Parisian apartments; and showrooms defined by an effortless blend of traditional details within an edgy, industrial space. Sumptuously illustrated with two hundred colour photographs that truly capture Zana's cultivated style, this volume is an essential addition to any library of interior design.

Publication

01 November 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$110.00

ISBN

9780847860432

Publisher

Rizzoli International

Imprint

Rizzoli

Series

Marion Vignal is currently the head of design and architecture at the major French news and lifestyle magazine L'Express as well as the author of numerous design publications. She is recognised for her unique journalistic approach incorporating a more personal behind-the-scenes perspective of the design world.

Category

Home Design

Key Information

Format

305 x 248 mm

Extent

240pp

Illustrations

200 colour photographs

Age Range

Terms

Author Details A graduate of the École des Beaux-Arts in Paris, Charles Zana has been an interior architect for over twenty years. His projects include numerous residential, commercial, and exhibition commissions in Paris, London, Gstaad, Tel Aviv, and Monaco.

• • • •

The vast majority of images were exclusively photographed for this title – featuring spaces that have never before been shared with the public. Charles Zana's work has received a wide array of international press. Publications include Architectural Digest, ELLE, Le Monde, and Wallpaper, among others. In addition to an impressive list of private residential clients, Zana's commercial clients include Zadig & Voltaire, Condé Nast, Maje, and more. Zana has collaborated with the famous designer Arik Levy, painter Pierre Bonneville, landscape architect Jacques Wirtz, and textile purveyor Cogolin, among others.

pa r i s , f r a n c e

ranelagh 2013

Romandetius, Cupio, stebus, cum, mo pubi fur quam

ommores at, C. Vivid con tabem pulari intem que con

hae, quam tu querobse taberte rfecum tem intilicaves,

dit, curnum commoent. Custiae ati senirit L. Vivatia

const ad mustilium stebut nihina, te in ses huiu me

con sentre erei sendacis; et poporetiem derio, crioc-

inu in tum tus atquemquam en diis, supiman telium

tam senatur aeconsulto in verferb issoltus cauctum

intreconvo, Sciam imulvit cotiam ad fuid igna, consi-

ineque autesula re, Cupioribem, ma, telariv irtusper-

lin hus Ad Catus vid fui iu eterion sultor inerman da-

tem dicaticidem poendius adem pra omnit; esserdium,

cidi, quiterf ecriocum inum essus. Maes perra nonsces

det; intilibus, cre rei ina, nem fue testre, camdiendam

atis, cotem dites fenterv ivasterei issensis, sit iam tin

oc rem audes ina, etidem pesuliurati publin teliu iam

tuscit gra quod clabemn ihilnequemus et; num inam,

intem norsus conduc ta iam nos nostrat ricuter tercer

qui pra mandit. Nihil untempr ibultorivis. Ximum am

publica timium horem patiam pris es et viris.

page x. nom piĂ¨ce Multores moruro manterenicii paridioc onsuliissed ignata ina res. Iquis as nis prorum reria ditis dolo volectibus autemquidunt hitas dollut qui. page x. nom piĂ¨ce Sa se evelendus es moditatius, sed min ressi aut volupic tempore caboreius et, evenimintust libus.

Dimore Studio Emiliano Salci This highly awaited debut monograph presents Europe's hottest design firm to American readers for the first time. Known for rich textures, mix-matched furnishings, and disparate inspirations, Dimore Studio's maximalist spaces have catapulted them to star status in very little time. An exceptional piece of bookmaking featuring different luxurious Italian paper stocks, this volume is bound to be a coveted collector's item for interior design lovers everywhere.

Publication

01 November 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$270.00

ISBN

9780847863297

Publisher

Rizzoli International

Imprint

Rizzoli

Series

Category

Home Design

Format

348 x 279 mm

Extent

304pp

Illustrations

Full colour

Age Range

Terms

Since the creation of their Milan-based firm in 2003, Emiliano Salci and Britt Moran have designed and carried out every project in a personal and recognisable way – whether it's for a private residence, a famed hotel, or a fashion boutique – by incorporating objects created by historical design masters, reclaimed materials, and other bespoke items that forge a unique atmosphere. Boasting clients such as Hermès, Thierry Costes, and Sonia Rykiel, it's no wonder that they've been dubbed the "Prada of the design world." Infused with the same creativity that informs their spaces, this exquisitely crafted oversized volume features luxurious touches and different types of papers and materials – making it one of the most in-demand publications in the interior design realm today.

Author Details Emiliano Salci and Britt Moran founded DIMORE STUDIO, an interior design firm, in 2003. A graphic designer by training, Moran grew up in North Carolina and has lived and worked in Italy for over fifteen years. Salci, who has a background in painting, drawing, furniture design, and fashion, is a native of Tuscany. The duo's work has been featured in Forbes, W magazine, and Vanity Fair, and their clients include hotelier Thierry Costes, Hermès, and Fendi. Today they both reside in Milan. Angelo Flaccavento is one of Italy's most renowned fashion journalists. A contributor to several publications, including Il Sole 24 Ore, GQ, Fantastic Man, and L'Uomo Vogue, he has been part of Business of Fashion's list of the 500 People Shaping the Global Fashion Industry.

Key Information • • • • • •

Dimore's interiors stand out from the rest. Through a mix of various influences (18th-century French, 1970s, etc.) and nods to classic Italian style, their spaces are maximalist and lavish in a refreshingly new way. Their work is truly beyond comparison. With Dimore Studio steering the creative direction of this book, it's an original, unique object reflecting the artistic genius of the duo, featuring extraordinarily luxurious craftsmanship and several different types of paper and materials. Dimore Studio has been featured in countless publications from across the globe, including Elle Decoration, Architectural Digest, W magazine, Vanity Fair, Interview magazine, Elle, and Harper's Bazaar. The studio boasts numerous high-profile design clients such as Hermès, Bottega Veneta, Fendi, Sonia Rykiel, Aesop, and hotelier Thierry Costes. Forbes magazine has dubbed Dimore Studio the "Prada of the Design World." The firm is one of the most in-demand in the world right now. Dimore Studio has over 115k Instagram followers.

Studio Peregalli Roberto Peregalli "Blending nostalgia for the past with curiosity for the present" is the essential design philosophy to Studio Peregalli's work. By infusing the projects with deep historical research alongside an unprecedented level of craftsmanship, the designers imbue each interior with a unique sense of place. Studio Peregalli is a movable visual feast, with projects ranging from Milan to Paris and London to exotic Tangier, St. Moritz, and Beirut. Following up on their first book Invention of the Past, Studio Peregalli compiles ten of their very best and most important projects to date in their new book,Studio Peregalli. If Invention of the Past can be considered to be a taxonomy book of Studio Peregalli's design thinking, Studio Peregalli is a true monograph: project after gorgeous project from around the world, with remarkable photography of grand rooms contrasted with beautiful details and of exquisite craftsmanship.

Author Details Publication

01 November 2018

Binding

Hardback

Studio Peregalli, founded in Milan in the early 1990s by philosopher Roberto Peregalli and architect Laura Sartori Rimini, has created exceptional interiors and architecture for projects in continental Europe, England, and New York. Both worked for the legendary architect Renzo Mongiardino. Their work has been featured in The World of Interiors, Architectural Digest, House Beautiful , and other leading publications.

Price

AU$150.00

Key Information

ISBN

9780847862856

Publisher

Rizzoli International

Imprint

Rizzoli

Series

Category

Home Design

Format

305 x 254 mm

Extent

304pp

Illustrations

Full colour

Age Range

Terms

• • • •

High profile recognition: the work of Studio Peregalli has been more and more recognised in the press since their last book, Invention of the Past, with cover stories in Architectural Digest, House Beautiful, and many other shelter magazines. Exotic locales: the ten projects in the books are located in beautiful and exotic locales, such as Tangier, Paris, Beirut, as well as New York and Milan. Most of the projects have not been published, providing brand new content for readers all of levels of sophistication. Many of the clients for these projects are high-profile stars in their own fields, including Pierre Bergé, the late business partner of Yves Saint Laurent.

FOREWORD

a conversation with rachel and john currin. by hamish bowles I luoghi hanno un’anima. Determinata dalla situazione geografica, dalle persone che li vivono, dagli usi e dai costumi secolari che li hanno modellati. E’ per questo che i viaggi (da quello di Goethe in Italia a quello di Roth attraverso le città bianche) hanno sempre avuto un’aura metafisica. Ci portano in luoghi diversi tra loro, sollecitano la nostra fantasia e la nostra curiosità. Si confrontano con l’ignoto. Una volta i viaggi erano lenti, perché così erano i trasporti da un posto all’altro. Per percorrere una certa tratta passavano i giorni, e la vista si abituava a poco a poco al paesaggio che si modificava a seconda dell’altitudine, della vicinanza a una città o al mare. Attraversare l’Italia, ad esempio, significava trovarsi di fronte ogni volta a uno scenario diverso. Basti pensare a cosa poteva essere per uno straniero colto passare da Milano a Venezia e poi scendere verso Firenze, Roma, Napoli. Un continuo cambio di clima, di vegetazione, di monumenti e di stili che si affastellavano sulla retina e poi nella memoria. Rovine archeologiche che si aprivano inaspettate alla vista in mezzo a una radura o a una pineta. Pinnacoli di campanili che segnavano il tracciato di una direzione o di un sentiero. Era un viaggio che si dilatava a poco a poco, di sorpresa in sorpresa, verso una meta che era una nuova tappa nella conquista della conoscenza. Incontri, conversazioni, “vedute”, il grande viaggio, il Grand Tour. Gli uomini sono sempre stati affascinati dai viaggi. Scoprire nuovi orizzonti, imparare lingue diverse, conoscere diverse civiltà. I luoghi parlano da soli, raccontano storie sedimentate nei secoli, le ferite che hanno subito, le lacerazioni, le conquiste. Un luogo apparentemente modesto, insignificante, può raccontare a volte storie più interessanti di un luogo glorioso, intriso di fama e di vittorie. Ogni sfumatura, ogni dettaglio apre un mondo, spiega, fornisce una traccia. I luoghi ci parlano del passato. Costituiscono la memoria di ciò che è accaduto nel tempo. Le stratificazioni di cui sono ricoperti mostrano un cammino a ritroso verso la loro origine. Ci dicono chi li ha abitati, che attenzione aveva per loro, il rispetto o a volte la violenza con cui sono stati trasformati. Ogni luogo ha la sua storia, che è insieme privata e pubblica, legata a un destino più grande. Un viaggio attraverso i luoghi è dunque un viaggio nel tempo, nel ricordo di chi li ha abitati, vissuti, di chi ne ha preso cura o li ha lasciati all’incuria. Oggi, nell’era della tecnologia e del progresso (illusorio), le distanze si sono raccorciate e il mondo appare dunque più vicino e a disposizione di quanto lo fosse all’epoca di Goethe. Il viaggio ha assunto proporzioni diverse. In meno di un giorno si possono raggiungere luoghi che hanno legami molto labili tra loro. Lo choc risulta forte. Si è catapultati in poco tempo entro un universo di lingue e di culture completamente mutato. Quindi la scelta dell’itinerario non è marginale e non va sottovalutata. Ma in realtà si può trovare un filo conduttore che leghi in un unico intreccio questi itinerari e scenari distanti e costituisca un tracciato che, in una dimensione geograficamente più ampia di quella di Goethe, possiamo continuare a chiamare “Grand Tour”. Tale è il significato di questo libro che racconta di un “viaggio” attraverso dieci progetti che abbiamo realizzato in diverse parti del mondo e del legame che essi hanno con il luogo che li ospita. Attraversa paesi, civiltà e tradizioni diverse che però sono state nei secoli almeno parzialmente in contatto. Non sono tappe isolate, ma porzioni di un percorso che si svolge nel tentativo di ritrovare, attraverso la memoria, le connessioni e i rimandi che, come in un gioco di specchi, accennano ai loro legami. E’ un percorso che parte dall’Italia, e innanzitutto da Milano, dove il nostro viaggio (professionale) ha avuto inizio, prosegue © 2018 Rizzoli International Publications. All Rights Reserved.

The Country House Sir David Cannadine This definitive new book on British country houses offers a magnificent look at the life-style, architecture, and interior design of these historic landmark homes.

Publication

01 November 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$140.00

ISBN

9780847862726

Publisher

Rizzoli International

Imprint

Rizzoli

Series

Category

Home Design

Format

279 x 279 mm

Extent

408pp

Illustrations

300 colour & b/w illustrations

Age Range

Terms

From The Crown to Downton Abbey , the country house speaks to our fantasies of rustic splendour, style, and escape. Featuring three hundred photos from the National Trust, this lavish book draws back the curtain on the finest and most important historic homes in England, Wales, Scotland, and Ireland, revealing these great houses' intriguing pasts, grand interiors, and vi-brant reinventions for the enjoyment of modern-day visitors, residents, and armchair travellers. Locations include Knole, Cragside, Castle Howard, Chatsworth, Polesden Lacey, Petworth, Castle Bodiam, Blenheim, Longleat, and dozens more. Illuminating essays by country house expert Jeremy Musson, legendary British author and historian David Cannadine, and contributing writers and scholars provide unique insight into centuries of life in a historic home. This is a rich visual resource for lovers of sumptuous interiors on a human scale, as well as grand exterior architecture and gorgeous landscapes. For Anglophiles, royals watchers, and lovers of the country house lifestyle, architecture, and interior design, this is a magnificent new look at landmark British country houses, the treasures they contain, and how they speak to our fantasies of rustic splendour and escape today.

Author Details Jeremy Musson is a leading commentator and author on the British country house and way of life. He was architectural editor of

Country Life from 1998 to 2007, for which he wrote hundreds of articles on country houses and is still a contributor. As a former National Trust assistant curator he redecorated state rooms at Ickworth Park and curated Anglesey Abbey. Musson is the author of several books including English Country House Interiors , Robert Adam , The Drawing Room , The English Manor House , How to Read a Country House , and many more. He co-wrote and presented The Curious House Guest, a BBC2 series on important country houses in 2005-2006. Sir David Cannadine is a Director of the Royal Oak Foundation (the American arm of the National Trust in Britain) and a renowned British author and historian. He is the author of twelve books, including At the Summit of the World: the United Kingdom , 1800-1906, Margaret Thatcher: A Life , and The Right Kind of Past: Teaching History in Twentieth-Century England, and is the editor or co-editor of thirteen books. Sir Cannadine has taught at Oxford, Cambridge, Princeton, Yale, and NYU, and has served as a trustee or board member for many other historic organisations and societies.

Key Information •

This book offers hundreds of never-before-seen photographs from the National Trust, spanning a wide range of time periods, architectural and design approaches, and locations in the United Kingdom – to suit every kind of Anglophile and design lover, such as those who made The English Country House a success.

•

The time is right to cast an enduring subject of fascination in an all-new light. An enthusiastic audience, who love entertainment based on British royals and nobles and their way of life, awaits. The Country House: Past, Present, Future pairs the Royal Oak Foundation, the American arm of the National Trust in Britain; editor Jeremy Musson, a noted expert on the country house; and legendary British author and historian Sir David Cannadine, along with contributing writers and scholars with unique insight into centuries of life in a historic home.

•

In the Company of Gods

MAGNIFICENCE & POWER

below KNOLE HOUSE Elaborately painted with mythological scenes, the open well staircase also bristles with nods to the family’s own “story” in the form of heraldic references.

opposite CHATSWORTH HOUSE The Painted Hall, adapted by architect William Talman from an Elizabethan great hall, displays richly painted decoration of the 1690s by Louis Laguerre depicting the life of Julius Caesar; with the triumphal arch, the ensemble throws the viewer into a theatrical moment where gods and mortals mix. The grand staircase dates to 1911–12.

THE COUNTRY HOUSE

MAGNIFICENCE & POWER

THE COUNTRY HOUSE

DRUMLANRIG CASTLE This great courtyard palace combines classical detail and symmetry with the traditional form of the Scottish castle. Drumlanrig was built in 1679â&#x20AC;&#x201C;89, most likely to designs by James Smith for William Douglas, the 1st Earl of Queensberry, and incorporated an earlier castle within.

DESIGN & CONSTRUCTION

THE COUNTRY HOUSE

Georgian Splendour

ATTINGHAM PARK The dining room, designed by George Steuart in the 1780s, with a splendid display as for a dinner party in 1814, the time when the owner, the 3rd Baron Berwick, was ambassador in Italy. The display was created by Peter Brears for the National Trust in 2007.

142

WEALTH & CONSUMPTION

THE COUNTRY HOUSE

143

Insta-style for Your Living Space Inventive ideas to create a stylish home Joanna Thornhill Refurb your living space with budget-friendly upcycling ideas to create a home that is as chic as your wardrobe. Here you’ll discover standout interiors and the secrets behind how their inhabitants created their luxurious feel without breaking the bank. The homes featured here range from apartments to small houses, but all reveal the stunning effects of using space creatively and clever storage solutions that can double up as unique displays. Plus, learn how simple upcycling offers affordable furnishing options while avoiding unnecessary waste, making your interiors eco-friendly, too.

Publication

01 November 2018

Whatever your living situation – renting with little freedom to decorate or make alterations, house sharing with only a small space to call your own, a first-time buyer with limited funds for renovation, or even simply time-poor and looking for quick fixes – this book can help. Insta-style for Your Living Space offers both inspiration and practical advice, and shows how a home that not only looks good but which is every bit your personal style is easily within your reach.

Binding

Hardback

Author Details

Price

AU$24.99

ISBN

9781782496526

Publisher

CICO

Joanna Thornhill is a freelance interior stylist and writer who has worked for a range of magazines and commercial clients, including a stint as acting assistant homes and craft editor of Woman’s Weekly magazine. Having lived in a total of 12 rental properties throughout her adult life, she is currently renovating her first home-for-now. The author is based in Walthamstow, London, UK.

Imprint

Cico Books

Key Information

Series

Category

Home Design

Format

210 x 170 mm

Extent

192pp

Illustrations

250 col photographs and 25 col artworks

Age Range

Terms

SOR

• • •

The perfect guide for renters and first-time buyers. Includes step-by-step projects that make this book a practical self-purchase as well as a beautiful gift. Taps into the continuing trend for upcycling.

Terrain Greg Lehmkuhl The ultimate resource for the intersection of nature and design. Founded in a historic nursery in southeast Pennsylvania, Terrain is a nationally renowned garden, home, and lifestyle brand with an entirely fresh approach to living with nature. It’s an approach that bridges the gap between home and garden, the indoors and the outdoors. An approach that embraces decorating with plants and inviting the garden into every living space.

Publication

01 November 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$49.99

ISBN

9781579658076

Publisher

Workman Publishing

Imprint

Workman

Series

Category

Craft/DIY

Format

279 x 203 mm

Extent

352pp

Illustrations

450 colour photographs

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Terrain, the book, not only captures the brand’s unique and lushly appealing sensibility in over 450 beautiful photographs but also shows, in project after project, tip after tip, how to live with nature at home. Here are ideas for flower arranging beyond the expected bouquet, using branches and wild blooms, seed heads and bulbs. Ten colourful container gardens inspired by painterly palettes. Dozens of ideas for making wreaths out of vines, dried stems, evergreens, and fresh leaves and fern fronds (which you learn to preserve in glycerin). Here are secrets for forcing branches to bloom in the middle of winter. Decorating with heirloom pumpkins, including turning them into tabletop planters. Simple touches—like massing high-summer hydrangeas into weathered baskets and scattering them around the patio—and more involved projects, including taking inspiration from Scandinavia and Britain to create a truly natural Christmas. With inspiration for every season, Terrain blurs the indoors and out to bring the subtle and surprising joys of nature into our lives every day.

Author Details Greg Lehmkuhl is the creative director of Terrain — a garden, home, and outdoor lifestyle brand from the team behind Anthropologie. Founded in 2008 on the site of a 100-year-old nursery in Glen Mills, Pennsylvania, Terrain now has a second store in Westport, Connecticut—both stores feature an on-site nursery, home store, and café — as well as shops within two California Anthropologie locations, and will soon open five more stores. Terrain has been featured on Today and CBS’s Sunday Morning and in a wide range of national publications, including the New York Times, the Wall Street Journal, Vanity Fair, Vogue, Martha Stewart Living, Elle Décor, and InStyle.

Key Information •

• • •

Terrain is the leading trendsetter in the gardening and indoor/outdoor living category. Their online store (shopterrain.com) receives over 650,000 visitors per month, and the brand is regularly featured in the US media, including the New York TImes and Vanity Fair. This is a book by a trusted brand living at the intersection of garden and design. Terrain takes the concept one step further, with creative and stylish ideas for designing with nature both indoors and out. From planting vertical gardens to creating living centre-pieces, this 400-page tome features hundreds of inspirational ideas plus the know-how you need to execute them, from Terrain’s master gardeners, horticulturalists, and designers. Over 450 lush images bring Terrain’s ideas to life.

A G R EEN G A LLERY:

Collected Wreaths on the Wall To fill a blank wall in the home, reimagine a traditional grouping of photos and artwork with a large-scale gallery of widely varied wreaths. Dried, preserved, and faux options are best used to form the foundation for this look, as they allow for permanent display. Leave a few spaces in the gallery wall for fresh wreaths, which can be swapped in as accent pieces to reflect the changing seasons. (See more ideas for wreath groupings on page 100.) When designing a gallery wall of wreaths, keep these elements in mind. A MIX OF MATERIALS: Choose materials with varied colors and textures for visual interest, then unify the wall by repeating a few distinctive themes. Pictured here, several tight rings of dried flowers provide eye-catching pops of color that guide the viewer across the grouping. More subtle repeating themes include metal botanicals and dried vines, presenting a rich mix of materials that still feels purposeful and measured. SHAPE & SCALE: Gather wreaths that vary widely in scale to create large visual statements interspersed with smaller moments of interest. The repetition of circular silhouettes will help to unify the wreaths’ disparate sizes. OPEN SPACES: Balance dense wreaths with airy designs that give the eye a chance to rest. Here, the loosely wrapped vine wreath at the center of the wall offsets nearby rings of metal roses and preserved ferns that have more substantial silhouettes. INTEGRATED ELEMENTS: Connect the gallery to the overall décor of a space by adding tall objects that reach upward into the wall from the floor or a table, such as vases filled with blooming branches.

Wi l d - C r a f t e d Wr e a t h s

W r e a t h s B e y o n d t h e B a s i c s

O P P O S I T E S AT T R AC T:

Pot-et-Fleur Plantings Pot-et-fleur, literally translated to “pot and flower,” is a style of floral arranging that became fashionable during the Victorian era. Combining cut flowers with potted plants was considered both beautiful and economical, allowing a single arrangement to be reused when spent stems were removed and fresh ones were added.

How to Make a Pot-et-Fleur Arrangement A strong foundation is key for this technique, which relies on a concealed base of vases and planted specimens to achieve a mix of cut and potted components. STEP 1 Select the vessels. You’ll

STEP 5 Fill in any gaps between

need a container for the potted component, and simple, clear bud vases or floral picks for the cut flowers.

the plants and vases with more potting soil, taking care not to drop any soil into the vases.

STEP 2 Fill one-third of the container with multipurpose potting soil.

water and add fresh-cut flowers or branches.

STEP 3 Place any living plants in the soil, making sure the base of each plant sits approximately 1 inch below the container rim.

with a topper of fresh moss that conceals any remaining gaps between the vessels. (Learn more about moss on page 85.)

STEP 4 Position the vases or floral picks, ensuring that the rims are at approximately the same height as the bases of the plants (so they are concealed but accessible for watering).

STEP 8 Water and replace the fresh cuts as needed to refresh the arrangement.

A r r a n g e m e n t s f r o m t h e Wi l d

STEP 6 Fill the vases with

STEP 7 Create a uniform surface

Crafted in celebration of winter’s end, this vibrant design brings the pot-et-fleur style of flower arranging to the modern era. Two orchids—a delicate Cypridedium and a showstopping Oncidium—are planted in an understated terracotta urn that balances the elevated blooms. Tucked into the soil, budding tulip tree branches mirror the architectural spray of Oncidium flowers.

T h e A r t o f B r a n c h e s a n d B l o o m s

BRIGHT IDEA:

Arrangements in Lanterns An unexpected stand-in for vases and terrariums, lanterns are a surprisingly suitable home for arrangements, particularly those sheltered on the doorstep or patio table. The lanternsâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; decorative shapes add a structured framework to florals or small-scale plantings, while large panes of glass offer a 360-degree view of their contents. In a nod to their true function, lanterns also diffuse any lights incorporated into a display.

Metal flowers entwined with foraged twigs and moss fill a row of lanterns that line a pathway for a warm welcome. These simple and enduring arrangements also fulfill a more traditional purpose, with lights concealed in the dome of each lantern for a soft glow.

The late autumn forest comes to life inside the wide glass panes of a simple lantern, with a mounded nest of moss supporting tiny Sempervivum and twigs of bittersweet vine (Celastrus scandens). Moss makes a natural base for arrangements in lanterns by elevating and anchoring other stems. Misted regularly, the moss and succulent base will remain fresh for an extended period, welcoming new botanicals as the seasons change

A r r a n g e m e n t s f r o m t h e Wi l d

T h e A r t o f B r a n c h e s a n d B l o o m ďťżs

Small Summer Gardens 35 bright and beautiful gardening projects to bring colour and scent to your garden Emma Hardy Turn your garden into a bright summer paradise with a collection of 35 projects to create stylish, fragrant and abundant displays. There are gorgeous flowering plants, lush foliage, special occasion displays, and edible fruit and vegetable harvests. The projects in Small Summer Gardens include hanging baskets, window boxes, beautiful flower beds, large and small pots, and pretty recycled containers. Create a display of foxgloves and woodland plants in a rusty trunk, scented sweet peas in a tub, a mini water garden with flowering water lilies, a wreath made from alpine flowers, fruit bushes in pots and much more. With Emma Hardy’s expert advice, you will learn everything you need to know about growing annuals from seed, growing bulbs, using inexpensive bedding plants in interesting ways, combining perennials and small shrubs and growing and maintaining fruit and vegetable plants.

Author Details Publication

01 November 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$29.99

ISBN

9781782495505

Publisher

CICO

Imprint

Cico Books

Series

Category

Gardening

Format

235 x 190 mm

Extent

144pp

Illustrations

250 colour photographs

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Emma Hardy is a keen gardener, with an RHS level 2 certificate in Horticulture. She has gardened on an allotment for several years, and has created an urban garden with fruit, vegetables and as many plants as it is possible to squeeze into a small space. She loves planning and creating gardens, but most of all she enjoys getting her hands dirty, and just pottering. Emma’s previous books include The Winter Garden, Tiny Tabletop Gardens, Teeny Tiny Gardening, The Urban Wildlife Gardener and Green Crafts for Children , all published by CICO Books. Married with two daughters, Emma lives in London.

Key Information • • •

35 creative and colourful projects for small gardens, including containers, bedding plants and special displays. Includes practical tips for growing annuals from seed, growing bulbs, using inexpensive bedding plants in interesting ways, combining perennials and small shrubs, and growing and maintaining fruit and vegetable plants. Many projects use interesting repurposed containers such as trunks, vintage tins and baskets, bringing a contemporary twist to an outside space.

CB1156 Small Summer Gardens DSJ - v1

contents

rusty trunk WITH FOXGLOVES

Large metal trunk or tub

This rusty, old, metal trunk looks stunning planted with pink and white foxgloves and cow parsley.

Introduction 6 Basic techniques 8

Using delicate, feathery plants such as cow parsley

Binding: Hardcover Format: 7½ x 9¼ in. / 235 x 190 mm Extent: 144 pages on woodfree paper Illustrations: 250 color photographs Price: US $19.95 / Priced higher in Canada UK £14.99 Publication date: February 2018 Text: 25,000 words

Drainage crocks Potting mix

PLANTS: Anthriscus sylvestris ‘Ravenswing’ (cow parsley)

CHAPTER 1

Cytisus praecox ‘Allgold’ (broom)

bright florals 12 Pale green bucket with pink flowers 14 Rusty trunk with foxgloves 16 Orange flowers in a black bowl 20 Pink roses in a galvanised tub 24 Sweet peas in a tub 26 Zinnias in large wooden tray 30 Large rusty tub with white daisies and grass 34 Hanging cone of nasturtiums 36 Bright orange flowers in orange tray 38 Chocolate cosmos with purple and pink flowers 42 Bucket with aquelegia and euphorbia 46 Tall allium and purple flowers in a tub 48 Small hanging buckets 52

CHAPTER 3

CHAPTER 2

Heirloom cherry tomatoes in hanging baskets 118 Gooseberry bushes and ﬂowers 122 Salad leaves with nasturtiums and edible ﬂowers 126 Herbs in concrete pots 130 Fruit tree in a container 134 Patty pan squash 138

Succulents in pastel-colored pots 56 Foliage plants in beautiful colors 60 Water garden with ﬂowering water lilies 64 Grasses in old metal containers 66 Indoor plants in baskets 70 Melianthus major with eucalyptus 74 Three containers with hostas 76 Small acer tree in a pot with underplanting 80

Hammer and heavy-duty nail (optional)

and geum softens the strong, bold look of the foxgloves and creates a delightfully elegant planter.

lush foliage 54

speciﬁcations

YOU WILL NEED

Digitalis purpurea ‘Dalmation Rose’ and D. purpurea ‘Dalmation White’ (foxglove)

special occasion displays 84 Tiered hanging basket with trailing plants 86 Glass vase with flowers 90 Red poppies in a concrete window box 94 Pink tin with alpine flowers 98 Wreath made from alpine flowers 102 Hollyhocks in a large tub 104 Thistles with purple and white flowers 108 Bold display of sunflowers 112

CHAPTER 4

fruits and harvests 114

Geum rivale ‘Album’ (water avens)

1 Soak the rootballs of all the plants in water for about 20 minutes, or until they are wet through. Use the hammer and sturdy nail to make drainage holes in the bottom of the container if it doesn’t have any already (see page 9). Cover the holes with drainage crocks so they will not become blocked with potting mix, which will impede drainage.

ISBN: 978 1 78249 550 5 Text © Emma Hardy Design, illustration, and photography © CICO Books

2 Half-ﬁll the container with potting mix, spreading it out evenly and leveling the surface.

Uncorrected proofs

For further information, contact:

3 Take the foxgloves from their plastic pots and arrange them in the container. Add or remove potting mix, as necessary, so that the top of each plant’s rootball is sitting just under the rim.

US CICO Books 341 E 116th St New York NY 10029 Tel: (+1) 646 791 5410 Fax: (+1) 646 861 3518

BRIGHT FLORALS

For US publicity, contact: Neha Kesarwani Tel: (+1) 646 791 5410 neha.kesarwani@rylandpeters.com

herbs in CONCRETE POTS

Resources 142 Acknowledgments 142 Index 143

The simple shapes and neutral colors of these concrete pots let the soft hues of the herbs shine out. Choose herbs you enjoy eating and plant them with plenty of gravel in the bottom of the pots to allow for drainage,

UK CICO Books 20–21 Jockey’s Fields London WC1R 4BW Tel: +44 (0)20 7025 2280 Fax: +44 (0)20 7025 2281 sales@cicobooks.co.uk

as they will not like sitting in very wet potting mix.

about the author Emma Hardy is a keen gardener, with an RHS level 2 certiﬁcate in Horticulture. She has gardened on an allotment for several years, and has created an urban garden with fruit, vegetables, and as many plants as it is possible to squeeze into a small space. She loves planning and creating gardens, but most of all she enjoys getting her hands dirty, and just pottering. Emma’s previous books include Tiny Tabletop Gardens, The Winter Garden, Teeny Tiny Gardening, The Urban Wildlife Gardener, and Green Crafts for Children, all published by CICO Books. Married with two daughters, Emma lives in London, UK.

YOU WILL NEED

For UK publicity, contact: Jane Pickett Tel: +44 (0)20 7025 2240 jane.pickett@cicobooks.co.uk

Range of concrete pots in different sizes Drainage crocks Potting mix Gravel

PLANTS:

AFTERCARE Check the potting mix in the herb containers regularly and keep it moist, but not too wet. Every few weeks, use a general-purpose fertilizer to promote lots of bushy growth.

Left pot: Lavandula angustifolia (English lavender) Back pot: Thymus citriodorus ‘Variegatus’ (variegated lemon thyme), T. ‘Silver Queen’ (thyme), and Thymus vulgaris (common thyme) Front pot: Salvia ofﬁcinalis (common sage)

2 1 Soak the rootballs of all the plants in water for about 20 minutes, or until they are wet through. Cover the hole in the bottom of each pot with a drainage crock, so it does not become blocked with potting mix.

3 2 Add a couple of handfuls of gravel to the bottom of each pot to improve the drainage further. 3 Half-ﬁll the pots with potting mix and level off the surface.

HERBS IN CONCRETE POTS

IW CB1156_SMALL_SUMMER_GDN_BLAD-DSJ.indd 2

www.rylandpeters.com

131

30/06/2017 11:12

Darcey Bussell: Evolved Darcey Bussell

C OV E R

The first book from Darcey Bussell in over six years, retired darling of the British Ballet and beloved judge of Strictly Come Dancing, this publishing extravaganza coincides with the the superstar ballerina's 50th birthday.

DRAF T

Exquisitely produced, the book is filled with remarkable images of Dame Darcey in various notable locations, such as a pod of the London Eye, on top of the Victoria and Albert memorial, and performing at worldwide events, like the Olympics opening ceremony. The collection includes rare and unseen moments of Darcey shot by some of the most famous photographers, including Lord Snowden, Mario Testing and Annie Liebovitz, in locations beyond the stage – including rehearsals, fashion shoots and more – which are accompanied by behind-the-scenes stories and personal anecdotes. A fitting testament to one of our true national treasures, this glorious and charming book is a wonder to enjoy for years to come.

Publication

01 November 2018

Author Details

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$60.00 | NZ$65.00

ISBN

9781784881795

Publisher

Hardie Grant (UK)

Imprint

Hardie Grant (UK)

In a dance career spanning more than 20 years, Darcey Bussell achieved legendary status in the dance world. Having trained at the famed Royal Ballet School in London, Darcey became the youngest British principal dancer at The Royal Ballet in 1989, where she remained her whole career. She was made a Commander of the Order of the British Empire (CBE) in 2006, and danced with her final ballet, MacMillan’s Song of the Earth, in June of 2007. She holds many patronages including being President of The Royal Academy of Dance and International patron of the Sydney Dance Company. She has honorary doctorates from Oxford University and the Royal Conservatoire in Glasgow, presents The Royal Ballet’s live cinema broadcasts and she is currently a judge on BBC One’s Strictly Come Dancing amongst her many activities.

Series

Key Information

Category

Art/Fashio/Photography

Format

303 x 263 mm

Extent

192pp

Illustrations

Full colour photography throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

• • • • •

200 full-colour photographs of a national treasure, who was made a Dame of the British Empire this year Lavishly produced to be one of the publishing events of Christmas 2018 Publication supported by a huge publicity campaign and dedicated advertising budget Features the work of a host of internationally renowned photographers Darcey’s 50th birthday falls in April 2019, guaranteeing continued media attentions

1000 Tattoos Frederic Claquin 1000 Tattoos is the latest addition to the series that began with Universe's 1000 Football Shirts and 1000 Sneakers, offering a broad and in-depth survey of the latest trends in tattoo designs. Most other tattoo books are either about specific tattoo subgenres or are general historical surveys, but 1000 Tattoos instead focuses on new, innovative, and avant-garde directions in the art of tattooing (both in terms of actual tattoo design as well as in techniques and styles). An exquisitely curated collection of the best innovative, creative tattoo art of the last decade. Anyone interested in tattoos will gain inspiration from this collection profiling over 40 of the world's most ground breaking tattoo designers and artists. Focusing primarily on innovative designs from the last decade, this is the best survey of cutting edge tattoo design reflecting the latest trends in subject matter, technique, and artistry. At a time where tattoos are a mark of personal creativity and individuality, this indispensible reference to the latest innovative and avant garde trends in skin art strikes the perfect balance between artistic vision, creative process, and the practical demands of needle and ink. Publication

01 November 2018

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$50.00

ISBN

9780789334442

Publisher

Rizzoli International

Imprint

Rizzoli

Series

Category

Art/Fashio/Photography

Format

229 x 170 mm

Extent

240pp

Illustrations

Full colour

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Author Details Frédéric Claquin is the author of over 20 books on popular culture and tattoos in his native France. Of these, Tattooisme (co-authored with Chris Coppola), the Juxtapoz Remix series, and the ARTtitude series have been published in English. He is also the founder and CEO of Plan9 Entertainment, part publishing house, part art collective, and part agency. His clients have included Blizzard, Focus Home Interactive, SELL, Sarenza, Sodexo, Warner Bros, Elephant Films, Sublime Skinz, Umanis, and Smart Ad Server.

Key Information •

•

Approachable, attractively packaged and priced, this title has great flexibility in a variety of sales contexts, and we have demonstrated success with previous titles in this format, 1000 Football Shirts (in its 4th printing since April 2014) and 1000 Sneakers (in its 3rd printing since Oct 2016). Tattoo art and practice has seen radical changes in the 21st century, as its popularity as a personal statement has exploded. This book will appeal to the expanding number of tattoo artists who are seeking new inspiration and innovating with new techniques from which new tattoo trends and styles are emerging. Engagingly browsable, this compilation covers 40–50 contemporary tattoo artists (about 50% based in the US though of very diverse national origins) who are breaking new ground and setting trends – some fairly well known, some up-and-comers on the verge of breaking out, and several who have just recently burst onto the scene. As befits the current age, the artists profiled are all extremely active on social media, especially Instagram, and between them total over 30 million followers. Important sourcebook for tattoo artists, fans of skin art, and graphic designers.

001 1â&#x20AC;&#x2030;000 tattoos TODAY

n e e m k a h n Be oir proch , e m s i t ph o, gra rope de lâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;essum t o h p tribu fluences eu n romen ip in de so l a ba n

The Hiciamendit apiducipsa asint magni dia que porem por atus ut rerio temque verum, ulparum necullesto maxim el inis modicidit, utem que parc iistist, sunt aliquias mostrumendi iunt eati quamusc Red qui apid experov itatqui doluption prem et aliquam velestis et am rent veri quam, temquas susanda sitempos dipiscilitas pernatur? Is molo venimin ctestionsed untia poreption cum quam eictem is esto. Piendera eperspi tatiati con corepe cusciant alique cus, quas solorro eliam simpore mporios ex etum doluptu reperferum quis aut que sequidi ciendit aut ut laboreprovid esciatur sa doloreh enderat a voluptaest, et esequid que nos etustis ut porecta tisquam, susapid igentia a a solut repel inciani dollant ullat et illa imi, utam quae. Itat quam eum a vid es aliquis cipsam volupiendi vit voluptus, nempore pudist, con pa que et inim earias iunt alignist adi doluptasit officit estrum lab inctur. Caborio velit minctatem quisinus. Nam, quasped ipiente conem quibeaque porro dusam fuga. Ad mod unt plabo. Neque labo.Ovid quid maio. Iminciatur, nusantis cum lanti as renet dia nonsed es sedissum everum venimporit aliqui nis sim exerspit oditem volorerum ea nos et idunt, que la dolupta endio. Nam eium.

Add-on(s)

special features lorem ipsum menos pedros achievement Tattoo run run le maitre roberto dardini

The menos pedrosis iver

A pulicerio es fitsimus, corudeo te temo conscdit. Imus ius, quod cuperit. Quid fac fur, consulerente telabus vit invenihil verfirmis sil ut atumus

009 1 000 TATToos TodAY

el pATmAn 010

025 1â&#x20AC;&#x2030;000 tattoos TODAY

n o t r e l l u f c i s s a l C oir proch , e m s i t ph o, gra rope de lâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;essum t o h p tribu fluences eu n romen ip in de so l a ba n

Add-on(s)

special features lorem ipsum menos pedros achievement Tattoo run run le maitre roberto dardini

The menos pedrosis iver

A pulicerio es fitsimus, corudeo te temo conscdit. Imus ius, quod cuperit. Quid fac fur, consulerente telabus vit invenihil verfirmis sil ut atumus

Tom Wesselmann Ara H. Merjian This vibrant edition examines Tom Wesselmann's important series, Standing Still Lifes, monumental works that are both pictorial and sculptural. Accompanying an exhibition at Gagosian New York, this catalogue explores nine of Tom Wesselmann's monumental works made between 1967 and 1981. It marks the first time that the complete series of Standing Still Lifes has been exhibited. Each work in the series is comprised of multiple canvases shaped according to the outline of the commonplace objects that they depict. Wesselmann was one of the leading American Pop artists, perhaps best know for his Great American Nude series. Insightful new text surveys past art movements in relation to the importance of Wesselmann's Standing Still Lifes. Publication

01 November 2018

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$200.00

ISBN

9780847864058

Publisher

Rizzoli International

Imprint

Rizzoli

Series

Category

Art/Fashio/Photography

Format

333 x 295 mm

Extent

170pp

Illustrations

70 colour illustrations

Age Range

Terms

Beautifully illustrated with over 70 colour images documenting the works in the exhibition and introducing the reader to Wesselmann's creative process, highlighting maquettes and preparatory drawings meticulously constructed by the artist, along with much of the source material that inspired the work. A new meticulously researched chronology that encompasses Wesselmann's life and work from 1959 to 1982.

Author Details Ara H. Merjian is Associate Professor of Italian Studies at New York University. He is the author of Giorgio de Chirico and the Metaphysical City. Michael Craig-Martin is a renowned conceptual artist and a celebrated educator. Jeffrey Sturges is a photographer and Director of Exhibitions at the Estate of Tom Wesselmann. Lauren Mahony organises special exhibitions for Gagosian. She previously worked in the Department of Painting and Sculpture at The Museum of Modern Art, New York.

Title, 1970, material, 30 x 20 inches (50 × 40 cm) Title, 1970, material, 30 x 20 inches (50 × 40 cm)

150

the older artists have so much to say about pictures of essentially nothing. MCM But there are very interesting generational things that happen. As you say, Wesselmann was looking at Abstract Expressionism and thinking essentially that there was no room for him to maneuver in that type of painting. So the only way for him to be an artist was to step outside of that and go back to representation. JS What about your generation? MCM My generation was a bit later. By the time I arrive, we have passed through Abstract Expressionism, but we’ve also gone through Pop, through Op and [Frank] Stella and [Kenneth] Noland. This is the mid-1960s: we are in a world in which the only art is painting. There is painting everywhere, there’s nothing but painting. And that’s why there was this break, where painters stop painting and start to make constructions, where people start to do things that are now called conceptual. People reject painting. People don’t reject painting because it’s a bad thing—they reject it because it is fully occupied. There is no place to go, nobody can think of another painting to do, so lots of artists are finding freedom by moving outside of painting. This innovation did not come from sculptors—although it mainly takes forms that you could call sculptural. It came from painters who got frustrated. JS Another important aspect to discuss is technique, namely collage. Wesselmann turned to collage just after graduating from Cooper. An anecdote from his days at school highlights this shift in technique, which would become his preferred mode of picture making. In painting class, Wesselmann’s professor Nicholas Marsicano removed a piece of paper that Wesselmann had stuck to his painting, saying, “Now do it in paint because you are a painter.” I think this is a very revealing story. Wesselmann was being reprimanded for what may have seemed like a short cut that disrupted the painted surface. But I think he liked this disruptive quality. I also think he recognized his preferred way to make a picture. MCM There are essentially two kinds of makers in art: there’s the maker who is painterly and the maker who is a constructor. Collage is too specific. And a constructor is somebody who assembles things. That’s what he does. I see that instantly in his work. That’s what I do. And I think this is extremely important. For instance, de Kooning is in the other camp. But Wesselmann has already recognized that de Kooning is there, so he can’t do it. I do what I do because I’m not as good as someone else at the other thing. I found a way of working that suits me. And it seems to me that when I look at Wesselmann’s work, I see that he is liberated by working with painting as a form of construction rather than a form of spontaneous making. JS I agree completely. He describes in his monograph that he just felt he couldn’t do that kind of work, that it really wasn’t him. MCM It is the same with me. I struggled in the beginning because of course one’s model as a painter is more connected to the painterly style of painting. This is still true, even today. In schools, that is still the basic model for painting. But it’s only suitable for some people and much less so for others. JS It’s temperamental, but it also seems like a way of thinking. MCM It is. In the painterly tradition, I see painting as presenting you with a space you enter. You’re invited to enter the space. When you’re a constructor, the picture, the thing you make, enters the space of the viewer. It goes the other way around. So instead of [you] entering into the space, it enters your space. That is a very striking aspect of Wesselmann’s work—this is why there are shelves, why there are real bits included, why they’re so big. And this is essentially a twodimensional form of sculptural space rather than painted space. JS Wesselmann was ambivalent about the distinction between painting and sculpture. It comes up constantly. But it’s really interesting to connect this idea of constructor to this idea of building out in space, yet still he really does want

Fig. 1 Tom Wesselmann, Great American Nude #48, 1963, Oil and collage on canvas, acrylic and collage on board, enameled radiator and assemblace (including window illumination), 84 × 108 × 34 inches (213.4 × 274.3 × 86.4 cm)

151

Francois-Xavier and Claude Lalanne Adrian Dannatt Crossing over many audiences – from interior design to fine art to high society – the works of the Lalannes have aspirational yet broad appeal. Highly collected and promoted by an important group of connoisseurs and art insiders, Lalanne works are often the focus of the well-curated room. This first English-language book on their work will appeal to decorators, designers, artists, and all those who love beautiful art objects. Francois-Xavier and Claude Lalanne's charming, dreamy, and surrealistic body of functional sculptures, once a guarded secret for Yves Saint Laurent and the Agnellis, is showcased in full in this stunning book.

Publication

01 November 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$150.00

ISBN

9780847862863

Publisher

Rizzoli International

Imprint

Rizzoli

Series

Category

Art/Fashio/Photography

Format

305 x 248 mm

Extent

272pp

Illustrations

Full colour

Age Range

Terms

The legendary husband-and-wife artist team has been the inspiration for high-society collectors and decorators, such as Pierre Bergé, Serge Gainsbourg, Peter Marino, Jane Holzer, and Reed Krakoff for over five decades. Crossing over many audiences – from interior design to fine art to high society, the works of the Lalannes have aspirational yet broad appeal. Their surreal flock of sheep sculpture is now de rigeur for any important collection, while their functional hippopotamus wet bar sells for millions of dollars at auction. Highly collected and promoted by an important group of art insiders, Lalanne works are often the focus of the well-curated room, as seen in many magazine covers. This first English-language book on their work will appeal to decorators, designers, artists, and all those who love beautiful art objects.

Author Details Adrian Dannatt is a writer, editor, and curator. He is the author of catalogues on the work of Robert Indiana and Mattia Bonetti, and writes regularly for international art journals. Francois-Xavier Lalanne (1927-2008) was born in Agen, France. He studied sculpture at the Academie Julian in Paris. Claude Lalanne (b. 1924) was born in Paris and studied architecture at the Ecole des Beaux-Arts. They participated in the postwar Surrealist art scene in postwar Paris, which had a major effect on their work over the past five decades.

Key Information • • • •

Works by the Lalannes are considered a trophy for any high-profile art and design collector, from Yves Saint Laurent to Reed Krakoff, and this book will appeal to the audience who buy books about the works of these collectors. The Lalannes' works are often the focus of the most important room of a high-profile interior. Their flock of sheep sculptures – featured on many magazine covers and books – are but one of many known work. New and unknown images: In addition to numerous images of exquisite interiors showing works by the Lalannes, there will be new photography of their exquisite crafted sculptures, like a functional bar in the shape of a hippopotamus. Little is known about their connection to the famous postwar art scene in Paris. The text will present their friendship with Constantin Brancusi and the Surrealists.

Jenny Saville Richard Calvocoressi The most comprehensive monograph to be published on figurative painter Jenny Saville, one of feminism's most celebrated living artists whose monumental portraits continue to question our accepted ideals of beauty and disrupt the boundaries of race, gender, and identity. Thirteen years after her first Rizzoli monograph, British artist Jenny Saville releases this much-anticipated volume – her most comprehensive to date – including many never-before-published paintings. One of the most renowned living figurative painters of our time, Saville has set auction records and her highly sensual canvases invite us to consider the female form in all its glory. Great artists are of their moment, but push boundaries to revitalise our world. The British artist Jenny Saville is best known for painting monumental close-ups of large nude women exposing things that are usually left unshown: flab, fat, bulge. Today, when the body has never mattered more or counted less, Saville is undoubtedly the painter for our times. Saville has specialised in subjects on the margins of society: the obese, the disfigured, and transsexuals; yet under her fluctuating light and painstaking hues and layers, her subjects transcend their strangeness to take on a universal quality. Among artists of her generation, Saville is unusual in her devotion to figurative painting. This much-anticipated volume unites new work with almost all of Saville's paintings and drawings to date, many of them unpublished works. Published in association with Gagosian Gallery, the book also features a complete and illustrated chronology of the artist's career. A conversation with acclaimed American photographer Sally Mann, and essays by art critic Mark Stevens and Gagosian Director, London Richard Calvocoressi complete the volume.

Publication

01 November 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$250.00

ISBN

9780847862900

Publisher

Rizzoli International

Jenny Saville received her B.A. Honors Fine Art from Glasgow School of Art, Scotland. Saville's works are featured in several public collections, including The Metropolitan Museum of Art, New York; The Broad, Los Angeles; and Saatchi Collection, London.

Imprint

Rizzoli

Richard Calvocoressi is a director and senior curator at Gagosian Gallery, London.

Series

Category

Art/Fashio/Photography

Format

324 x 273 mm

Sally Mann's photographs have been the subject of major exhibitions at the Institute of Contemporary Art, Philadelphia, and the Corcoran Gallery of Art, Washington, D.C. Her work can be found in many collections, including The Metropolitan Museum of Art and the Whitney Museum of American Art.

Extent

320pp

Illustrations

250 colour and b/w

Mark Stevens is the former art critic of New York magazine. He is coauthor, along with Annalyn Swan, of the 2005 Pulitzer Prize-winning de Kooning: An American Master.

Age Range

Key Information

Terms

•

Saville rarely publishes her new work, making this book – the first to feature the artist's most current work – a much-anticipated volume for fans, collectors, and the art community.

•

Saville is an original member of the Young British Artists (YBAs), a group whose complete openness to the materials and processes of art making (Tracey Emin and Damien Hirst) came to define a generation of brave new artists and, in Saville's case, recharge and revitalise the art of painting. Saville has been described as a "New Old Master" for the technical proficiency of her oversized nudes that have earned her comparisons to Rubens and Lucian Freud and universal praise from critics and art historians alike. At the start of the 21st century, Saville was one of the most expensive contemporary artists in the world. Her work continues to sell strong. Last year Saville's Shift (1996-97) sold for £5.95m. It was a major record for Jenny Saville and the highest ever auction price for a British female artist.

Author Details

• •

Larry Bell Robin Clark The first major monograph ever published on the career of Larry Bell, iconic American artist and one of the stars to have emerged from the Light and Space movement in California in the 1960s. Creatively presented in two distinct halves that reflect his dual interest in two and three-dimensional forms – the first collecting his works on paper, printed on a heavily textured uncoated stock, and the second collecting his glass and metal sculptures, printed in a high-gloss finish – the book itself aims to reflect Bell's close attention to materials. In each medium, Bell's work reflects a lifelong enthusiasm for the physical properties of light and the materials it hits, and an equally tangible passion for playing with those properties with an almost childlike reverence and a spontaneity that belies or even defies his understanding of every process. From his earliest monochrome paintings in the 1950s to the glass cubes and standing glass-panel sculptures of the 1960s and 1970s, to his experimentation with vapour drawings in the 1980s and his most recent 'mirage works' and 'light knot' sculptures, Bell's career reads as one long and beautiful experiment in the properties of light on surface, and the relationship of surface to space.

Publication

01 November 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$125.00

ISBN

9780847863402

Publisher

Rizzoli International

Imprint

Rizzoli

Series

Robin Clark is a writer, curator, and art historian, and director of the Artist Initiative at SFMoMA. She is the author of

Category

Art/Fashio/Photography

Phenomenal , acknowledged as one of the most comprehensive surveys of the Light and Space movement, and lectured on Bell's

Format

305 x 267 mm

work at the Chinati Foundation in 2014.

Extent

312pp

Illustrations

Full colour

Age Range

Terms

Author Details Larry Bell was born in 1939 and lives and works between Los Angeles, CA and Taos, NM. He has exhibited widely, including the group exhibitions 'Larry Bell, Robert Irwin, Doug Wheeler', Tate Britain, London (1970); '11 Los Angeles Artists', Hayward Gallery, London (1971) and 'Phenomenal', Museum of Contemporary Art San Diego (2011). Solo exhibitions include the Pasadena Art Museum, California (1972); Fort Worth Art Museum, Dallas, Texas (1975 and 1977); Museum of Contemporary Art, Los Angeles (1986); Denver Art Museum, Colorado (1995) Carré d'Art Musée d'art Contemporain de Nîmes, France (2011) and The Chinati Foundation, Marfa, Texas (2014). He is represented by White Cube and Hauser & Worth galleries.

Cliff Lauson is Curator at the Hayward Gallery, Southbank Centre, in London. Since arriving in 2009 he has curated major exhibitions of work by Martin Creed, Ernesto Neto, Tracey Emin, and Ron Terada, and the critically-acclaimed group exhibitions Light Show and History Is Now: 7 Artists Take On Britain. Cliff was previously Assistant Curator at Tate Modern.

Key Information • • •

•

Larry Bell's work is well known and increasing in value with new gallery representation, but severely under-published: this is the first monograph of its size and scope drawing on his entire career. With enthusiastic new representation from White Cube and Hauser & Wirth, Larry Bell's work is enjoying a renaissance with solo exhibitions around the world and iconic installations at museums such as his contribution to the Whitney Biennale in 2017. Alongside images of all of Bell's best known works, this book includes hundreds of images never before seen or published – archival images of Bell at work in the studio and on site, as well as snapshots by Bell himself of his work and his peers in th Light and Space movement. Written by Robin Clark, expert on Light and Space and director of the Artist Initiative at SFMoMA, and with a contribution from Cliff Lauson, Curator at London's Hayward Gallery – two top voices in art from both sides of the Atlantic.

Untitled 19, 1962â&#x20AC;&#x201C;63 medium Âˇ 13 x 13 x 13 inches collection information

Something Green, 2017 medium Âˇ 00 x 00 x 00 inches collection information

Bell 83355, 2017 medium Âˇ 00 x 00 x 00 inches collection information

SMVD-56, 1991 medium · 00 x 00 x 00 inches collection information

SMVD-57, 1991 medium · 00 x 00 x 00 inches collection information

SMVD-58, 1991 medium · 00 x 00 x 00 inches collection information

SMVD-59, 1991 medium · 00 x 00 x 00 inches collection information

SMVD-60, 1991 medium · 00 x 00 x 00 inches collection information

SMVD-61, 1991 medium · 00 x 00 x 00 inches collection information

drawing from life: ideal types leonar do da VinCi (1452–1519; fig.1) was the archetypal ‘renaissance man’, accomplished in painting, sculpture, architecture, music, anatomy, engineering, cartography, geology and botany. Yet beyond a handful of paintings, and some knowledge of his great projects that failed to reach completion, the extent of his achievements was little known to his contemporaries and successors. leonardo’s surviving notebooks were not transcribed vand published until the late nineteenth century, and research has allowed his many hundreds of surviving drawings to be properly understood only within the last few decades. leonardo’s drawings are the richest, most wide-ranging, most technically brilliant and most endlessly fascinating of any artist. only a small proportion are connected directly with his paintings and his sculptural, architectural and engineering projects, many of which were never completed. the remainder were leonardo’s attempt to record and understand the infinite variety of experience, the theme of his whole career; for although he developed a rich and powerful literary style, leonardo always maintained that an image transmitted knowledge more accurately and more concisely than any words. in his drawings, therefore, we can follow an intellectual development of a fertility unmatched in the history of western thought. leonardo was born on 15 april 1452 near the town of Vinci, 15 miles west of Florence in the arno valley. He was the illegitimate son of a notary, Ser Piero da Vinci, and a peasant girl named Caterina, and was taken into his paternal grandfather’s house. We have no knowledge of the nature of leonardo’s education, other than that he learned to read and write. His arithmetical skills were always shaky, and

though he tried to learn some latin later in life, he never became comfortable with the language of most scientific writings. leonardo was left-handed, and throughout his life he habitually wrote his personal notes as if in mirror-image, from right to left (e.g. no.00). this was not an attempt to keep his researches secret, as has been claimed, for leonardo’s mirror-writing is relatively easy to read with a little practice. Mirror-writing is a common developmental quirk in childhood, and what may have begun as an entertaining trick became a habit that leonardo never had cause to discard. By 1472, at the age of 20, leonardo was a fully fledged artist in Florence, then under the rule of lorenzo de’ Medici, ‘the Magnificent’. leonardo joined the painters’ guild, the Company of St luke, and he was probably working in the studio of the sculptor and painter andrea del Verrocchio (1435–88), though his presence there is not documented until 1476. leonardo seems to have exercised his right as a member of the guild to accept contracts in his own name, while still putting his hand to products of Verrocchio’s studio. Paintings such as the annunciation (fig.2), the Madonna with the Carnation (Munich, alte Pinakothek) and the portrait of ginevra de’ Benci (Washington, d.C., national gallery of art), which are entirely by leonardo, all seem on grounds of style to be earlier than his contribution to the Baptism of Christ (Florence, uffizi), painted in Verrocchio’s studio. leonardo’s early drawings were little different in type from those of his contemporaries in the studio – compositional sketches, studies of details for paintings, and drawing exercises. the two principal drawing media of his earlier years were metalpoint (no.0) and pen and ink (no.0). 555 words

1 The head of a youth in right profile, c.1510 red and black chalks on pale red prepared paper, 17.8 × 13.0 cm r c i n 12553

22 | r u n n i ng H e a d

r u n n i ng H e a d | 23

Leonardo Da Vinci Martin Clayton On the heels of Walter Isaacson's beloved new biography (Fall 2017), and increased media attention (as 2019 marks the 500th anniversary of the artist's death), this book's appeal will extend beyond the devoted and numerous members of Leonardo's audience to reach a popular one. The most comprehensive collection of Leonardo da Vinci's drawings provides an intimate look at the mind and hand of the genius.

Author Details Martin Clayton is Head of Prints and Drawings, Royal Collection Trust, and has published extensively on works in the Royal Collection. His recent publications include Portrait of the Artist (2016) and Castiglione: Lost Genuis (2013).

Key Information • Publication

01 November 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$65.00

ISBN

9780847859405

Publisher

Rizzoli International

Imprint

Rizzoli

Series

Category

Art/Fashio/Photography

Format

254 x 197 mm

Extent

256pp

Illustrations

200 colour photographs

Age Range

Terms

SOR

• •

•

The world's largest collections of Leonardo's drawings. Marks the 500th anniversary of Leonardo's death (2019). Builds on the popularity of the Metropolitan Museum of Art's Michelangelo: Divine Draftsman & Designer Accompanies 12-venue simultaneous show in Europe to mark the 500th anniversary organised by the Royal Collection Trust, which own the most comprehensive collection of Leonardo's works on paper. Unlike other old masters, Leonardo is as well known for his drawings and designs as for his paintings.

P.O.V. Chris Stein A new collection of unseen photographs of New York City's 1970s punk heyday, by one of the icons of the city's golden age of new wave, Blondie's Chris Stein. For the duration of the 1970s – from his days as a student at the School of Visual Arts through the foundation of the era-defining New Wave-band Blondie and his subsequent reign as epicenter of punk's golden age – Chris Stein kept an unrivalled photographic record of the downtown New York City scene. Following in the footsteps of the successful book Negative , this spectacular new book presents a more personal and more visceral collection of Stein's photographs of the era. Focusing on a single decade in Stein's own world, the images presented here take readers from self-portraits in his run-down East-Village apartment to candid photographs of pop-cultural icons of the time and evocative shots of New York City streetscapes in all their most longed-for romance and dereliction. An eclectic cast of cultural characters – from Richard Hell and William Burroughs to Joan Jett, Debbie Harry, Andy Warhol, and Stephen Sprouse – appear here exactly as they were in the day, juxtaposed with children playing hopscotch on torn-down blocks, riding the graffiti-ridden subway, or cruising the burgeoning clubs of the Bowery. At once a chronicle of one music icon's life among his punk and New-Wave heroes and peers, and a love letter to the city that was the backdrop and inspiration for those scenes, P.O.V. transports us to another place and time.

Publication

01 November 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$99.00

ISBN

9780847862184

Publisher

Rizzoli International

Imprint

Rizzoli

Series

Category

Art/Fashio/Photography

Format

295 x 219 mm

Extent

208pp

Illustrations

200 colour and b/w illustrations

•

Age Range

•

Terms

SOR

Author Details Chris Stein is the co-founder of iconic new-wave band Blondie. His photographic work has been featured in galleries and press around the world, and published in the successful book Negative: Me, Blondie, and the Advent of Punk , published by Rizzoli. Beyond his era-defining music with Blondie, he has collaborated with a host of artists over the years, from Shepard Fairey to Glenn O'Brien and Andy Warhol.

Key Information • •

As a epicenter of the punk and new wave scene, Chris Stein knew – and photographed – everybody from Andy Warhol to William Burroughs, Devo, Basquiat, and of course his own band's pin-up of the era, Debbie Harry. 2019 marks the 45th anniversary of the founding of Chris Stein's band, Blondie, and Chris plans to arrange exhibitions and press throughout the year. In addition, Fall 2018 marks the publication of Debbie Harry's memoir (publisher info TBC) As well as being a love letter to punk and New York City in the 1970s, the book also encapsulates the fashion and style of the age, in everything from candid portraits of celebrities to street scenes. Almost all of the photographs in this book have never before been published.

Royals Today Chris Jackson A unique collection of photographs of the modern British Royal Family from the archive of Chris Jackson, multi-award winning Royal Photographer and current Royal Photographer of the Year. From the modern-day fairy tale of the Duke and Duchess of Cambridge's wedding to the births of Prince George and Princess Charlotte and their soon-to-be new sibling to Prince Harry and Meghan Markle's historic marriage to countless Royal tours in between, this book presents the British Monarchy and Queen Elizabeth II, its most enduring icon, through the lens of one of its most trusted photographers. Chris Jackson has been by the Royal family's side on domestic visits and overseas tours for the past fifteen years, resulting in an unparalleled photographic archive of the evolving British Royal family. Occupying a front-row seat to history, Jackson's assignments have taken him to the four corners of the Earth to document the extraordinary breadth and devotion of the Royals to causes such as cancer research, mental health, and HIV awareness in Africa. Whether it's Prince George's first day of school, the Duchess of Cambridge playing cricket in Mumbai, or the Invictus Games, Jackson records moments both large and small with a warmth and sincerity that has made him a media standout. In his own words in captions and texts, he reveals the magic as well as the logistics of what it's like to photograph the Royal family. Organised by theme, from State Occasions to Charity works to a typical year in the Royal Diary, this book celebrates fifteen years of the Royals in intimate portraits of a singular family's role on the world stage at a unique moment in time.

Publication

01 November 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$75.00

Author Details

ISBN

9780847864287

Publisher

Rizzoli International

Multi-award winning photographer and three-time Royal Photographer of the Year Chris Jackson's photographs of the British Royal family have garnered worldwide acclaim and are published regularly on the front pages of newspapers and magazines around the world. He has worked closely with many Royal charities such as Tusk Trust and Prince Harry's charity, Sentebale.

Imprint

Rizzoli

Series

Category

Art/Fashio/Photography

Format

279 x 216 mm

Extent

144pp

Illustrations

100 colour photographs

Age Range

Terms

Key Information • With 2 billion around the world tuning into the Royal Wedding this year, it is evident that people are still fascinated by the British Royal Family. • Meghan and Harry's wedding caused a stir in the Australian media this year. It was recently found by Google that "Meghan Markle" was the top most searched term for 2017. • William and Kate's 2011 Marriage Ceremony remains the most-watched free-to-air TV program In Australia since 2008, with 4.09 million viewers across three channels, excluding live streams (Source: ABC, 2018). • In 2017, Netflix series The Crown – the popular historical drama based on Queen Elizabeth II reign – won the Golden Globe Award for best television series.

Picture perfect... Introductory copy uciatati cus dolo ilignam, sition niatio. Itatest ut ut omnistium ressequo volecaeria sa qui corehenist facero blacest hariatio. Ut et adi corrum eum re velitatur, omnis am ad etur ad uta sus ut

Copy here Ibust eum nonectur aut magnatia Aque pliquame mod eu m quam erore esequi cullitem qui a voluptam expel voluptam expellu ptaturi voluptam expellu ptaturi voluptam expellu ptaturi voluptam expellu ptaturi voluptam expellu

Copy here Ibust eum nonectur aut magnatia Aque pliquame mod eu m quam erore esequi qui a volu ptam expel voluptam expellu ptaturi voluptam expellu ptaturi ptaturi ptam expel voluptam expellu ptaturi voluptam expellu ptaturi ptaturi

State occasions Introductory copy taepel ipidund uciatati cus dolo ilignam, sition niatio. Itatest ut ut omnistium ressequo volecaeria sa qui corehenist facero blacest hariatio. Ut et adi corruum eum re velitatur, omnis am ad etur ad uta sus ut harum, suum eum re velitatur, omnis am ad et ur ad uta sus ut harum, sum eum re velitatur, omnis am ad etur ad uta sus ut harum, sus.

Brooklyn Photographs Now Marla Hamburg Kennedy A large and unique collection of contemporary photography about ever-changing Brooklyn and its myriad communities, from Coney Island, to Prospect Park, to Red Hook, to Williamsburg, by emerging and established artists, the first of its kind for the photo lover and sophisticated tourist. An expansive book showcasing chiefly unpublished contemporary photographs taken by a wide range of artists focused on the unique characteristics of present-day Brooklyn.

Publication

01 November 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$80.00

ISBN

9780847862382

Publisher

Rizzoli International

Imprint

Rizzoli

Series

Category

Art/Fashio/Photography

Format

241 x 235 mm

Extent

240pp

Illustrations

250 colour and b/w photographs

Age Range

Terms

Brooklyn has seen exponential change over the last 15 years, and countless photographers from all over the world have been capturing those changes and movements in cityscapes, portraits, vignettes, and process-oriented photography. Brooklyn Photographs Now reflects the avant-garde spirit of the city's biggest borough, containing previously unpublished work by well-known and emerging contemporary artists. The book will contain more than 250 images from all by more than 75 new and established artists, including Mark Seliger, Ryan McGinley, Mathieu Bitton, Michael Eastman, among many others. The end result is a book of photographs that not only document the physical and architectural landscape but reflect and explore an off-centered – and therefore a less-seen and more innovative – perspective of how artists view this city right now in the twenty-first century.

Author Details Marla Hamburg Kennedy is a leading dealer and adviser for 20th and 21st century art with an emphasis on contemporary painting and photography. With thirty years' experience in the fields of photography, contemporary art and publishing Hamburg Kennedy was previously the Director of the Howard Greenberg Gallery and managing Partner of Kennedy Boesky Photographs until starting Hamburg Kennedy Photographs in 2004. Hamburg Kennedy is the author of several books, including Los Angeles and Rizzoli's New York: A Photographer's City.

Key Information • • • • •

An ode to Brooklyn by some of the greatest contemporary photographers. Photographers include Mark Seliger, Jack Pierson, and Joel Myerowitz, to name only few. Several photographers included are emerging stars in the photography world: Annelies Strba, Jake Dobkin, Doug Aitken, and Julian Opie, among others. The majority of the work is new and previously unpublished. The familiar and iconic landmarks of Brooklyn are included but captured from an unexpected angle and presented from a fresh perspective. From families clamouring to live in Prospect Park, to young people filling Williamsburg and Bushwick and beyond, to artists filling out warehouses in Red Hook, Brooklyn's appeal shows no signs of stopping. Brooklyn accommodates more than 15 million tourists per year.

Design Beatriz Cifuentes The absolutely definitive volume dedicated to the work of Lella Vignelli and the late Massimo Vignelli, one of the twentiethcentury's most important graphic designers. The graphics, interiors, and products designed by Vignelli Designs are internationally recognised refined aesthetics, evolving modernity, and crisp execution.

Publication

01 November 2018

This landmark volume is devoted to Massimo and Lella Vignelli's influential work produced from their New York headquarters since the 1960s, as well as rarely seen early work produced in their native Italy. It presents the brilliant multidisciplinary approach of the Vignellis, from designs for corporate identity programs including American Airlines, Bloomingdale's, and Benetton, to signage for the New York subway system. Their firm was also notable for its interior and furniture design, designs for magazines and newspapers, glassware and tableware, and an exhaustive collection of book designs. Many of these works have been cited as masterpieces of twentieth-century design and are included in the design collection of the Museum of Modern Art as well as in many other important museum collections.

Binding

Hardback

Author Details Author Details

Price

AU$170.00

ISBN

9780847849291

Publisher

Rizzoli International

Imprint

Rizzoli

Series

Category

Art/Fashio/Photography

Format

254 x 254 mm

Extent

408pp

Illustrations

200 colour and b/w photographs

Age Range

Terms

Longtime principals at Vignelli Asscociates, Beatriz Cifuentes and Yoshiki Waterhouse now head their own design firm, Waterhouse Cifuentes Design. Roger Remington is the Vignelli Distinguished Professor of Design at the Rochester Institute of Technology. Steven Heller is Co-chair, MFA Design Department, School of Visual Arts; special assistant to the president, School of Visual Arts; co-founder, MFA Design Criticism, MPS Branding, MFA Interaction Design, MFA Products of Design programs, School of Visual Arts; contributing editor for Print, Eye, and Baseline; contributing writer for Metropolis, Design Bureau, Port, and IDPure; and columnist for the The New York Times Book Review. Kenneth Frampton is Ware Professor of Architecture at Columbia University's Graduate School of Architecture, Planning, and Preservation.

Key Information • • • • • •

Massimo Vignelli is an iconic figure among graphic designers, one of the great masters of twentieth-century design. Vignelli Designs reaches back to the Vignellis' work in Italy before coming to the U.S. Vignelli Designs will appeal to current nostalgia for twentieth-century design in all its forms. In addition to an overview of the Vignellis' work, each discipline they mastered is presented with a complete case study, from conception through process to completion, for instance graphic design, interior design, product design, and more. The graphic design of Massimo Vignelli and the furniture and product designs of Lella and Massimo Vignelli are treasured by a cult following of non-professional modern design enthusiasts. Since the inception of Rizzoli International Publications in 1974, Massimo Vignelli has been a steadfast contributor to Rizzoli's reputation for fine publications with his designs for books on Richard Meier and the "Splendors" series by celebrated photographer Roberto Schezen.

Vignelli Associates sit amet, in maecenas gravida, 1988 ullamcorper neque. Sed hendrerit proin diam duis eu, cursus odio placerat ultrices adipiscing lectus ornare, ut velit nonummy, quidem vitae turpis enim. Adipiscing a lectus, scelerisque tempus vivamus ac. Arcu fermentum nibh, turpis pharetra gravida urna pellentesque vel, mi sodales, justo congue pretium lectus condimentum, quisque diam consectetur interdum. Ac lorem pellentesque cras, ligula risus integer velit incidunt, luctus nisl iaculis aliquam aenean amet nulla, congue varius, metus donec senectus sed nisi placerat condimentum. Aliquam proin et magnis sit augue, nisl in quos odio eu odio, pellentesque suspendisse nec non pulvinar dui cras, sollicitudin at. Libero cras vel elit iaculis eget. Ultrices orci id egestas at risus sit. Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, in maecenas Aliquam proin et magnis sit augue, nisl in quos. pulvinar dui cras, sollicitudin at.

258

259

Vignelli Associates sit amet, in maecenas gravida Aliquam proin et magnis sit augue, nisl in quos odio eu odio, pellentesque suspendisse nec non pulvinar dui cras, sollicitudin at. Libero cras vel elit iaculis eget. Ultrices orci id egestas at risus sit. Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, in maecenas Aliquam proin et magnis sit augue, nisl in quos. pulvinar dui cras, sollicitudin at.

356

357

370

371

Graphic Design Sourcebook Charlotte Fiell and Peter Fiell and Steven Heller

A stunning and thought provoking round-up of today's most interesting visual communication projects, Graphic Design Sourcebook surveys the work of one hundred of the world's most exciting and groundbreaking practitioners. This informative guide to contemporary graphic design is illustrated with a wide variety of projects, from websites, apps, banner ads, packaging and infographics to exhibition design, social issue posters, corporate branding campaigns and interactive media design. Each designer's entry also includes detailed biographic information and a short précis on the designer's approach, written by the designers themselves. Graphic Design Sourcebook is an essential guide for anyone interested in the power of visual communication, and is an absolute must-have publication for students and professional practitioners alike. Publication

01 November 2018

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$60.00 | NZ$65.00

ISBN

9781783130160

Publisher

Carlton Publishing Group

Imprint

Carlton Books

Series

Category

Art/Fashio/Photography

Format

249 x 194 mm

Extent

512pp

Illustrations

Approx. 1,000 colour and b&w

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Author Details Charlotte & Peter Fiell are leading authorities on twentieth and twenty-first century design, and have written over 50 bestselling books on the subject.

Key Information •

• • •

A trademark Charlotte & Peter Fiell title, following on from the huge success of their two previous major titles on graphic design: Graphic Design for the 21st Century and Contemporary Graphic Design, which remain 'bibles' for graphic designers and students today. Foreword by Steven Heller, leading expert on contemporary graphic design and bestselling author. Featuring 100 graphic designers from all over the world, creating the best and most innovative work today. Each designer featured gives an "in their own words" explanation of their work, thereby providing a remarkable insight into the practice of graphic design today.

Prince: An Original Life in Pictures Mobeen Azhar

Prince: An Original Life in Pictures paints an amazing picture of the artist, through personal anecdotes gleaned from his entourage and beautiful photography. Mobeen Azhar has interviewed the artist's friends specifically for this book in order to find out what the man behind iconic albums such as Purple Rain was really like. Prince was a paragon of artistry and individuality, a symbol (quite literally, at one point in his career) of independence, a man who lived for the art of his music. He chose to position himself outside the confines of the music industry and recorded, played and performed the way he wanted to. And it worked: his fans were devoted, his influence was huge, his music popular around the world, and his live shows legendary, while news of his untimely death was met with shock and sadness.

Author Details Publication

01 November 2018

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$32.00 | NZ$36.00

ISBN

9781787390959

Publisher

Carlton Publishing Group

Imprint

Carlton Books

Series

Category

Art/Fashio/Photography

Format

280 x 230 mm

Extent

144pp

Illustrations

Approx. 120 colour and b&w

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Mobeen Azhar is a BBC journalist, regular reporter for NPR's This World and Prince fanatic. His documentary short Hunting For Prince's Vault was a worldwide hit, airing on BBC News 24, BBC World Service and NPR. While filming it he visited Paisley Park and interviewed many of Prince's associates, some of them speaking about Prince for the first time. Mobeen has reported for BBC's The One Show, Assignment, 5Live Investigates, as well as appearing on The Huffington Post Live. He has won an Amnesty International award and has been nominated for a One World Media Award and multiple BAFTAs, winning the Reality and Constructed Factual BAFTA in 2017. He has attended 53 Prince concerts and even appeared on stage with the man himself.

Women of Singular Beauty Cathleen Naundorf This rare collection of Cathleen Naundorf's high fashion photography – shot exclusively for this book – focuses on Chanel haute couture. Photographer Cathleen Naundorf gained exclusive access to Chanel's physical archives to handpick gowns and photograph them against theatrical backdrops of her own design. The result: a unique book of ethereal, cinematic photographs that capture the exquisiteness of their haute couture ensembles – creations that entail thousands of hours of handwork, crafting, embellishing, finishing. This is a must-have book for any fashion lover and devotees of the haute couture world For over two decades, Naundorf has used her expert photographic skills to pay homage to the haute couture aesthetic. Her seven-year series Un Rêve de Mode, using gowns pulled from haute couture archives of the leading European houses of fashion including Chanel, Dior, Gaultier, Valentino, and Lacroix, was hailed as one of the first great works of fashion photography in the twenty-first century. For this book, she turns her elaborate and cinematic productions to present world of Chanel. Granted exclusive access to the Chanel archives, Naundorf's images capture the magic and exquisiteness of their haute couture creations--works that require thousands of hours of detailed handwork, embellishing, and finishing

Publication

01 November 2018

Binding

Hardback

Author Details

Price

AU$190.00

ISBN

9780847863488

Publisher

Rizzoli International

Imprint

Rizzoli

Series

Category

Art/Fashio/Photography

Format

330 x 254 mm

Extent

208pp

Illustrations

150 colour and b/w photographs

The widely traveled and globally renowned Cathleen Naundorf is a French-German photographer who is known for her inimitable and ethereal high fashion photography. Naundorf worked as a photo assistant in New York, Paris, and Singapore in the early 1990s. She then began work in photojournalism, covering tribal cultures and ethnic groups in such places as the Gobi Dessert, Mongolia, Siberia, and Brazil. After meeting Horst P. Horst, Naundorf's career path changed direction toward the fashion industry. In 1997, she began taking backstage pictures at Paris fashion shows for Condé Nast . Since 2005, she has worked on her Haute Couture series Un Reve de Mode, for which she was granted exclusive access to the archives of Chanel, Dior, Gaultier, Lacroix, Elie Saab, and Valentino. Naundorf's photographs have been published in numerous magazines and newspapers. Her work has been exhibited in Europe and America, including London's Hamiltons Gallery and New York's and Zurich's Edwynn Houk Gallery. Since 2011, Naundorf has worked privately with Valentino on such notable projects as An Italian Story and The New York City Ballet.

Age Range

Terms

Key Information • • •

For this book, Naundorf was given exclusive access – a rare thing – to the archives of Chanel haute couture. Cathleen Naundorf has worked with couture houses from Chanel to Dior to Valentino over the past two decades. She is the thinking couturier's photographer. Naundorf is consistently featured in the pages of Harper's Bazaar, Vogue, Le Figaro, and many other magazines and newspapers.

GRAND PALAIS CHAPTER 1

Etudes Ari Marcopulos Études is a fresh and a comprehensive look at a hot fashion-and-art at collective, documenting its evolution of becoming an arbiter of contemporary cool. Études is a street-savvy fashion brand based in Paris and Brooklyn that is known for its of-the-moment designs and collaborations with the some of today's coolest photographers and artists including Ari Marcopolus, Kara Walker, Mark Gonzales, Matthew Chambers and Devonte Hynes. The first book chronicling the last decade of work from the brand, this book is filled with stunning photographs and is set to join the list of Rizzoli's highly successful books on hip, up-to-the-minute style including BEAMS: Beyond Tokyo, Hiroshi Fujiwara, BAPE , and Supreme .

Author Details Ari Marcopoulos is an American artist whose photographs and films have been exhibited, collected, and published around the world. His photographs have been acquired by such institutions as SFMOMA and the Whitney Museum of American Art and have been featured in such publications as The New York Times Magazine, Interview, Snowboarder, and Blind Spot . His books include Ari Marcopoulos: Not Yet .

Publication

01 November 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$150.00

ISBN

9780847862979

Publisher

Rizzoli International

Imprint

Rizzoli

Series

Category

Art/Fashio/Photography

Format

330 x 241 mm

Mark Gonzales is an American professional skateboarder, actor, writer, and artist.

Extent

256pp 200 colour illustrations

Key Information

Illustrations Age Range

Terms

Kara Walker is an American artist best known for her room-size tableaux of black cut-paper silhouettes. Walker received her BFA from the Atlanta College of Art in 1991 and her MFA from the Rhode Island School of Design in 1994. She is currently serving a five-year term as Tepper Chair in Visual Arts at the Mason Gross School of the Arts, Rutgers University. Her exhibitions have been shown at the Museum of Modern Art in New York, the San Francisco Museum of Modern Art, the Modern Art Museum of Fort Worth, and the Museum of Contemporary Art in Chicago, and the Art Institute of Chicago. Walker's first museum survey, in 2007, was organised by the Walker Art Centre in Minneapolis and traveled to the Whitney Museum in New York and several other cities.

• •

The first comprehensive look at Études, its unique approach to fashion and art, and its ongoing transformation into a total lifestyle brand. Études is uniquely positioned as a hip Parisian and Brooklyn brand. It has its flagship store in the having built relationships with important players in the fashion retailing scene on both sides of the Atlantic and the Pacific, including Colette, Harvey Nichols, The Broken Arm, United Arrows, and Le Bon Marche. Études is a designer with a strong, collaborative ethic, and has collaborated on a variety of projects with artists like Ari Marcopoulos, Kara Walker, Mark Gonzales, and brands like Colette, Ed Banger, Retrosuperfuture, and Paraboot. Études has a young, sophisticated and influential following. Music, art, design and fashion professionals all over the world are familiar with his trendsetting work and cult appeal.

Études and Manuel Fernandez

Études N°4 Spring Summer 2014 World Talk

Études N°7 Autumn Winter 2015 Day to Day

134

Campaign

135

Études N°8 Spring Summer 2016 Up and Down Town

156

157

Perfume According to Bulgari Annick Le Guerer A magnificent book on Bulgari's luxury line of fragrances that explores the intimate bonds that connect the world of perfumes, the gem roads, and Rome, crossroads of all trade routes. This volume is perfect for all who love beauty, fashion, glamour, and style. This glamorous volume traces the origins of Bulgari's fragrances back to the ancient gem routes and spice trails and to the company's fine jewellery, which is deeply rooted in Roman tradition. It is an exclusive journey through the history, art, and architecture that serve as inspirations for the iconic jewellery company's fine perfumes. Dramatic photographs of Roman architecture, stunning celebrity photographs, and artworks are paired with vibrantly colourful photographs of flowers, spices, and precious stones.

Author Details

Publication

01 November 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$250.00

ISBN

9788891817532

Publisher

Rizzoli International

Imprint

Rizzoli

Series

Category

Art/Fashio/Photography

Format

349 x 259 mm

Extent

272pp

Illustrations

300 colour illustrations

Age Range

Terms

Annick Le Guérer is an anthropologist, philosopher, and university doctorate based in Paris. She is an expert in scent and perfume, and a researcher associated with LIMSIC, Université de Bourgogne. She served as the scientific commissioner of several perfume exhibitions, including Le Parfum: Un Code Invisible at the Copernic Center in Warsaw (2013), Des Hommes Et Des Plantes Qui Soignent at Domaine de la Roche Jagu (2015) and – most recently – Toilette et Beauté Au XVII Siècle at Musée Promenade de Marly, 2015.

Key Information • • •

•

The fashion house renowned for its exquisite, colourful jewellery recently launched "Le Gemme," an exclusive perfume range inspired by precious stones. New fragrances will be launched in 2018 coinciding with the release of the book. The book is a celebration of the spirit of being Roman that BVLGARI embodies. It is about the perfect combination of glamour and indulgence, enjoyment and exuberance. Bulgari's muses have always been the most elegant women on the planet, including noblewomen, princesses, actresses, and singers: from Sophia Loren to Liz Taylor, from Claudia Cardinale to Anna Magnani, to contemporary stars such as Emma Stone, Carla Bruni, Nicole Kidman, and Sharon Stone. This book will appeal to women who admire and aspire to be like them. This gorgeous volume features canvas binding, screen printing, and multiple inserts.

Bulgari

Le Gemme

ro sa h a u n o d o r e c o m pLe s s o,

come compLessa è La donna.

a d oro

L a rosa.

invece associo

iL geL somino a L profu mo deL c o n f o r t o : s e n t i r L o n e L L’a r i a

r i m et te Le cos e a L Loro p osto.

Il termine "profumo" proviene dal latino per fumum, che significa letLa mimosa, che fiorisce a teralmente "attraverso il fumo". L'origine etimologica, quindi, va ricercata nell'utilizzo di alcuni oli e aromi essenziali, come l'incenso, g e n na io. Le v ioLet te . che venivano bruciati in offerta a dei e antenati. Presso le civiltà iL cestru m noctur nu m, che antiche le fumigazioni erano praticate a fini sacri, per inviare messa di mieLe. saggi al cielo, come vettori delle orazioni rivolte agli dei o alle persone care scomparse. Ancora oggi costituiscono un supporto per la preghiera, per la meditazione e come pratica purificatrice in tutti i —— Jaques Cavallier maggiori culti religiosi. L'esecuzione della fumigazione è tutt'oggi alla base della moderna aromaterapia. Non si può datare con certezza la nascita del profumo, anche se l'archeologia ci fa sapere che accanto all'utilizzo del profumo come intermediario fra l'uomo e gli dei, quasi subito esso fu usato come strumento di seduzione e per la cura del corpo. Alcune ricerche condotte a Pyrgos, nell'isola di Cipro, hanno scoperto quella che si crede la più antica fabbrica di profumi del Mediterraneo. Durante gli scavi, iniziati nel 1997 e durati otto anni, sono stati rinvenuti reperti risalenti al XX secolo a.C. di una fabbrica adibita alla produzione d'olio d'oliva e al suo impiego nei settori cosmetico, medico-farmaceutico e tessile. La varietà delle essenze messe sul mercato dalla "preistorica ditta" era davvero ampia per quei tempi: mirto, lavanda, cinnamo, rosmarino, origano, alloro, coriandolo, prezzemolo, mandorla amara, camomilla e anice. E' l'antico Egitto, però, a fornirci la prima vera testimonianza dell'utilizzo del profumo. Qui il profumo è sempre presente nei templi e nei rituali religiosi: purifica il corpo e la mente della persona in vita ed è parte integrante del rito dell'imbalsamazione dei defunti. Per gli egizi i profumi sono soprattutto l'emanazione del "sudore divino", ciò che unisce il popolo alle divinità. Al significato magico-sacrale se ne somma poi uno più profano, legato all'arte del sedurre. Le donne egizie si spalmavano sul corpo balsami e oli profumati, distribuivano sui capelli pomate aromatiche. La regina Cleopatra esaltava il proprio fascino e la propria bellezza con unguenti e oli profumati. Fu lei ad accogliere Marco Antonio, al loro primo incontro d'amore, in una stanza cosparsa di petali di rosa dove bruciavano incensi ed erbe aromatiche. Il profumo più utilizzato dai faraoni e dalle loro consorti è il Kyphi, un composto formato anche da più di cinquanta essenze. Plutarco scrisse che il Kyphi aveva il potere di «favorire il sonno, aiutare a fare dei bei sogni, rilassare, spazzare via le preoccupazioni quotidiane, dare un senso di pace». Tra i numerosi ingredienti utilizzati in questa antica fragranza, erano presenti il pistacchio, la menta, la cannella, il ginepro, l'incenso e la mirra. L'incenso (Boswellia sacra) e la mirra (che si ricava dalla Commiphora burseraceae) erano le due resine più note nell'antichità. Accanto al valore religioso e sociale, i profumi nell'antico Egitto assunsero anche un rilievo diplomatico: le essenze profumate erano molto preziose e i faraoni ne facevano dono ai sovrani alleati. Più tardi i profumi entrarono nell'uso quotidiano anche di nobili, funzionari e cortigiani. Fu così che gli schiavi ebrei vennero a conoscenza di alcune formule, dedicandosi, una volta liberi, alla produzione e al commercio di questi prodotti —— Si aut et, voloreres reici aromatici. Tuttavia, presso il popolo ebraico l'utilizzo delle essenze profumate era già diffuso. Anzi, nella mistica ebraica conet lanis ut hiciatur as aut rerl'odorato è descritto come l'unico senso che dà piacere all'anima, mentre tutti gli altri sensi danno il piacere al corpo: chitaturi sam que volupta testiur atibustem esciisinulpa necaborae quindi il profumo avvicina a Dio, ma è anche segno di onore e di riconoscenza. Il ruolo sacro dei profumi è definito nelle volente mquaercil Sacre Scritture, in particolare nel Libro dell'Esodo. Dio aveva ordinato di costruire un altare sul quale offrirgli profumi. Periae cus, sitibus eos sin corum «Il Signore dice a Mosè: "Procurati balsami: storace, onice, galbano come balsami e incenso puro: il tutto in parti uguali. num quam fugiatem sus essim

Titolo Capitolo

Bulgari

Le Gemme

Le gemme maschiLi pg •• 00

pg •• 00

Le Gemme di Bulgari

Parte

imperiaLi

Seconda

Le gemme

pg •• 00

Le gemme

reaLi

o r i e n ta L i

Titolo Capitolo

Bulgari

Le Gemme

I L C O L O R E V U O LE E S PR I M E R E L A FE M M I N I LITÀ S E N S UA LE E M I STE R I O SA C H E LE G E M M E , LE E S S E NZ E E LE N U OV E D I V I N E D E LL A S C E N A C I N E M AT O G R A FI CA C O N D I V I D O N O. U N A S O N TU O SA TR I L O G I A D I RO S E E U N T O C C O D I G E L S O B I A N C O. —— D A N I E L A A N D R I E R

Titolo Capitolo

Cycling Paradises Claude Droussent Dramatic and panoramic, these are the best routes to ride on two wheels whether you are a passionate newbie or a seasoned pro Discover the best places to bike in this carefully curated guide to seeing the world on two wheels. Organised by terrain – urban, mountain, on-road, scenic – each tour was constructed by leading French cycling expert Claude Droussent who co-founded "L'Étape du Tour" which is an organised mass participation event that allows amateur cyclists to race over the same route as the Tour de France on the tour's official rest days. From family-friendly urban sightseeing tours to epic rides off the beaten track, the destinations featured here range from easy bike tours of Paris to more challenging adventures in diverse locales like Utah's Zion National Park, the Ecuadorean Andes, or Mt. Snowdonia in Wales. Included also are some of the world's favourite cycling destinations: Normandy's lush countryside, the historic Hudson River Trail, an exotic Phnom Penh-to-Laos trail along the Mekong River. Explore the hills of Tuscany with stops for regional cuisine and great art and architecture, or soak up the local colour on the Bolivia-to-Peru loop along the shores of Lake Titicaca. Each tour comes fully illustrated including details about length, estimated duration, elevation, difficulty, and points of interest.

Publication

01 November 2018

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$50.00

ISBN

9780789333865

Publisher

Rizzoli International

Imprint

Rizzoli

Series

Category

Travel Writing

Format

279 x 210 mm

Extent

208pp

•

Illustrations

300 colour photographs

•

Age Range

•

Terms

SOR

Author Details Claude Droussent is a journalist, author and communication consultant specialised in cycling. He was editor-in-chief (2003-08) of L'Équipe, France's national daily sports newspaper. Prior to that, he was editor-in-chief of Vélo Magazine in the 1990's. He was a co-founder of the L'Étape du Tour which is an organised mass participation event that allows amateur cyclists to race over the same route as the Tour de France on the official rest days for the tour itself .

Key Information • •

Book follows the success of other carefully edited collections of bike tours such as 50 Places to Bike Before You Die (Stewart, Tabori & Chang, 2012) and Epic Bike Rides of the World (Lonely Planet, 2016). Cycling is continually rising in popularity, and this book appeals to an audience seeking an eco-friendly, healthy vacation that invites getting to know a place, its culture, and its people. Organised loosely into four types of route – urban, mountain, on-road, and scenic – each ride is illustrated with stunning photography and route details (length, estimated duration, elevation, level of difficulty, and points of interest). From family-friendly urban sightseeing rides to epic adventures, there are routes included in the book for every level. Author is an expert having covered the Tour de France as a journalist for well over 20 years and who is an evangelist for the joys of bicycling.

Rendez-vous à Barry-Roubaix ! Le Golden Gate Bridge franchi, le terrain est aussi propice à une expérience nouvelle. Autour du mont Tamalpais, où est né le mountain bike. Et justement, en un mixte VTTroute. C’est le gravel, vélo hybride efficace sur les chemins et sur l’asphalte. La piste de l’Old Railroad Grade, autour du Tamalpais, est un bijou. La tendance du gravel est si forte aux États-Unis que des malicieux organisent sur les sentes du Michigan un… Barry-Roubaix, depuis 2009 !

008

California dreams

LES 30 KILOMÈTRES DE LA HEADLANDS LOOP Le parcours référence des roadies de San Francisco

3 2

Bridge Cafe (pour grignoter)

Hawk Hill (point de vue)

The Lone Sailor Memorial (statue)

Presidio : Arguello Gate (point de vue)

Velo Rouge Cafe (pour se rafraîchir)

SUR ROUTE

San Francisco, États-Unis

San Francisco est résolument cycliste. Autant que Chicago, New York ou Portland. Les

emblématique franchie par sa piste à double sens réservée aux deux-roues, on peut gagner

du choix pour une magnifique sortie sur route, entre une et deux heures, l’odorat sollicité

l’autre côté, comté de Marin. Sitôt la structure

une merveille. On n’a plus que l’embarras

La ligne se nomme… Golden Gate !

hipsters en fixie s’y jouent des rues les plus pentues, mais la caractéristique locale réside dans la florissante activité de la communauté roadie des sportifs en lycra qui quittent la ville par la plus belle échappatoire, le Golden Gate Bridge. En quête de routes saisissantes, de

un belvédère pour s’offrir, en quelques coups de pédales, un point de vue étonnant sur San Francisco, sa baie, jusqu’à la petite île d’Alcatraz, célèbre pour son ancien pénitencier. S’il est tôt et que le brouillard a daigné se dissiper, le lever de soleil sur la baie est

par les senteurs d’eucalyptus. Une boucle par Hawk Hill ou une autre par le col du Pantoll offre, au nord, un test sportif intéressant. Le Paradise Loop, sur la péninsule de Tiburon plus à l’est, est moins difficile mais tout aussi flatteur pour l’œil. On peut même en revenir par le ferry.

009

Industriels du mountain bike En 1987, trois amis de Chicago, Scott, Ray et Sam, créaient Sram, firme de pièces détachées devenue le seul challenger du géant japonais Shimano. Ils pressentaient l’explosion à venir du VTT et ont fait fortune avec le grip shift, astuce technologique permettant de changer de vitesse en tournant simplement une poignée au guidon. Le glorieux industriel italien Campagnolo, ancien leader du marché à la culture trop classique, en a perdu les pédales.

SIX DESTINATIONS EN OR

Avec Sun Valley, les lieux qui font la légende du vélo tout-terrain aux États-Unis.

1 1

Bend, Oregon

Downieville,

Crested Butte,

Blue Ridge,

Californie Colorado

Caroline du Nord

058

Au-dessus de Sun Valley, les Rocheuses imposent quatorze sommets de plus de

2 3

5 4

La conquête de l’Ouest

5 6

Harrisonburg,

Virginie East Burke, Vermont

3 000 mètres. La chaîne se nomme « Pioneer », en hommage à ceux qui bâtirent l’histoire de l’Amérique. Sun Valley, coin perdu de l’Idaho, n’était alors qu’une modeste mine d’argent. Un voyage en Europe persuada les dirigeants de la Pacific Union que les sports d’hiver draineraient un nouveau public vers l’Ouest.

TO U T-T E R R A I N

Sun Valley, États-Unis

Sun Valley devint dans les années 1930 la

première station de ski des États-Unis. On y inventa le remonte-pente. Un immense réseau de remontées mécaniques est aujourd’hui ouvert aux adeptes du vélo de montagne. Pour 39 dollars la journée, 359 dollars la saison, on y découvre 700 kilomètres d’épatants trails balisés. La station est à 1 812 mètres, et on ne résiste pas à l’envie de s’élever davantage pour

découvrir d’extraordinaires panoramas couleur granit et profiter des multiples options, entre pins et alpages, pour dévaler 1 000 mètres de dénivelé. Ketchum et Hailey, stations voisines, se montrent tout aussi généreuses. Mais en fin de journée, on revient à Sun Valley, mille quatre cents habitants dont… Clint Eastwood, pour une pause méritée au Power House, désigné par les habitués meilleur bike and beer pub au monde !

059

Deux cents mètres de pavés à 33 % ! La fantaisie est le propre des cyclistes américains. À Los Angeles, la Fargo Street présente sur 120 mètres une pente moyenne de 34 % ! Record, selon l’application Strava, à 12 km/h. À Pittsburgh, Pennsylvanie, on se défie sur Canton Avenue, 200 mètres pavés à 33 %, autre chose encore que le Koppenberg ! Et, fin novembre, une compétition, la Dirty Dozen, explore les pentes les plus raides de la ville, toutes du même acabit.

012

D+

11,8 km 11,9 % d’ascension

de pente moyenne

19 %

de pente maximale

SUR ROUTE

Présidentiel Mont Washington, États-Unis

LE MONT WASHINGTON, UN DÉFI POUR LES GRIMPEURS

1 432 m

On ne s’attend pas à trouver pareille difficulté à mi-chemin entre Boston et Montréal, dans le New Hampshire. Le mont Washington ne culmine qu’à 1 916 mètres et n’est que le plus haut sommet des modestes montagnes Blanches, prolongement des Appalaches ; leur association est nommée chaînon Presidential. Le vocable convient à l’unique voie qui accède au sommet. Elle donne dans la démesure par

les pentes qu’elle présente autant que les points de vue grandioses qu’elle offre jusqu’à la côte atlantique du Maine, à 100 kilomètres. Le lieu possède des similitudes avec Pikes Peak, grand frère du Colorado. Un tracé panoramique et une portion de gravel. Mais aussi l’interdiction

aux vélos. La route est à péage et ne laisse passer les amoureux de l’extrême que deux fois par an, l’été, pour un practice puis l’officiel Hill Climb.

Pas plus de six cents inscriptions sont retenues, seuls les plus prompts à se connecter sont servis. Le plus difficile reste néanmoins à se hisser le jour J au-dessus du Great Gulf, cirque glaciaire qui marque la limite des arbres. Attention, même l’été, la météo peut justifier

sa réputation d’une des plus rudes de la planète. En 1934, on y avait enregistré un vent de 372 km/h, longtemps record du monde.

013

YouTube Football Fantastic Iain Spragg

YouTube is the world's number one video-sharing website, with 300 new hours of video being uploaded to the website every minute, many of which involve the most popular sport in the world – football. Almost every glorious goal, bizarre blunder and ridiculous red card from all around the globe find their way onto YouTube, where they are then enjoyed by football fans everywhere. YouTube Football Fantastic is an expertly curated interactive celebration of these heroic, sometimes hilarious and often jaw-dropping efforts. With on-the-page links to over 300 amazing videos, it showcases the greatest footballing feats ever recorded on the file-sharing site.

Author Details Iain Spragg is a sports journalist who has written for The Daily Telegraph and The Times.

Key Information • Publication

01 November 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$29.99 | NZ$32.99

ISBN

9781787391482

Publisher

Carlton Publishing Group

Imprint

Carlton Books

Series

Category

Sport & Fitness

Format

269 x 205 mm

Extent

160pp

Illustrations

220 colour photographs

Age Range

Terms

SOR

• • •

This is the world's first football records book to contain more than 300 action-packed QR-codes that send you direct to YouTube on your tablet or smartphone. 150 amazing colour photographs accompany facts, stats and trivia. People now watch over 1 billion hours of YouTube every day, an average of nearly 10 minutes per person. Carlton Books are the world leaders in QR code powered books, which take readers straight to the action and brings books to life.

Dubious Documents A Puzzle Nick Bantock From best-selling author Nick Bantock comes a puzzle that readers must solve by deciphering clues hidden within 16 bound letters. An intriguing epistolary puzzle posed by a mysterious character named Magnus Berlin. Readers must study Berlin's introductory note, list of clues, and 16 multifaceted letters to decode cryptic anagrams, picture-grams, number puzzles, and wordplay. Crafted with stunning artwork, Dubious Documents is a distinctive gift or captivating self-purchase for fans of puzzles, riddles, and anyone looking for an exquisitely designed challenge. The book opens with a fictional narrative revealing a mystery posed by a that the reader must solve. Following that are the 16 envelopes, each of which contains cryptic clues. The clues will include anagrams, picture-grams, number puzzles, and word plays. Once solved, each letter will reveal one word. Once all 16 letters have been solved, the reader can assemble the 16 words to construct the answer to the mystery.

Publication

01 November 2018

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$29.99

ISBN

9781452166032

Publisher

Chronicle Books

Imprint

Chronicle Adult

Series

Nick Bantock is most famous for the phenomenon that was Griffin & Sabine. Born and raised in England, he now lives in Vancouver. A frequent speaker, he also holds an annual creativity workshop in Spain and classes elsewhere. His books have sold in 13 languages and range from fiction to a book on how to be a better creator. His art is publicly and privately collected.

Category

Art/Fashio/Photography

Key Information

Format

178 x 152 mm

Extent

16pp

Illustrations

four-colour throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

The last few pages of the book will contain a grid and a chart to help the reader unscramble clues and record solutions as they gradually discover them.

Author Details

• • • • •

Established fan base: The Griffin & Sabine series made Nick into a beloved author and household name. This book follows in the tradition of his best-selling books. As with colouring books, we've seen an uptick in books that engage the reader in a specific action. This book provides that in droves. As a collection of bound envelopes, this book has a mysterious and tactile quality, which makes it very giftable. By nature of its physical form, this book will feel like the ultimate "find." The audience for this book is not limited to a gender or age group.

BantockDD_INTERIOR 2G.indd 2-3

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

DUBIOUS DOCUMENTS (A Conundrum) NICK BANTOCK

1/4/18 4:15 PM

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R

Envelope Front

Front9.psd

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R

Dubious Document Back

perrierMothLYRS_frnt.psd

Floating World C. M. Babst In this gorgeous debut novel set in New Orleans during Hurricane Katrina and its aftermath, three generations of the Boisdoré family – suddenly fractured along the lines of race and class – must figure out what they can salvage of their lives and their beloved home, and what they can build out of what remains. “Set in New Orleans, this important and powerful novel follows the Boisdoré family . . . in the months after Katrina. A profound, moving and authentically detailed picture of the storm’s emotional impact on those who lived through it.”— People In this dazzling debut about family, home, and grief, C. Morgan Babst takes readers into the heart of Hurricane Katrina and the life of a great city. As the storm is fast approaching the Louisiana coast, Cora Boisdoré refuses to leave the city. Her parents, Joe Boisdoré, an artist descended from freed slaves who became the city’s preeminent furniture makers, and his white “Uptown” wife, Dr. Tess Eshleman, are forced to evacuate without her, setting off a chain of events that leaves their marriage in shambles and Cora catatonic — the victim or perpetrator of some violence mysterious even to herself. This mystery is at the centre of Babst’s haunting and profound novel. Cora’s sister, Del, returns to New Orleans from the successful life she built in New York City to find her hometown in ruins and her family deeply alienated from one another. As Del attempts to figure out what happened to her sister, she must also reckon with the racial history of the city and the trauma of a disaster that was not, in fact, some random act of God but an avoidable tragedy visited on New Orleans’s most vulnerable citizens. Separately and together, each member of the Boisdoré clan must find the strength to remake home in a city forever changed.

Publication

01 November 2018

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$32.00

ISBN

9781616208639

Publisher

Workman Publishing

Imprint

Workman

Series

Category

Fiction/Mss Mkt

C. Morgan Babst was born and raised in New Orleans, and studied writing at Yale with Robert Stone, Kate Walbert, and Amy Bloom. She and her family evacuated New Orleans one day before Hurricane Katrina made landfall. Some months later, at a Katrina benefit in Manhattan, she met a fellow New Orleanian and married him. Eleven years later, she returned home to New Orleans to build a life with her husband and young daughter.

Format

210 x 140 mm

Key Information

Extent

400pp

Illustrations

Age Range

Terms

SOR

The Floating World is the Katrina story that needed to be told — one with a piercing, unforgettable loveliness and a vivid, intimate understanding of this particular place and its tangled past.

Author Details

•

Much like how Jesmyn Ward's Salvage the Bones saw widespread success outside of typical readers of literary fiction, The Floating World will appeal to a wide audience due to its relevant topic and universal themes.

•

A beautifully written, profoundly haunting read with a compelling mystery at its heart: The story is driven by the traumatic experience of one daughter, Cora, who was left behind in New Orleans during Hurricane Katrina and was the victim or perpetrator of violent acts that are mysterious even to herself. There have been remarkably few novels about Hurricane Katrina and its aftermath. This story of racial injustice, class privilege, and how a nation responds to tragedy is still highly relevant today. A stunning debut from a rising star who has a personal relationship to the setting and story: Babst studied writing with Robert Stone, Darin Strauss, and Amy Bloom and has written for Guernica, the Oxford American, LitHub, and elsewhere. She was born and raised in New Orleans, had to evacuate during the storm, and currently resides there.

• •

Stages A Memoir Reg Livermore A warm, witty and intimate memoir from one of the greats of Australian theatre.

A career in theatre is not a steady occupation. It’s quite consuming for those who take it on – cannibal, actually. It’s a courageous job and it can be tricky. There are spills and thrills; you learn to face the lows when they come, to accept and own the triumphs. The commitment is unconditional, like a marriage in many ways: fortunately, mine has been a satisfying union. Reg Livermore is one of Australia's most acclaimed stage actors, having played such iconic roles as Berger in Hair, King Herod in Jesus Christ Superstar, The Wizard in Wicked, Dr Frank’n’Furter in the original Australian production of The Rocky Horror Show, and created and starred in his landmark one-man shows, the Betty Blokk Buster Follies. But while the audience only sees what happens when the curtain rises, Reg’s life has been bigger than any stage; his relationships and experiences have defined both the person and performer that he has become. Spanning a sixty-year career and some of the most significant events of the twentieth century, Stages is not just a funny and touching memoir of a life under lights, but also an important historical document of our time.

Publication

01 November 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$45.00 | NZ$50.00

ISBN

9781743795064

Publisher

Hardie Grant Books

Widely acknowledged as one of the most significant figures of the Australian theatre in the twentieth century, Reg Livermore has enjoyed a career spanning more than sixty years; in his time on stage and on television, as well as in his life, he provides an important link with performers and performances during this ever-changing period.

Imprint

HG Local

Key Information

Series

Category

Auto/Biography

Format

233 x 157 mm

Extent

240pp

Illustrations

16 pp colour photo section

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Author Details

• •

•

Stages follows Reg's popular first memoir, Chapters and Chances, which was published as both an illustrated (2003) and non-illustrated (2004) edition. While Chapters and Chances was a documented history of Reg’s career, Stages delves deep into Reg’s childhood and personal history, with moving anecdotes about coming of age as a young gay man – something he has kept mainly private until now – as well as his trials and triumphs of the last fifteen years. Reg's new one-man play, The Widow Unplugged, will premiere at Ensemble Theatre in Sydney in July 2018, with the season running until September 2018.

Seeing Science An Illustrated Guide to the Wonders of the Universe Iris Gottlieb A gorgeously illustrated pop-science book that invites the curious into the wonders of the universe. Science is real – and really beautiful. With original illustrations that deftly explain the strange-but-true world of science, Seeing Science offers a curated ride through the great mysteries of the universe. Artist and science fangirl Iris Gottlieb explains neap tides, naked mole rats, whale falls, the human heart, the Uncertainty Principle, the ten dimensions of string theory, how glaciers are like Snickers bars, and more. With quirky visual metaphors and concise factual explanations, she offers just the right amount of information to salt the curious mind with a desire to know more about the life forces that animate both the smallest cell and the biggest black hole. Science is marvelous and more important than ever, and Seeing Science illustrates, explicates, and celebrates it as only art can Publication

01 November 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$35.00

ISBN

9781452167138

Publisher

Chronicle Books

Imprint

Chronicle Adult

Series

Category

Child Non Fiction

Format

254 x 203 mm

Extent

152pp

Illustrations

Full colour illustrations

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Author Details Iris Gottlieb is a freelance illustrator and layman scientist. Originally from the South, and currently residing in the Bay Area, she grew up collecting dead and living things and has continued to do so, documenting and researching them along the way. She has collected 3,614 shark teeth. When not exploring, Iris works with museums, publications, groups, and individuals as a freelance illustrator, animator, and graphic recorder. Previous gigs include residencies at the San Francisco Exploratorium's Tinkering Studio, the Oakland Museum of California, and Autodesk, and work for Smithsonian Magazine, 826 Valencia, The Urban Death Project, and more. She has one book, Natural Attraction: A Field Guide to Friends, Frenemies and Other Symbiotic Animal Relationships, published by Sasquatch Books.

Key Information • • • •

The popularity of pop sci has steadily increased these past couple of years. Hollywood has targeted this topic with Neil DeGrasse Tyson's The Cosmos and popular movies like Interstellar and The Martian. Seeing Science combines a quirky illustration style with interesting content, making it accessible to adults and young adults who have an interest in the world around them. With the rise of fake news and alt facts, science has entered into the glaring spotlight of national debate. It's a great time to champion, celebrate, and publish science. Hand illustrated and highly colourful, each spread in this book offers (just enough) info about a tantalising nugget of science. Its bespoke aesthetic will retail well everywhere from high end specialty to the local indie table.

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R

The study of living organisms, including determining what is living, and life processes

Life Science

Anatomy Biology Botany Ecology Genetics Microbiology Neuroscience Zoology

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R

Your Body

By the numbers

AORTA

PULMONARY ARTERY

Atoms: 7,000,000,000,000,000,000,000,000,000 (7 OCTILLION) Bacteria: 39,000,000,000,000 (39 TRILLION) Cells: 37,200,000,000,000 (37.2 TRILLION) Red blood cells: 24,900,000,000,000 (24.9 TRILLION) Neurons: 100,000,000,000 (100 BILLION) Hairs: 5,000,000,000 (5 BILLION) Length in miles of all blood vessels in an adult body placed end-to-end: 100,000 Days of the longest sneezing fit: 976 Times you blink in a minute: 15-20 DNA chromosome pairs: 23 Years for all bone cells to be replaced: 10

LEFT PULMONARY VEINS RIGHT PULMONARY VEINS LEFT ATRIUM

RIGHT ATRIUM HORCRUXES OF PAST LOVES GRIEF

SWEET TOOTH

16 OF 32 ADULT TEETH

FIG 1: Anatomy of a human heart 20 Life Science

Life Science 21

ANIMALS PLAY DEAD TO SEEM UNAPPEALING AS PREY. TONIC IMMOBILITY (OR DEATH FEIGNING) HAS EVOLVED INTO HUMAN AND ANIMAL DREAMS (REM SLEEP STATES).

30 Life Science

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R

How we learned to dream

Playing Dead

Life Science 31

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R

And our delicate inner ear hairs

Sound

IF WE ARE EXPOSED TO TOO MUCH NOISE, WE ARE PRONE TO AN INCREASE IN STRESS HORMONES, LOWERED IMMUNE FUNCTIONING, INABILITY TO FOCUS, AND EVEN DNA DAMAGE.

IN A COMPLETELY SOUNDLESS ENVIRONMENT, HUMANS LOSE THE ABILITY TO ORIENT THEMSELVES. OUR BALANCE AND SENSE OF SELF WITHIN A SPACE IS LARGELY BASED ON ACOUSTIC CLUES OF OUR POSITION RELATIVE TO OBJECTS.

40 Life Science

Life Science 41

The Red Book of Luck Chronicle Books A shiny good-luck charm of a book with beautiful illustrations and fascinating details about the history behind universal symbols of luck, prosperity, and success. The Red Book of Luck explores the enchanting histories behind universal symbols of luck and prosperity, practices to draw more luck into your life, mythologies that focus on luck, and other aspects of luck and prosperity. This handsome giftable package, filled with fun and entertaining predictions for all aspects of life, is a delightful treasure trove of prosperity, success, and good fortune in all aspects of life.

Key Information •

Publication

01 November 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$24.99

ISBN

9781452169750

Publisher

Chronicle Books

Imprint

Chronicle Adult

Series

Category

New Age/Inspirational

Format

152 x 114 mm

Extent

192pp

Illustrations

2-colour illustrations throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

• •

The success of The Golden Book of Fortune-Telling is the perfect launch platform for a companion book. The Red Book of Luck, with its fascinating history and beautiful art, is a perfect follow-up, while also extending the reach of the original. The antique artwork, red-foil cover, red dyed edges, and sweet, chunky trim size make this feel special and gift worthy for graduations, birthdays, and important milestones that need a little extra luck. Luck and fortune telling are timeless interests that will continue to appeal to people interested in fortune, rituals, superstitions, and fate, as well as those who are newly interested, year after year.

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

CONTENTS

Introduction 9 Chapter 1: LUCKY SYMBOLS Chapter 2: CHARMS AND GOOD FORTUNE Lucky Talismans Crystals and Gemstones Actions for Luck Auspicious Days Auspicious Numbers Lucky Sayings Quotes about Luck 10 Movies about Luck 10 Songs about Luck

11 41 43 47 53 57 61 67 70 73 74

Chapter 3: LUCKY YOU 77 Birthstones 78 Parts of the Body 82 Colors 87 Names 92 Clothing 97 In the Kitchen 102

Chapter 4: LUCKY IN LOVE Finding Love Getting Married Starting an auspicious life together Bad Luck for Weddings

105 107 110 126 129

Chapter 5: LUCK AROUND THE WORLD

133

Chapter 6: SUPERSTITIONS 155 Superstition in Everyday Life 156 Superstitions on the Sea 158 Superstition in Sports 161 Superstition in the Theater 173 Chapter 7: BAD LUCK AND HOW TO AVOID IT Avoiding Bad Luck Curses, Taboos, and Bad Omens

177 178 183

Index 189

RedBookOfLuck_INT_finalcorrex.indd 6-7

3/6/18 15:28

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

CROWS

DOLPHINS

The number of crows in a murder indicates various levels of luck based on this little rhyme:

Sailors have thought of the dolphin as a symbol of luck since ancient times. If one was seen during a voyage, it meant land was close at hand.

One’s bad Two’s luck Three’s health Four’s wealth Five’s sickness Six’s death

DOGS

DONKEYS A very old saying claims “no one ever sees a dead donkey,” so if you do see one it’s considered good luck because it’s so rare. And you can also bring about good luck by jumping over a dead donkey three times.

Man’s best friend is thought to help overcome obstacles and increase wealth and prosperity. According to folklore, it’s good luck to meet a greyhound with a white spot or a Dalmatian, and coming across any dog while on a journey will bring you good fortune. If a strange black dog follows you home, you’ll also be lucky. But if you walk by one as it starts to howl at the moon, that is a bad omen.

RedBookOfLuck_INT_finalcorrex.indd 20-21

3/6/18 15:28

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

LUCKY TALISMANS

ANKH

In ancient Egypt, the ankh was considered the symbol of eternal life. Many people would wear it as a talisman, and the symbol was used repeatedly in paintings and art. It is also a sign of fertility, so itâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s popular with those wishing for a child or wanting to increase the size of their family.

AXE Wearing an axe-head on a chain around your neck is thought to ensure that success will come you.

COINS Finding pennies is supposed to bring a dayâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s good fortune, but other coins can be auspicious as well. If you find a bent coin or one with a hole in it, that can be the most lucky. Carry it on a necklace around your neck or in

RedBookOfLuck_INT_finalcorrex.indd 42-43

3/6/18 15:28

Around the World in 80 Record Stores A journey to the best vinyl emporiums on the planet Marcus Barnes Revealing the best places on the planet to buy records, this is a must-read for all vinyl lovers, crate diggers, and music fans. Looking for the best place in Europe to buy electronic music? Want to get lost in the racks of the world’s biggest independent record store? Are you constantly in search of the undiscovered, the original, the cult, the lost classics? Around the World in 80 Records Stores offers a unique look at where music lovers need to go to feed their addiction for new records. Boasting a truly global outlook – with record stores everywhere from Iceland and India to the coolest cities in Europe, the US, UK, plus the mecca for crate diggers that is Japan – and showcasing the best places to buy house, indie, jazz, rock, hip-hop, afrobeat and everything in between, this is an essential companion for all record junkies.

Author Details

Publication

01 November 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$24.99

ISBN

9781911026600

Publisher

CICO

• A must-have book for music lovers. Includes recommendations of record stores to visit from top DJs and artists.

Imprint

Cico Books

• In 2016, $15.1 million worth of records were sold across Australia (up 70 per cent on 2015). In many store cases, records are

Series

Category

Music/Video/Film

Format

210 x 170 mm

Extent

144pp

Illustrations

Full colour

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Marcus Barnes is a music journalist and current Techno Editor at Mixmag , European Editor at US festival website Fest300 , and Creative Director of Don't Lose The Magic. Marcus contributes regularly Time Out, Thump, i-D and many more, and is the author of global festival guide Around The World In 80 Raves. Marcus is based in South London, UK.

Key Information

now overtaking CD sales (Source: Sydney Morning Herald, 2017).

Plato's Alarm Clock And Other Amazing Ancient Inventions James M Russell Discover the true history of some of the most extraordinary inventions of the ancient world, including mysterious devices that we can’t recreate today, and the original versions of modern technology. We all like to think we are pretty smart. New medical advances seem to come along every day; space travel suddenly doesn’t seem so difficult; self-driving cars are no longer a thing of the future … but if we were stranded on a desert island tomorrow, most of us wouldn’t know how to catch a fish or start a fire, let alone rebuild all that extraordinary technology we now rely on. The truth is that we’re not necessarily more clever than our ancestors, we just have an accumulation of centuries of technological progress on which we can rely. As this book shows, many of the ancients were much more advanced than we realise – indeed there are recent inventions that had actually been discovered centuries earlier and then forgotten. And what about all those modern day devices and machines that rely on ancient inventions such as paper, levers and gears? From brain surgery in the Stone Age to Chinese whisky from the 7th century BC, to Damascus steel – once the hardest metal in the world, which we no longer know how to make – this insightful book collects together the stories of hundreds of ancient devices, inventions and breakthroughs from around the world and across the centuries, giving us a fascinating glimpse into past eras that were far more technologically advanced than we sometimes realise.

Publication

01 November 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$19.99 | NZ$22.99

Author Details

ISBN

9781782439349

Publisher

Michael O'Mara Books

Imprint

Michael O'Mara

James M. Russell has a philosophy degree from the University of Cambridge, a postgraduate qualification in critical theory, and has taught at the Open University in the UK. He currently works as a freelance writer, designer and editor. He is the author of A Brief Guide to Philosophical Classics , A Brief Guide to Spiritual Classics and A Traveller's Guide to Infinity. He lives in north London with his wife, daughter and two cats.

Series

Category

Science

•

Format

198 x 129 mm

•

Extent

224pp

Illustrations

Line illustrations, maps and diagrams throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Key Information

• •

The histories of ancient inventions, devices and breakthroughs from around the world and across the centuries. Features everything from Etruscan false teeth and early Chinese mechanical clocks to the first bone tools from Southern Africa 60,000 years ago and Indian plastic surgery practiced in the 1st century BC. Includes line illustrations and diagrams throughout. From the publishers of A History of the World in Bite-sized Chunks (over 150,000 copies sold worldwide)

Ancient Inventions

Archimedes’ Death Ray First Invented: Syracuse, Ancient Greece Date: 214-212BC

The polymath Archimedes of Syracuse (287–212 BC) is remembered as one of the great philosophers and scientists of the ancient world. As well as explaining the principles of how levers work, he invented numerous extraordinary machines and devices, including the Archimedes Screw (which is still used today to pump liquids), and the first compound pulley system. He is also famous for the war machines and catapults he designed to help protect his native city from attack by the Roman fleet, especially during the Siege of Syracuse. He is said to have designed a giant claw, also known as the ‘ship shaker’. This was an enormous crane to which a metal grappling hook was attached. When it was swung out over the water, the claw could be dropped onto the ship, crushing it and causing huge damage. A 2005 television documentary called Superweapons of the Ancient World tested the device using only materials available in the ancient world, and found that it was indeed a viable invention. The most spectacular claim about Archimedes’ weapons is that he created a ‘death ray’ (or heat ray) that was capable of focusing the power of the sun into a powerful beam, capable 8

Military Inventions

of igniting wooden enemy ships. Accounts of how this worked vary – one version has Archimedes using concave mirrors to focus the light beams. In another version he asks the soldiers of the city to use their polished bronze shields.

Above: Accounts of exactly how Archimedes’ death-ray (or heatray) worked vary – as do the results achieved by modern scientists when trying to replicate it.

Ancient Inventions

There is some debate about whether the machine ever existed, or is even feasible. In 1973 the Greek scientist Ioannis Sakkas built a version of the death ray using seventy mirrors coated with copper and aimed it at a plywood model warship. The model rapidly caught fire and burned to ashes. However, it was only fifty metres from the weapon, which seems too close to make the experiment valid (because, at this distance, a volley of burning arrows would have been a much easier option). Also, plywood burns fairly easily compared to woods such as cedar, which would be a more likely material for a Roman battleship. More recently, the American television programme Mythbusters has had several attempts at revisiting the experiment, by challenging viewers to create a workable death ray. In 2005, students at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT) claimed partial success, as they managed to set a fake boat on fire from a distance of thirty metres. They replicated the experiment from a greater distance for the show, but it was deemed to have failed because, while the target partially ignited, it wasnâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;t an efficient or fast enough process to match up to the fearful weapon described in the stories of Archimedes. The debate will undoubtedly continue until and unless someone can build a truly successful working model of the ancient death ray.

CHAPTER 3

SCIENTIFIC AND MEDICAL ADVANCES

Ancient Inventions

False Teeth First Invented: The Etruscan Civilization Date: 750BC The Etruscans were the ancestors of the Romans, a wealthy civilization that occupied the central area of ancient Italy. While the art of dentistry is almost as ancient as mankind (see opposite), many earlier civilizations such as the Egyptians had religious taboos about replacing parts of the body, so they hadnâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;t developed the art of making false teeth. The first clear evidence we have of dentures comes from the Etruscans, in about 750BC. They used human teeth or carved ox teeth, which were soldered into bridgework made of a band of gold. While some cultures have been ashamed of false teeth, the Etruscans seem to have used them as a status symbol â&#x20AC;&#x201C; the gold band was designed in such a way as to be fully visible, while a pin through the band held the replacement teeth in place. The Mayans of Central America developed their own twist on false teeth in about 600AD â&#x20AC;&#x201C; they are arguably the first culture to develop cosmetic dentistry. They regularly blinged up teeth by drilling tiny holes in them (using a rope drill and powdered quartz in water as an abrasive) and attaching miniature jewels into the holes using a natural resin glue. Modern museums contain some extraordinary examples of surviving skulls with such decoration. They also used pointed tools to carve patterns 12

Scientific and Medical Advances

of notches and grooves into teeth. And in addition, a jaw from the period has had three teeth replaced with decorative pieces of shell. Whether this was for the purposes of intimidation, status or display is unclear, but the effects of such tooth modification would certainly have been striking. The final step to creating full dentures only came in the sixteenth century, in Japan. Beeswax was used to create a mould, then the set of teeth was meticulously carved by craftsmen to match the model. The dentures were originally made of wood, but over the years they also used human teeth, ivory or pagodite, using advanced methods of adhesion to hold the entire structure in place in the mouth.

Above: The Etruscans were the first people to make false teeth, from 700BC onwards. Teeth from another person or animal, such as an ox, were inserted into a band of gold with a metal pin and fitted on to the remaining teeth.

First World War in 100 Objects Gary Sheffield

The First World War was one of the seminal events in world history. The First World War in 100 Objects offers a unique perspective on the world's first truly global conflict. It traces its history through the examination of iconic items like the Zeppelin, the gas mask, and Winston Churchill's Cigar, to personal objects which tell the poignant stories of individuals and official documents, medals and badges. Fully illustrated, each object is accompanied by approximately 500 words of text giving the item context and highlighting its significance.

Author Details Professor Gary Sheffield was appointed Chair of War Studies at the University of Birmingham in 2006, having previously taught as a Professor of Modern History at King's College, London. He is a fellow of the Royal Historical Society and the Royal Society of Arts and has written widely on twentieth-century military history especially the First World War. In 2003, he shared the Templer Medal for Military Literature for his contribution to The British General Staff: Innovation and Reform (2002). Gary regularly broadcasts on radio and television, and his work has appeared in the Guardian, the Mail on Sunday, the Times Literary Supplement and BBC History Magazine. He lives in Oxfordshire.

Publication

01 November 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$50.00 | NZ$55.00

•

ISBN

9780233005232

•

Publisher

Carlton Publishing Group

Imprint

Carlton Books

Series

Category

History

Format

237 x 185 mm

Extent

256pp

Illustrations

Full llustrated throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Key Information

•

Published to commemorate the centenary of the end of the First World War in 2018. Offers a unique perspective on the First World War through an examination of both public and office items such as the Railway carriage where the the Armistice was signed, Siegfried Sassoon's letter of protest, the football kicked by the 8th East Surreys on the Somme, and personal objects like the Queen's chocolate box given to troops in 1914. Written by renowned expert on the First World War Professor Gary Sheffield.

Second World War in 100 Objects Gen. Julian Thompson and Allan Millett The Second World War was a seminal event in world history. The story of its battles and key events is a familiar one, but The Second World War in 100 Objects offers a unique perspective on this global phenomenon by tracing its history through its objects, such as iconic items like the British Spitfire, the George Cross, and Adolf Hitler's personal revolver, to personal objects which tell the poignant stories of individuals and official documents, maps and orders. Fully illustrated, each entry is accompanied by approximately 500 words of text putting the item in context and highlighting its significance.

Author Details Major General Julian Thompson CB OBE served in the Royal Marines for 34 years and commanded the Royal Marine Commandos and the two battalions of the Parachute Regiment during the Falklands War. Since retiring he has been a visiting professor at King's College, London. He has written a number of books, including The 1916 Experience and The Victory in Europe Experience. Publication

01 November 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$50.00 | NZ$55.00

Dr Allan R Millett is a retired colonel in Marine Reserve Corps and an expert in US military policy and conflicts of the twentieth century. He has written numerous books, including Commandants of the Marine Corps (U.S. Naval Institute Press, 2004) and A War to Be Won: Fighting the Second World War, with Williamson Murray (Harvard University Press, 2000).

ISBN

9780233005249

Key Information

Publisher

Carlton Publishing Group

Imprint

Carlton Books

Series

Category

History

Format

237 x 186 mm

Extent

256pp

Illustrations

Fully illustrated throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

•

• •

This book offers a unique perspective on the Second World War, examining public and official items such as the Anglo-German declaration of 1938 and the Japanese Instrument of Surrender, plus personal objects like Winston Churchill's cigar and iconic weaponry including the British Spitfire, the German U-boat and the Soviet Moison Nagant rifle. Seventy-fifth anniversaries for events in the Second World War continue up to 2020, including the Battle of Stalingrad and El Alamein 1943, and the Battle of Monte Cassino and D-Day in 1944, right up to VE Day (1945) and VJ Day (1945). There are numerous museums around the world featuring exhibitions on the Second World War, the most popular of which is the Imperial War Museum. The IWM receives over 2 million visitors a year across its five institutions.

Classic Tracks: David Bowie Chris Welch

Chameleon, entertainer, actor, and iconoclast. It would be difficult to think of a rock star who has had a more varied and influential career than David Bowie and the list of bands and musicians who have been influenced by Bowie reads like an A to Z of popular music. But Bowie himself has skillfully and consistently maintained his credibility as the most innovative performer of his generation by staying one jump ahead of the many who seek to imitate him. Classic Tracks: David Bowie explores this icon in detail. While his many artistic incarnations are known, few know David Bowie the man, and as this book will show, through its exploration of his diverse body of work, the only real constant factors in his career are his incredible voice, his imagination and his supreme talent for artistic reincarnation. Every track of each of his albums is examined in great detail, giving you an insight to both the music, and the enigmatic man who created it.

Author Details

Publication

01 November 2018

Chris Welch was Melody Maker features editor and is one of the UK's most respected music journalists. He has written 20 rock biographies and contributes to the Sunday Times and the Independent. He has also worked on Metal Hammer, Kerrang! and Rock World.

Binding

Paperback

Key Information

Price

AU$19.99 | NZ$22.99

ISBN

9781787390690

Publisher

Carlton Publishing Group

Imprint

Carlton Books

Series

Category

Music/Video/Film

Format

198 x 129 mm

Extent

144pp

Illustrations

100 images

Age Range

Terms

SOR

• • •

Even after his tragic passing, David Bowie remains a massive pop culture icon, in the music industry as well as the mainstream. From fashion to entire musical movements, Bowie set the tone for much of 1970s and 80s style. Bowie is one of rock's most influential and biggest selling artists.

Classic Tracks: Led Zeppelin Chris Welch

Classic Tracks: Led Zeppelin gives an in-depth examination of the stories, events, characters and places that inspired what is easily one of the greatest rock bands of all time. What were 'The Houses of the Holy'? Where was the 'Stairway to Heaven'? Which strange encounters led to such classics as 'Kashmir' and 'Whole Lotta Love'? This book reveals the roots and origins of the songs on all nine of the band's celebrated studio albums, together with all the stories behind material released after Zeppelin's break-up in 1980, including Unledded: No Quarter and the BBC Sessions album.

Author Details As a reporter on UK music weekly Melody Maker, Chris Welch went on the road with Led Zeppelin during the early 1970s and saw Robert Plant, Jimmy Page, John Paul Jones and John Bonham in close-up action at their most exciting and historic shows. Chris has since worked on a variety of music magazines and has written more than 20 books on rock music. He also contributes to UK newspapers. His finest hour was "Playing conga drums, live on stage in Germany with Led Zep during 'Whole Lotta Love'."

Key Information

Publication

01 November 2018

Binding

Paperback

•

Price

AU$19.99 | NZ$22.99

•

ISBN

9781787390683

Publisher

Carlton Publishing Group

Imprint

Carlton Books

Series

Category

Music/Video/Film

Format

198 x 129 mm

Extent

192pp

Illustrations

b/w throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

•

Led Zeppelin was formed in 1968 so 2018 marks their 50th anniversary. Led Zep are still hugely influential. Written by an author who actually toured with Led Zeppelin.

How to Code a Human Kat Arney

What is a genetic superhero and could you be one? Is all your DNA important or is a load of it just junk? Can genetics inform your love life, your mental health and your ability to grow a tail? How to Code a Human takes you on a mind-bending journey through the world of the double helix, examining how our DNA encodes our genes and makes us unique. Covering all aspects of modern genetics from the evolution of our species to inherited diseases, “junk” DNA, genetic engineering and the intricacies of the molecular processes inside our cells, this is a beautiful, visual guide to the code of life.

Author Details

Publication

01 November 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$32.00 | NZ$36.99

ISBN

9780233005171

Publisher

Carlton Publishing Group

Imprint

Carlton Books

Series

Category

Science

Format

220 x 180 mm

Extent

192pp

Illustrations

150 colour and b/w images

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Dr Kat Arney is a writer, broadcaster and public speaker, appearing on the highly successful Naked Scientists for the past decade and producing and presenting the monthly Naked Genetics. She also copresents the weekly national BBC Radio 5Live Science show. According to BBC America she is one of the "Top Ten Brits who make science sexy". Kat's last book was Herding Hemingway's Cats: Understanding How Our Genes Work. She holds a PhD in developmental biology from Cambridge University.

Key Information •

• •

The discovery of DNA was arguably the most important scientific breakthrough of the twentieth century. It heralded the modern era of biology. The subsequent advances we have made in medical and scientific progress have had a huge impact on humankind. Our understanding of DNA has affected disease and cure, forensics, reproduction and agriculture. If we are able to completely understand DNA, we have the potential to unlock the answers to all medical problems. Scientific breakthroughs relating to DNA are constantly hitting the headlines and the discovery of DNA Repair Methods by Lindahl, Modrich and Sancar won the 2015 Nobel Prize for Chemistry.

Leia Organa: Rebel Leader Box Chronicle Books A symbol of the strength and heroism of Leia Organa and women in the Star Wars galaxy, the next in our successful series of totemic figures for fans to display and take inspiration from. Leia Organa is one of the Star Wars galaxy's fiercest rebels and greatest heroes-a powerful leader, a force against galactic evil, and never to be underestimated. This one-of-a-kind, hand-painted Leia Organa statue comes with a display stand and a 48-page illustrated booklet featuring an illuminating history of Leia's role in the Star Wars saga, insights on Carrie Fisher's portrayal, and a celebration of the inspiration and symbol of strength the character has become for fans everywhere.

Author Details Publication

01 November 2018

Binding

Toys

Price

AU$29.99

ISBN

9781452167213

Publisher

Chronicle Books

Imprint

Chronicle Gift

Series

Category

Stationery

Format

108 x 165 mm

Extent

48pp

Illustrations

48-page illustrated paperback book; painted figurine

Age Range

8 and up

Terms

Jennifer Heddle is a lifelong Star Wars fan who is now executive editor at LucasBooks overseeing their fiction program. She lives in Alameda, California.

Key Information •

•

The death of Carrie Fisher led to an outpouring of appreciation for her and the character she embodied, and the role of Leia in the Star Wars galaxy, setting the stage for the central strength of female characters we see now. Now more than ever she's an inspirational figure. And she's awesome in The Last Jedi! These box's success comes from packaging iconic characters as specific figures of inspiration, with context in a nice package, and placing them where fans might not be looking for them but are delighted to find – book and gift shops (as opposed to toy stores or collector channels). The sculpt is by Gentle Giant, who have done the sculpts on Chronicle Book's other in-a-boxes and regularly do licensed likeness work for Lucasfilm, DC, Marvel, etc, in the toy market. Jennifer Heddle, who wrote the booklet, is the head of Lucasfilm's fiction program and it's possible no one knows or loves the Leia character better.

ALSO AVAILABLE:

Over 185k sold globally! Price

AU$29.99

ISBN

9780811874700

Dilbert Fall 2018 Collection Scott Adams "The cartoon hero of the workplace" – San Francisco Examiner Dilbert is the cubicle-bound star of the most photocopied, pinned-up, downloaded, faxed, and e-mailed comic strip in the world. As fresh a look at the inanity of office life as it brought to the comics pages when it first appeared in 1989, this new Dilbert collection comically confirms to the working public that we all really know what's going on. Our devices might be more sophisticated, our software and apps might be more plentiful, but when it gets down to interactions between the worker bees and the clueless in-controls, discontent and sarcasm rule, as only Dilbert can proclaim.

Author Details

Publication

01 November 2018

Binding

Paperback with Flaps

Price

AU$24.99 | NZ$27.99

ISBN

9781449493783

Publisher

AMP

•

Imprint

Andrews McMeel Books

•

Series

Category

Humour

Format

229 x 140 mm

Extent

144pp

Illustrations

Full colour

Age Range

Terms

SOR

What started as a doodle has turned Scott Adams into a superstar of the cartoon world. Dilbert debuted on the comics page in 1989, while Adams was in the tech department at Pacific Bell. Adams continued to work at Pacific Bell until he was voluntarily downsized in 1995. He has lived in the San Francisco Bay Area since 1979.

Key Information •

More than 8 million AMP Dilbert cartoon collections and 12.8 million calendars have been sold. Core fans are males 18-34, with a strong contingency among professional men and women 18-45. Dilbert appears in more than 2,000 newspapers in 70 countries and on numerous licensed products, making it one of the most successful comic strips in history.

Cubicles Working Interior.indd 5

5/29/18 12:03 PM

Cubicles Working Interior.indd 6

5/29/18 12:03 PM

Emotions Explained with Buff Dudes Owlturd Comics Shen and Andrew Tsyaston Owlturd Comics playfully documents the ironies and weirdnesses of millennial life. Like a male Sarah’s Scribbles, Owlturd Comics frankly and fearlessly finds humour in failures of career, romance, anger management, sleep habits, and more. In a casually weird, super relatable, pop-culture-inflected observational style perfectly attuned to the adulting generation, Owlturd Comics is full of heart. Life is often personified as a buff dude that Shen combats on a day-to-day basis. So are student loans, winter, and many, many other things. Shen’s art style is visually distinctive, popular with young people, and emotionally expressive. In addition, his frequent considerations of larger questions like randomness, fate, death, and the might of Cthulhu make him relatable for audiences far beyond young adults.

Publication

01 November 2018

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$24.99 | NZ$27.99

Andrew Shen lives in the woods in the middle of Massachusetts and makes comics for the internet when he manages to avoid the roving packs of wolves. He hopes to continue making comics for a long time to come. But you never know with the wolves.

ISBN

9781449486938

Key Information

Publisher

AMP

•

Imprint

Andrews McMeel Books

•

Series

•

Category

Humour

Format

203 x 165 mm

Extent

112pp

Illustrations

Full colour

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Author Details

Facebook – 735,000 + followers and Twitter – 150,000 + followers. Approached for projects by College Humor, Nickelodeon, MacMillan, Daily Dot, Skillshare, NinjaKnight Comics, and many more. Owlturds is one of the most popular comics on WebToons, South Korean megamedia company Naver’s foray into the American webcomics market.

EmotionsExplained_int.indd 4

5/23/18 1:15 PM

EmotionsExplained_int.indd 5

5/23/18 1:15 PM

EmotionsExplained_int.indd 6

5/23/18 1:15 PM

Prosecco Drinking Games Pick a game, pour some bubbles, and get the party started Abbie Cammidge Get the party started with this awesome collection of Prosecco-themed games to play with friends. What could be better than getting the girls together, grabbing a glass and cracking open a bottle of bubbles? Why, throwing a few Prosecco-based drinking games into the mix, of course! There are over 25 games that use everyone’s favourite sparkly tipple – ranging from hilarious Beyoncé Bingo to the organised chaos that is the Prosecco Olympics. So what are you waiting for? Choose your game, pop a cork and prepare to laugh. A lot!

Author Details Abbie Cammidge is a writer, relationship expert columnist and TV presenter, who writes on women's and men’s interests, parenting and lifestyle for various titles including More!, Stylist, Forever Sport and Mother and Baby, and has presented on shows for GMTV, T4 and Disney. She is based in Amersham, Buckinghamshire. Publication

01 November 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$17.99

ISBN

9781911026426

Publisher

Ryland Peters and Small

Imprint

RPS Books

Series

Category

Food & Drink

Format

186 x 123 mm

Extent

64pp

Illustrations

30 colour illustrations

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Key Information • •

The essential accompaniment to house parties, holidays, hen weekends and nights out on the town – it’s perfect for any time you want to let your hair down. No get together with friends is complete without popping a few bottles of Prosecco! Sales of the Italian sparkling wine are predicted to exceed 400 million bottles a year by 2020.

BEYONCÉ B BINGO B PLAYERS: PLA Two or more YOU NEED: A CD or digital copy of Beyoncé’s Crazy in Love YOU’LL PER PERFECT FOR: Pre-party drinks

PIM YOUR PROSECCO: A dash of bling-tastic edible 24k gold leaf ﬂakes PIMP All hail h queen Bey! Not only has she given us some of the best dancing tunes of the last 20 years, she’s about to get you sseriously drunk (in love). The rules of this one are pretty prett simple, but it’s VERY effective. All you y need to do is cue up Beyoncé’s Crazy in Love, pour ever everyone a LARGE glass of prosecco, and press play. Every time Beyoncé sings the word “crazy,” you take a sip. Sounds easy enough, but during the chorus you’ need to sip super-quick and reﬁll if necessary, because the “crazies” come you’ll in th thick and fast. If yo you want to add a competitive element and you’re in a large group, then split into two teams—all the single ladies together perhaps? Half of you drink when whe Bey sings “crazy,” the others drink when she sings “love.” “love Extra points for anyone who manages man to rock their best Beyoncé Beyo moves while playing, without with spilling their drink.

No DE A N O LEM OWED! ALL

•

THE GAMES

IW CB1193_Prosecco Drinking Games_01-64 Final.indd 8

BEYONCÉ BINGO

26/10/2017 08:57

IW CB1193_Prosecco Drinking Games_01-64 Final.indd 9

•

26/10/2017 08:57

Spark Happiness 50 Ways to Celebrate the Everyday Chronicle Books The gift of happiness in a box: simple, accessible strategies for cultivating joy in a pick-me-up package. Light a spark of happiness! Designed to look like a matchbox, this box of faux matchsticks contains 50 prompts for sharing and cultivating moments of joy. Each matchstick is a new way to brighten an ordinary day and appreciate the little things, making this a sweet good-cheer for all sorts of celebratory occasions.

Author Details Publication

01 November 2018

Binding

Kits

Chronicle Books publishes distinctive books and gifts. From award-winning children's titles, best-selling cookbooks, and eclectic pop culture to acclaimed works of art and design, stationery, and journals, we craft publishing that's instantly recognisable for its spirit and creativity. Enjoy our publishing and become part of our community at www.chroniclebooks. com.

Price

AU$19.99

Key Information

ISBN

9781452168845

Publisher

Chronicle Books

Imprint

Chronicle Gift

Series

Category

Stationery

Format

127 x 68 mm

Extent

50pp

Illustrations

Foil-stamped box tray with sleeve, 50 kraft faux matchsticks inside, shrinkwrapped tray

Age Range

Terms

•

This matchbox format packages inspiring content in a unique way that distinguishes it from other decks and books on the market. Bright and bold, with irresistible object quality, this format has striking shelf presence – and it's also a great value. With 50 actionable prompts inside for $12.95, it's an easy but special last-minute gift or impulse buy. This matchbox-like format can merchandise just like real matches with candles, as a register add-on, or as a holiday stocking stuffer. This cheerful, brightly-coloured package has the ability to merchandise year-round, ideal for new year / new you assortments and in the springtime on mother's day and graduation gift tables. We've seen that consumers are increasingly interested in purchasing and gifting experiences rather than stuff. These prompts inspire a joyful outlook and everyday wonder – making it a great way to affordably give the gift of a new perspective and fresh discoveries.

Foster gratitude: Write a list of things you are thankful for.

Turn a project or task into a celebration: Invite friends over to help.

The small est change can spark a whole new perspective. Light up your days with these 50 faux matchsticks that offer strategies for cultivating joy.

$12.95 U.S./Â£11.99 U.K.

S S PINE : D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

50 WAYS TO CELEBRATE THE EVERYDAY

A R K SP

SPAR K HAPPI N ESS 50 WAYS TO CELEBRATE THE EVERYDAY

BACK

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

FRONT – 1

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

Give something you don’t need to someone who could use it.

Spark Romance 50 Ways to Deepen Your Connection Chronicle Books Romance in a box: the gift of simple, meaningful strategies to kindle a spark and break up the routine in a pick-me-up package. Light a romantic spark! Designed to look like a matchbox, this little box of faux matchsticks contains 50 prompts for couples to share that will spice up their love life and deepen their connection. Sample prompts: Publication

01 November 2018

Binding

Kits

Price

AU$19.99

ISBN

9781452168821

Publisher

Chronicle Books

Imprint

Chronicle Gift

Series

Category

Stationery

Format

127 x 68 mm

Extent

50pp

Illustrations

Foil-stamped box tray with sleeve, 50 kraft faux matchsticks inside, shrinkwrapped tray

Age Range

Terms

Drop everything and share a spontaneous adventure. Find an unexpected moment for a kiss. Trade a secret: What's one thing you don't know about each other?

Author Details Chronicle Books publishes distinctive books and gifts. From award-winning children's titles, best-selling cookbooks, and eclectic pop culture to acclaimed works of art and design, stationery, and journals, we craft publishing that's instantly recognisable for its spirit and creativity. Enjoy our publishing and become part of our community at www.chroniclebooks. com.

Key Information •

• •

•

This matchbox format packages content in a unique way that distinguishes it from other decks and books on the market. With irresistible object quality, this little box of romance has striking shelf presence – and it's also a great value. With 50 prompts inside for $12.95, it's an easy but special last-minute gift or impulse buy. This matchbox-like format can merchandise just like real matches with candles, as a register add-on, or as a holiday stocking stuffer – and in this pink and red, foil-covered box, it will be an eye-catching addition to Valentine's Day assortments. This little box is packed with great content: 50 conversation starters, fun date ideas, and ways to express love that will deepen a connection and spark intimacy. Sweet and not overtly sexy, these prompts will shake up the routine for couples at any stage in their relationship (new couples, newlyweds, and those who've been married for years alike), making this a sweet pick for Valentine's Day, anniversaries, birthdays, and any romantic gift-giving occasion. We've seen that consumers are increasingly interested in purchasing and gifting experiences rather than stuff. These prompts are actionable activities for couples to share, making the package a great way to affordably give a sweetheart the gift of new romantic experiences.

Recreate a memorable situation from when you first met.

Find an unexpected moment for a kiss.

Your perfect match is one in a million. Kindle your flame with this box of 50 prompts on faux matchsticks that you can use to deepen your connection and spark romance.

$12.95 U.S./Â£11.99 U.K.

MANCE : D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

50 WAYS TO DEEPEN YOUR CONNECTION

A R K SP

SPAR K ROMANC E 50 WAYS TO DEEPEN YOUR CONNECTION

BACK

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

FRONT – 2 : D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

Trade a secret: What’s one thing you don’t know about each other?

Spark Adventure 50 Ways to Explore and Discover Chronicle Books The gift of inspiration in a box: accessible prompts in a pick-me-up package that will genuinely spark new experiences and discoveries. Light a spark of inspiration! Designed to look like a matchbox, this little box of faux matchsticks contains 50 prompts that will spark exploration and discovery whether the user is journeying around the world or just around the block.

Publication

01 November 2018

Binding

Kits

Price

AU$19.99

ISBN

9781452168838

Publisher

Chronicle Books

Imprint

Chronicle Gift

Series

Category

Stationery

Format

127 x 68 mm

Extent

50pp

Illustrations

Foil-stamped box tray with sleeve, 50 kraft faux matchsticks inside, shrinkwrapped tray

Age Range

Terms

Sample prompts: Take a risk: Say yes to something you'd normally say no to. Strike up a conversation with a stranger and see what you learn. Improvise-spend a day without making any plans.

Key Information •

• •

This matchbox format packages content in a unique way that distinguishes it from other decks and books on the market. Decked out in foil, with irresistible object quality, this little box of inspiration has striking shelf presence – and it's also a great value. With 50 actionable prompts inside for $12.95, it's an easy but special last-minute gift or impulse buy. This matchbox-like format can merchandise just like real matches with candles, as a register add-on, or as a holiday stocking stuffer. This green and gold box also assorts perfectly with springtime adventure, camping, and travel themes. We've seen that consumers are increasingly interested in purchasing and gifting experiences rather than stuff. These prompts encourage exploration, shaking up the routine and broadening horizons-making the package a great way to affordably give the gift of new experiences.

Take a risk: Say yes to something you’d normally say no to.

Strike up a conversation with a stranger and see what you learn.

Whether you’re journeying near or far, choose one of the 50 faux matchsticks inside this box to spark the spirit of adventure and broaden your horizons.

$12.95 U.S./£11.99 U.K.

E R ENTU : D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

50 WAYS TO EXPLORE AND DISCOVER

A R K SP

SPAR K ADVE NTU R E 50 WAYS TO EXPLORE AND DISCOVER

BACK

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

FRONT â&#x20AC;&#x201C; 1

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

Strike up a conversation with a stranger and see what you learn.

Spark Creativity 50 Ways to Ignite Bright Ideas Chronicle Books The gift of inspiration in a box: accessible, effective strategies to spark creativity and get unstuck in a pick-me-up package. Light a spark of inspiration! Designed to look like a matchbox, this little box of faux matchsticks contains 50 prompts to kindle the creative spirit. The prompts are applicable to any creative pursuit, be it art, music, writing, or idea-generation, making this is a smart and distinctive gift for creatives of all stripes.

Publication

01 November 2018

Binding

Kits

Price

AU$19.99

ISBN

9781452168814

Publisher

Chronicle Books

Imprint

Chronicle Gift

Series

Category

Stationery

Format

127 x 68 mm

Extent

50pp

Illustrations

Foil-stamped box tray with sleeve, 50 kraft faux matchsticks inside, shrinkwrapped tray

Age Range

Terms

Sample prompts: Think of some rules you usually follow. Now break them. Execute a single idea 10 different ways. Give yourself a time limit.

Author Details Chronicle Books publishes distinctive books and gifts. From award-winning children's titles, best-selling cookbooks, and eclectic pop culture to acclaimed works of art and design, stationery, and journals, we craft publishing that's instantly recognizable for its spirit and creativity. Enjoy our publishing and become part of our community at www.chroniclebooks. com.

Key Information •

• •

This matchbox format packages content in a unique way that distinguishes it from other decks and books on the market. Decked out in foil, with irresistible object quality, this little box of inspiration has striking shelf presence – and it's also a great value. With 50 actionable prompts inside for $12.95, it's an easy but special last-minute gift or impulse buy. This matchbox-like format can merchandise just like real matches with candles, as a register add-on, or as a holiday stocking stuffer. We've seen that consumers are increasingly interested in purchasing and gifting experiences rather than stuff. These prompts generate new ideas and shake up routine methods of creating – making the whole package a great way to affordably give the gift of new creative experiences and discoveries.

Think of some rules you usually follow. Now break them.

Execute a single idea 10 different ways.

Light a spark of inspiration. Kindle your creative pursuits with the 50 strategies on the faux matchsticks inside this box.

$12.95 U.S./Â£11.99 U.K.

E AT I V I T Y : D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

50 WAYS TO IGNITE BRIGHT IDEAS

A R K SP

S P A R K C R E AT I V I T Y 50 WAYS TO IGNITE BRIGHT IDEAS

BACK

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

FRONT â&#x20AC;&#x201C; 1 : D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

Turn off all electronic devices and let your mind wander.

Pearls Takes a Wrong Turn A Pearl's Before Swine Treasury Stephan Pastis

In true Pearls Before Swine tradition, this treasury is full of Stephan Pastis’s cynical humour, sharp wit, and clever commentary. Always together – and sometimes with their fellow funny-page characters – the regular Pearls clan weighs in on everything from modern technology to current events to human nature. All the members of the skewed gang are here as Zebra engages in a never-ending war of neighbourly hate with the Crocs. As always, Goat offers a voice of reason amid the ongoing chaos that Pastis creates, either from behind the pen or as a character within the strip itself. Includes all cartoons from the collections You Scream, I Scream, We All Scream Because Puns Suck and Floundering Fathers.

Author Details Publication

01 November 2018

Stephan Pastis is an attorney turned cartoonist. A graduate of the University of California, Berkeley, and the UCLA School of Law, he worked as a lawyer before trying his hand at cartooning. Pastis lives in the Bay Area with his wife and two children.

Binding

Paperback

Key Information

Price

AU$34.99 | NZ$37.99

ISBN

9781449489366

Publisher

AMP

Imprint

Andrews McMeel Books

Series

Category

Humour

Format

276 x 140 mm

Extent

256pp

Illustrations

Full colour

Age Range

Terms

• • •

Pearls Before Swine appears in more than 750 newspapers, with more than half a million books sold. Two Pearls Before Swine books have been on the New York Times Best Seller list along with Pastis's Timmy Failure middle-grade illustrated novels. "This is one of the funniest, if not the funniest, comic strip being published in newspapers today."—Washington Times

I was a lawyer in San Francisco for almost ten years. While I was never hit with a hammer, I did have another lawyer throw a microphone at me. He missed.

Fun Stephan Fact: I do not like wine. And yet I live in the wine country of Northern California. I should move to beer country, wherever that is. 15

Pearls_WrongTurn_TEXT.indd 15

5/31/18 1:00 PM

This was loosely premised on a famous case where a woman who spilled hot coffee on herself sued McDonald’s for a lot of money and won. After the strip ran, I was surprised to get angry feedback from readers who said that the woman’s case had more merit than is commonly understood. I don’t know if they were right or wrong. But I do know that I got bored and deleted their emails.

If you look really closely at the last panel, you’ll see that there is a cross on the book the woman is holding, meaning that this is a Christian church, and not a mosque or a synagogue. Or, if it is a mosque or a synagogue, she’s a heretic. Either way, it’s details like that that make me the revered cartoonist I am.

Pearls_WrongTurn_TEXT.indd 16

5/31/18 1:00 PM

9/13

I think this was the hardest pun I ever wrote, mostly because the song lyric quoted is so long.

Pearls_WrongTurn_TEXT.indd 17

5/31/18 1:00 PM

The Little Book of the Nativity Chronicle Books Christmas nostalgia meets Christianity's most celebrated figure in this charming little book that details the figures, events, and traditions surrounding the beloved story of the first Christmas. The perfect companion for Christmas festivities, this little book explores the rich history surrounding the nativity. Filled with more than 75 entries featuring the fascinating details behind the story of Jesus's birth, the crèche, the Magi, the Immaculate Conception, and so much more, these pages illuminate the many ways the first Christmas is celebrated throughout the world. Beautifully illustrated with vibrant lithographs taken from prayer books and missals, The Little Book of the Nativity is a joyful and charming treasure for a family to gather around year after year.

Author Details Dominique Foufelle is a journalist and an author based in France, who has worked on previous books in the Little Book of series, including The Little Book of Christmas .

Key Information • Publication

01 November 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$34.99

ISBN

9781452169590

Publisher

Chronicle Books

•

Imprint

Chronicle Adult

•

Series

Category

Reference

Format

149 x 98 mm

Extent

168pp

Illustrations

Full colour illustrations

Age Range

Terms

• •

The success of Little Book of Saints (56K net sold), along with the popularity of Angels (16K) and Mary (12.4K), have made this an established and recognisable brand. The Little Book of the Nativity, with its fascinating religious history and beautiful art, fits perfectly with the series and will complement the forthcoming Little Book of Christmas. The latest Australian Census revealed that Christianity is still the most common religion with 52 per cent of participants identifying as Christian. The antique artwork, padded cover, gilded edges, and sweet trim size make this feel special and gift worthy for important occasions. The book's timeless content and seasonal relevance will keep accounts coming back year after year. The accessible text and attractive package will appeal to people of all ages and stand out from other books about the nativity that are either made for children or feel very serious and severe.

Mary was a virgin when the angel Gabriel told her that she was to give birth to the Son of God. Mary lived in Nazareth, in Galilee, which was then under Roman occupation. This adolescent of royal descent was betrothed to Joseph, a carpenter who was much older. Both were descended from the house of David, the ancient, venerated king of Israel. Mary had been raised piously. Nevertheless, the visit from the angel Gabriel bewildered her. This messenger from God, whom she did not recognize, told her that she was to bear a son who was destined to become an extraordinary being whose reign would have no end; she must name him Jesus. Innocent as she was, she was astonished that a virgin could conceive. Gabriel told her that the Holy Spirit would come to her, and by the power of God, she would be pregnant without losing her virginity. She had been chosen among all women for this privilege. The Immaculate Conception is an article of faith in the Catholic Church, teaching that Mary was destined to be the Mother of God, she herself having been conceived free of original sin. Other Christian churches, including the Orthodox Church and Protestant denominations, do not teach this belief as dogma.

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

THE ANNUNCIATION

LittleBookOfTheNativity_INT_mechs.indd 14-15

1/19/18 4:05 PM

Why did God choose Mary? The dogma of the Immaculate Conception gives a hint. The Immaculate Conception is celebrated on December eighth, during Advent. One might think that this is about honoring the miraculous conception of Jesus by a young virgin, but this holy day concerns the conception of Mary by her parents. Anne and Joachim lived in Jerusalem, where Joachim was among those with responsibilities to provide offerings in the Temple. They met at the Temple, and were twenty years old when they married. Another twenty years passed and no children were born to them. They separated, and in despair Joachim took refuge in a monastery in the desert. There an angel appeared and told him that a child was about to be born. Joachim returned and Anne gave birth to Mary. They later entrusted Mary’s education to the high priest Zacharias, who would become the father of John the Baptist. Anne was not a virgin, but the conception of Mary required divine intervention in making Mary’s soul free of original sin. This helps explain God’s choice of Mary in preparing for the birth of Christ. This belief is known from the tenth century, but many Christians do not acknowledge it. Pope Pius IX decided in 1854 to make it official Catholic doctrine that Mary was “from the first instant of her conception . . . free of original sin.”

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

THE IMMACULATE CONCEPTION

LittleBookOfTheNativity_INT_mechs.indd 16-17

1/19/18 4:05 PM

To reassure herself, Mary goes to visit her cousin Elizabeth, who is also miraculously pregnant. Before departing from Mary, who was still perplexed but already pregnant, the angel Gabriel gives her news about her cousin Elizabeth. For years, Elizabeth and her husband, Zacharias, tried to have children, but in vain. Becoming aged, they had despaired, but then Elizabeth became pregnant by a miracle. Elizabeth was in her sixth month when Mary decided to visit her cousin, who lived in Judea. When Mary arrived, the child that Elizabeth carried moved in her womb, and the two women concluded that he celebrated the child of Mary. Their discovery and the similarity of their condition brought them close, and the younger woman stayed on in her cousinâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s house. Mary returned to Galilee just before Elizabeth gave birth to her son, who would become John the Baptist, ascetic and itinerant preacher. He would baptize Jesus; acknowledging Jesus as the greater prophet, John deferred to him and told his own disciples to follow Jesus. According to the Evangelists, Jesusâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s ministry began when Herod Antipas, tetrarch of Galilee and Perea, imprisoned John, fearing that he would incite a revolt. Herod put John to death in A.D. 28.

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

THE VISITATION

LittleBookOfTheNativity_INT_mechs.indd 18-19

1/19/18 4:05 PM

Enigma Crack the Code Gareth Moore Dr

Puzzles and mysteries have delighted humanity for thousands of years, from the ancient Riddle of the Sphinx, through to Latin squares found in Roman ruins, and right up to the present day. Written by the internationally best-selling Dr Gareth Moore, in this intriguing collection of puzzles, codes and conundrums, the author has gathered together a huge variety of puzzles – from the simplest to the most fiendishly difficult – that are guaranteed to bemuse, amuse and confuse. Interspersed with background information on the history of puzzles, this addictive book is perfect for anyone who enjoys being challenged. With over 300 puzzles to solve, including some that can truly be described as enigmas – plus solutions too, if you need them – it’s the perfect way to hone your brain and pit your wits against the very best brand new puzzles. From all kinds of code and number puzzles, logic and lateral thinking puzzles, sudoku and much more, this treasure trove of puzzles and puzzling knowledge will enlighten and entertain.

Author Details

Publication

01 November 2018

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$19.99 | NZ$22.99

ISBN

9781782439042

Publisher

Michael O'Mara Books

Imprint

Michael O'Mara

•

Series

•

Category

Puzzles & Games

•

Format

234 x 153 mm

Extent

224pp

Illustrations

Puzzles

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Dr Gareth Moore (B.Sc (Hons) M.Phil Ph.D) is the internationally best-selling author of a wide range of brain-training and puzzle books for both children and adults, including Antistress Puzzles, Ultimate Dot to Dot, Brain Games for Clever Kids, Lateral Logic and Extreme Mazes . His books have sold over a million copies in the UK alone, and have been published in 29 different languages. He is also the creator of online brain training site BrainedUp.com, and runs daily puzzle site PuzzleMix.com.

Key Information •

•

An engrossing collection of logic puzzles, codes and conundrums that will challenge, entertain – and possibly frustrate! Puzzles of all levels – from easy right through to fiendish A treasure trove of fascinating historical information about puzzles Packed with tips to help you get started solving Gareth Moore's puzzle books have sold over one million copies

ENIGMA: Crack the Code

Chapter 1: Amusements

2. Twenty or Less

Find sixteen whole numbers, none of them greater in value than twenty, in this word search grid. But beware – there is a twist. In this puzzle, there are no bounds on the grid, which wraps around in all directions as if it repeated forever at every border. One word is already solved, to help you get started.

Numbers

H E E W E T S R D I Q R D Z Y

A N T N V K U T E H Y Y C T U

G Q I F Z W G V G Q B Y N G X

EIGHTEEN ELEVEN FIFTEEN FIVE FOUR 14NINE ONE SEVEN

P N H T I M I L O F S E O J Z

I C H S B F L W L Q W V N R N

E R N D N C R R W T W N E L X

E T S O S X B T K N E X J E B

G P C M F E N Y W V Y K J U E

A G H O T E T C E E F V T S J

N G U M E H T S E K L U Z O B

J R N T H Q Q I G O K V R Q E

SIX TEN THIRTEEN THREE TWELVE TWENTY TWO ZERO

N S R X L C G C S I L E E V E

I I I H C H P M R Z Z C E V S

H T E Z T O J X I S Z L H T N

E P R E M W E R P H E B U Y T

3. Newly Named Novels

The following well-known novels have each been renamed in order to make their titles more alliterative. What was the original name of each book? For example, Boastfulness and Bigotry could be the new name of Pride and Prejudice, were that title not alliterative already! • Away with the Air • The Berries of Bitterness • Combat and Calm • Courageous Contemporary Cosmos • Creature Croft • The Crimson Character • Delinquency and Discipline • The Fielder in the Field • A Goodbye to Guns • Huge Hopes • Milky Molars

4. Speaking in Circles

You could be saved by the bell, if the bell did this. And give me one for a chat, or for marital bliss. What am I?

ENIGMA: Crack the Code

5. Square Loop

Draw horizontal and vertical lines to form a single loop that visits every white square in this grid exactly once each. The loop cannot touch or cross over itself at any point.

Chapter 1: Amusements

6. Black-out Sudoku

Place a digit from 1 to 9 into each white square so that every row, column and bold-lined 3Ă&#x2014;3 box contains eight different digits. The shaded squares remain blank, and may represent a different digit when considered as part of their row, column and box.

5 1 2 7 6 3 4 7 9 6 6 7 8 3 3 8 8 9 4 7 8 3 4 2 5 3 5 3 2 9 1

ENIGMA: Crack the Code

7. Movie Match-Up

Can you match up the two halves of these movie titles, each of which have an ‘and’ in between them? An Officer

A Funeral

Antony

A Gentleman

Beauty

Automobiles

Bonnie

Cleopatra

Butch Cassidy

Clyde

Dazed

Confused

Dumb

Dolls

Four Weddings

Dumber

Guys

and

Chapter 1: Amusements

8. Presidential Mix-Up

The following are anagrams of the surnames of US presidents, with an extra letter added to each. Can you unscramble the anagrams and then anagram the extra letters to find an eleventh president? • WINLOSE = ____________ + __ • MADASH = ____________ + __ • SCANJOKE = ____________ + __ • CLEANLIVED = ____________ + __

Guildenstern are Dead

Hannah

Her Sisters

Harold

Monty Python

Louise

Planes, Trains

Maude

Rosencrantz

Sensibility

Sense

The Beast

Sex, Lies

The Butterfly

The Diving Bell

The Holy Grail

The Good, the Bad

The Sundance Kid

Thelma

The Ugly

Withnail

Videotape

• HYENAS = ____________ + __ • GLADFIRES = ____________ + __ • FLOORMILE = ____________ + __ • DOCILEEGO = ____________ + __ • HOTWARNINGS = ____________ + __ • VOTESLOWER = ____________ + __

The Ultimate Book of Drinking Games Biggie Fries

Perfect for your next big night out on the town, The Ultimate Book of Drinking Games is packed with more than 150 games to entertain your guests at pre-drinks, movie nights, dinner parties, or even down the pub on a Friday night. Sorted into fun categories, and offering everything from TV and film drinking games to tongue twisters and money games. Impress your friends and add a twist to the evening with this ultimate guide to drinking games. You'll never want to go back to 'normal' drinking ever again!

Author Details Biggie Fries is an English freelance writer and editor famous for his drinking habits. He was forced to move to Australia, drinking's spiritual home in 2001, where he has continued to research the subject.

Key Information • • Publication

01 November 2018

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$19.99 | NZ$22.99

ISBN

9781787391468

Publisher

Carlton Publishing Group

Imprint

Carlton Books

Series

Category

Humour

Format

175 x 126 mm

Extent

176pp

Illustrations

Approx. 50 colour and b&w images

Age Range

Terms

SOR

•

More than 150 games to play with friends. Ideal for livening up a night out - or a night in! A tastefully packaged book with illustrations.

Amazing Optical Illusions Gianni A. Sarcone

Seeing is most definitely not believing! Amazing Optical Illusions contains various visual tricks, deceptive images and optical illusions, all in a cutting-edge style that is instantly engaging. Slip into another dimension and experience the brain-twisting extremes of optical illusions and picture puzzles! Amazing Optical Illusions uses colour, angles and ambiguity to trick the eye, then serves up fascinating explanations of what you are seeing and why you see it. For adults and kids alike, this is a fresh and exciting way to explore the relationship between what our eyes see and what our mind sees. Includes: All About Colours!, Green dots, Magic Cheshire cat, Wow… It Moves!, Running Xmas lights, Hypnotic vibes, Expansion of joy, Mexican jumping coffee beans, Unbelievable Things!, Impossible aqueduct, Group of lizards, Straight Or Not? Publication

01 November 2018

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$19.99 | NZ$22.99

ISBN

9781787391635

Publisher

Carlton Publishing Group

Imprint

Carlton Books

Series

Category

Puzzles & games

Format

245 x 283 mm

Extent

96pp

Illustrations

100 colour and b&w images

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Author Details Gianni A. Sarcone and Marie-Jo Waeber are co-founders of Archimedes' Laboratory, an Italian-based training and consulting network of game designers that specialises in developing creativity. They invent, create and develop interactive thinking games and optical illusions.

Key Information • • •

Optical illusions have always delighted children, offering opportunities to involve their family and friends in trying out these endlessly fascinating puzzles. Packed with over 60 optical illusions. From the same team who brought you Carlton's 3-million-selling puzzle books!

All Sewn Up 35 exquisite projects using applique, embroidery, and more Chloë Owens All Sewn Up brings you 35 colourful and unique crafty ideas, using a wide variety of sewing techniques – from embellishment and adornment to freehand embroidery – that are forward thinking but still inspired by vintage style. Make something fun for the kitchen – pretty placemats, or an apron for the cook. If you like animals, make George the giraffe, or an owl pillow, decorated with pretty stitches. Gifts to sew include a raindrops and rainbows mini quilt that friends will love to receive. If you adore long lie-ins then sew the sleepy head pillow with appliqué embellishments, or a Holly Golightly-inspired eyemask. Last but not least, there are murals and hangings to add a splash of colour to your home. Each project comes with step-by-step instructions and adorable artworks by Gemma Correll – so just grab a needle and thread and get down to some seriously creative crafting. Publication

01 November 2018

Binding

Paperback with Flaps

Price

AU$29.99

ISBN

9781782496724

Publisher

CICO

Imprint

Cico Books

•

Series

•

Category

Craft/DIY

•

Format

235 x 190 mm

Extent

144pp

Illustrations

300 colour photos and artworks

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Author Details Chloë Owens spends her time fusing appliqué, machine embroidery, salvaged finds and stitched drawings to create her unique style of textile art, involving dazzling use of colour and exquisite intricacy. She has a passion for colour and pattern, and draws influence from 1960s domestic and fashion fabrics, as well as her favourite children’s annuals. She is also the author of Chloe Tells You How... to Sew. Chloë is based in north London, UK. Visit her website, chloeowens.com, and follow her on Twitter @ChloeOwens.

Key Information Sewing is increasingly popular with young crafters: Mollie Makes regularly gives away sewing kits to its subscribers. The hardback edition of All Sewn Up has sold 30,000 copies. Artworks by illustrator Gemma Correll, whose work is sold in Urban Outfitters, Lazy Oaf, and many other stores.

Making Children's Clothes 25 stylish step-by-step sewing projects for 0–5 years, including full-size paper patterns Emma Hardy Expert seamstress Emma Hardy explains how to make beautiful and unique clothes for your children with these 25 simple and practical designs.

Publication

01 November 2018

Binding

Paperback with Flaps

Price

AU$29.99

ISBN

9781782496441

Publisher

CICO

Imprint

Cico Books

Series

Category

Craft/DIY

Format

235 x 228 mm

Extent

112pp

Illustrations

250 colour photographs and artworks

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Make charming clothes for your children by combining a few easy-to-learn stitches with great fabrics and trims – choose from the different projects, including party frocks and pinafore dresses, simple shirts and elasticated trousers, sleepwear, and accessories such as hats, bibs, bootees and aprons. There are clothes for young boys and girls, toddlers and babies, all with full-size paper patterns provided. Packed with useful tips and sewing techniques, Making Children’s Clothes is a comprehensive guide to creating fantastic items that any child will love to wear.

Author Details Emma Hardy is a keen gardener and an equally keen crafter. Emma's previous books include Learn to Sew, My First Sewing Machine Book and Sewing Dress-Up, all published by CICO Books. Married with two daughters, Emma lives in south London.

Key Information • • • •

As parents become ever more discerning in the way they dress their children, these 25 projects are an easy way to make clothes just as unique as their child. The original edition of Making Children's Clothes has sold over 45,000 copies. Includes a tear-out section of full-size paper patterns, which means the only thing you need to do is pick out some lovely fabrics to work with. The previous edition had coverage in all national women’s magazines, including reviews and extracts in Prima, Junior magazine, Pregnancy & Birth, Crafts Beautiful, Quick & Crafty and Woman’s Weekly.

Origami Ocean Friends 35 water-based favorites to fold in an instant: includes 50 pieces of origami paper Mari Ono Take a trip to the sea with these 35 ocean-based origami projects from bestselling author Mari Ono. Includes 50 sheets of origami paper.

Publication

01 November 2018

Binding

Paperback with Flaps

Taking inspiration from The Blue Planet, Mari Ono has put together an awesome collection of ocean dwellers and seaside creatures. Split into two sections, start with On the Beach, where you’ll find a crab, starfish, pelican and polar bear to practise your folding skills on. Next comes Under the Water, here all your ocean-dwelling favourites are to be found: a jellyfish, shark, whale, octopus, clown fish and plenty more. Every project comes with simple step-by-step instructions and clear photographs, as well as helpful arrows showing you where to fold. Each design has also been given a skill rating, so start with an easy one and once you’ve mastered that, move on to something a bit more challenging. Fifty specially designed pieces of origami paper are included with the book, meaning you can start folding right away.

Price

AU$29.99

Author Details

ISBN

9781782496373

Publisher

CICO

Imprint

Cico Books

based in the West Midlands.

Series

Key Information

Category

Craft/DIY

•

Format

235 x 228 mm

•

Extent

128pp

Illustrations

200 colour photographs

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Mari Ono is an expert in origami and all forms of papercrafts. Her other books include the best-selling The Simple Art of Origami, Origami for Children, More Origami for Children, How to Make Paper Planes and Other Flying Objects, Dinogami, Wild and Wonderful Origami, Origami for Mindfulness and Origami Farm , all available from CICO Books. Originally from Japan, Mari is now

•

Origami books are some of the bestsellers for CICO Craft, with Mari Ono's Origami for Children selling over 250,000 copies. Origami is always a hit with children and adults alike. It promotes creativity and people love to turn a piece of paper into something amazing with just a few folds. Comes with 50 pieces of specially designed origami paper so you can start folding straight away.

Handmade Bird, Bee, and Bat Houses 25 beautiful homes, feeders, and more to attract wildlife into your garden Michele McKee Orsini Build and craft 25 beautiful small homes and feeders to attract wildlife to your garden. Handmade Bird, Bee, and Bat Houses features homes to build for everything from bees to bats, and bluebirds to butterflies. Each house is beautifully designed, with colourful details, but is also perfectly adapted for its intended inhabitants. There are birdhouses you can hang up or place on stands, a bee house you can “plant” in your flowerbed, and there's even a home for a toad. There are also feeders for birds and butterflies, and homes for ladybirds. With her trademark attention to detail, Michele McKee-Orsini has designed a collection of miniature palaces for the wildlife that we should all be encouraging into our gardens. Michele takes you through the basic woodworking and decorating skills you will need, and the step-by-step project instructions, clear artwork, and stunning photography will all inspire you to build your own bird, bee and bat houses.

Author Details Michele McKee-Orsini is an artist and wildlife enthusiast, who studies cavity nesting birds and their habitats. She loves nature walks to sort out her thoughts on creating new woodworking designs. She has been designing and selling her bird, bug, bee and bat houses for quite some time now. Birds are an important aspect of her life and she puts their needs first when building their homes. This is her second book – she is also the author of Handmade Birdhouses and Feeders, published by CICO Books. Find her at www.etsy.com/shop/birdhousesbymichele. She is based in Yucaipa, California, USA.

Publication

01 November 2018

Binding

Paperback with Flaps

Price

AU$29.99

ISBN

9781782495543

Publisher

CICO

Imprint

Cico Books

•

Series

•

Category

Craft/DIY

Format

276 x 208 mm

Extent

128pp

Illustrations

150 col photos and artworks

Age Range

Terms

Key Information •

Attracting wildlife to your garden will help with pollination and pest control Birds, bees, and bats all face threats from the changing environment Organisations such as the Royal Horticultural Society and the RSPB have run high-profile campaigns encouraging gardening practices that benefit wildlife According to a Greenpeace report (Bees in Decline), the current drop in bee numbers is a real threat to crop production over the world.

IW CB1162 Handmade Bird Houses Final

The perfect fit for tiny cavity-nesting birds, with two full bedrooms on both ends and double doors on the side, this birdhouse is a farmhouse barn painted in Apple Red. Hand-painted flowers on the side give it a fun, country feel.

Barn

birdhouse

Materials

Three 6 ft x 5½ in. x 5⁄8 in. (180 x 14 x 1.5 cm) cedar dog-ear fence boards One 6 ft x 7½ x 5⁄8 in. (180 x 19 x 1.5 cm) cedar dog-ear fence board

Interior dimensions

Interior dimensions (for each “room” of barn birdhouse) Floor area: 4¼ x 5½ in. (10.8 x 14 cm) Cavity depth: 12 in. (30 cm)

Square ¾ x ¾ in. (20 x 20 mm) dowel

Entrance hole to floor: 9 in. (23 cm)

Waterproof premium glue

Entrance hole: 11⁄8 in. (28.5 mm) in

Wood putty

diameter

Cut all four front and back pieces for the main birdhouse at a 45˚ angle on both sides to create a peak (see page 8). On two of these pieces, cut a 1⅛ in. (28.5-mm) entrance hole 3¼ in. (8 cm) down from the peak (these will be the front panels).

80-grit sandpaper 1-in. (25-mm) and 1¼-in. (30-mm) finish nails or galvanized wire nails

Cutting list

Main birdhouse

Ten 1¼-in. (30-mm) exterior screws

Front and back: 12 x 5½ in. (30 x 14 cm)

Weatherproof 30-minute clear silicone

—cut 4

Red and gray exterior spray paint

Sides: 9 x 5½ in. (23 x 14 cm)—cut 4

“Found Objects” charms (I used gear

Floor: 4¼ x 5½ in. (10.8 x 14 cm)—cut 2

findings)—available from craft stores

Dry fit the floor to make sure the door will fit flush to the edges. Then glue and nail the floor in place.

Roof: 16½ x 5½ in. (42 x 14 cm)—cut 2

Cotton swabs (buds) Two white ceramic drawer knobs

Side birdhouse

Two nuts and washers

Sides: 7¾ x 5½ in. (19.5 x 14 cm)—cut

Basic tool kit (see page 110)

2, with 1 short end cut at a 30˚ angle

White, yellow, green, and dark green

Back: 6¾ x 5½ in. (17 x 14 cm)—cut 1

craft paint

Finished size

Approx. 17½ x 13 x 14 in. (44.5 x 33 x 35.5 cm)

Roof: 7½ x 7½ in. (19 x 19 cm)—cut 1, with 1 short end beveled at 30˚

Attach the remaining side panels (the doors) before joining the houses together. Use a 5 ⁄16-in. (5-mm) bit to countersink the screws (see page 115). The screws on the back panels must be flush with the wood in order for the two birdhouses to be joined together in the next step. Make sure both doors open properly.

Apply glue to the left side panel and place a front panel on top. Nail together. Glue and nail the back to the side panel.

Barn birdhouse

Birdhouses

IW CB1162_HANDMADE_BIRD_HOUSES_020-031.indd 24

Repeat steps 2 and 3 with the remaining panels—but this time attach the side panel to the right-hand edge of the front. This ensures that the doors will be on the same side when the two birdhouses are sandwiched together back to back.

Floor: 4½ x 5½ in. (11.5 x 14 cm)—cut 1 Front: 4½ x 5½ in. (11.5 x 14 cm)—cut 1

19/10/2017 08:43

IW CB1162_HANDMADE_BIRD_HOUSES_020-031.indd 25

25 19/10/2017 08:43

Geomorphia Kerby Rosanes Enter the strange natural world of epic doodler Kerby Rosanes, where animals and scenes from the natural world morph and explode into majestic, geographic detail. Meet animals that morph from waterfalls and whirlwinds, firey foxes that erupt from volcanoes and fairy-tale castles that grow out of crystal foundations – all for you to bring to life in colour. As an extra challenge, seek out the search items at the back of the book. There’s more to discover within these pages than you ever dreamed possible. Publication

01 November 2018

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$19.99 | NZ$22.99

ISBN

9781910552926

Publisher

Michael O'Mara Books

Imprint

Michael O'Mara

Series

Category

Child Novelty

Format

250 x 250 mm

Extent

48pp

Illustrations

b&w illustrations

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Author Details Philippines-based illustrator Kerby Rosanes is steadily building his reputation with his unique style of intricate drawings. Working mainly with ordinary black pens, Kerby's art is characterised by whimsical lines, patterns and doodle creatures which are combined to create massive compositions. Kerby's colouring and doodling books, Animorphia, Imagimorphia and Mythomorphia published by LOM ART (Michael O'Mara), have been hugely successful.

Key Information • • •

•

The inimitable Kerby Rosanes is back with his unique and intricate ink drawings in Geomorphia, a stunning collection of animals morphing and shape-shifting across the page in breathtaking scenes. Readers can colour in and complete these super-detailed designs as well as keep their eyes peeled for a selection of hidden items throughout the book. On top of the success of Animorphia, Imagimorphia and Mythomorphia, Kerby's skills have earned him a solid fan base. His 'Sketchy Stories' Facebook page has more than 1,500,000 likes, he has had 380,000 project views on Behance and his incredible website (www.kerbyrosanes.com) is getting more and more hits by the day Animorphia, Imagimorphia and Mythomorphia have sold in 35 territories and over one million copies worldwide

GEOMORPHIA UK.indd 7

03/05/2018 12:41

GEOMORPHIA UK.indd 9

03/05/2018 12:41

Breaking the Pattern A modern way to sew Saara Huhta and Laura Huhta

C OV E R

Scandinavian fashion has long been admired for its stylish and clean-lined cuts and aesthetic. Breaking the Pattern is the first authentic dressmaking book that showcases the beauty of Scandinavian style.

DRAF T

Stylish Scandinavian dressmaking projects for contemporary makers.

Complete with stunning photography, clear illustrations and instructions, this book shows you how to create a coherent capsule wardrobe – complete with a collection of 10 garments that are easy to make, wear and combine with each other.

Publication

01 November 2018

Binding

Flexibound

Price

AU$34.99 | NZ$39.99

ISBN

9781787131835

Publisher

Quadrille Publishing Ltd

Imprint

Quadrille Publishing Ltd

Series

Category

Craft/DIY

Format

253 x 201 mm

Extent Illustrations

192pp Full colour photography throughout with instructional illustrations (5 full-size pattern sheets)

Age Range

Terms

SOR

The Finnish sewing duo behind the dressmaking fashion label Named, Laura and Saara offer up an enticing selection of tops, dresses, skirts, and trousers for the modern seamstress. You will build your skills as you work through the book and with plenty of variations suggested for each garment, there’s lots of room for you to add your own personal touches and quirks to each design. Taking you beyond the patterns featured in this book, Breaking the Pattern will inspire you not only to build your sewing repertoire but also to grow in confidence with your own sewing. Ten full-size pattern sheets are included in this neat package. The patterns are in a range of sizes from UK sizes 8 to 20, with concise information on measuring yourself and finding the perfect fit.

Author Details Named Clothing is a Finnish indie fashion label initiated by sisters and designers Saara and Laura Huhta, founded in August 2013. They now launch two eagerly anticipated collections a year, with the aim of bringing a new perspective to making your own clothes and supporting ethical and ecological concerns in reaction to the fast fashion industry. The brand's popularity has grown over the four years as they have solidly established themselves within the UK dressmaking community.

Key Information • • • • • •

The first book on Scandinavian style for home dressmakers. Includes 10 full-size patterns in sizes 8–20. Ultra stylish projects for tops, dresses, skirts and trousers. With full step-by-step instructions and illustrations. For intermediate level sewers. Includes trouble-shooting tips.

Modern Crocheted Blankets, Throws and Cushions 35 colourful, cosy and comfortable patterns Laura Strutt Crochet these colourful and stylish home accessories with 35 patterns by young designer Laura Strutt, author of the bestselling Modern Crocheted Shawls and Wraps. “Laura's Modern Granny Square Crochet and More and Modern Crocheted Shawls and Wraps are big favourites of ours.” Inside Crochet

Publication

01 November 2018

Laura Strutt brings you a range of new designs for blankets, throws, and cushion covers. Divided by colour theme – Bright and Beautiful, Warm and Rich, and Neutral and Natural – with modern designs, there is something for every home, whatever your decorating style. Make a rainbow granny circle blanket using rich, bright yarns, or try a chunky striped throw in soft neutrals. A wrap-around granny square makes the perfect cover for a floor cushion, while block stitch shows off bright pastels in a square blanket. Patterns are graded so you can start with something simple if you are a beginner, or select something more advanced if you are skilled with a hook and yarn.

Binding

Paperback with Flaps

Author Details

Price

AU$29.99

ISBN

9781782496380

Publisher

CICO

Imprint

Cico Books

Series

Category

Craft/DIY

Format

276 x 208 mm

Extent

128pp

Illustrations

100 colour photos and 40 colour artworks

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Laura Strutt is the author of Modern Crocheted Shawls and Wraps, 35 Knitted Baby Blankets, Modern Granny Square Crochet and Arm and Finger Knitting , all published by CICO Books. Discover more of Laura’s designs, technique guides, and crafty inspiration on her website, www.madepeachy.com, along with links to her blog, Pinterest, Instagram and Facebook. Laura lives in Colchester, Essex.

Key Information • From the author of bestsellers Modern Crocheted Shawls and Wraps (over 14,500 copies sold globally) and Arm and Finger Knitting

• Crochet is still growing in popularity: yarn website loveknitting.com launched lovecrochet.com last year, and the first 'spinoff' from Mollie Makes was Simply Crochet magazine

• Laura Strutt is popular with young crafters, and her crochet tutorials feature on our craft website, makeetc.com

Magic Library: Children's Classics Chronicle Books The enduring magic of books! This literary play on the classic Jacob's ladder game includes beloved children's classics that both kids and parents will find charming. This classic Jacob's ladder toy uses optical illusion to inspire. Crafted from wood and hand-painted to look like a stack of leather-bound children's classics, it will tickle the fancy of any bookworm.

Key Information •

Publication

01 November 2018

Binding

Kits

Price

AU$22.99

ISBN

9781452173245

Publisher

Chronicle Books

Imprint

Chronicle Gift

Series

Category

Stationery

Format

Extent Illustrations

1pp Painted wood blocks & ribbon

Age Range

3 and up

Terms

•

• •

This title is part of a line of exciting new products that challenges Chronicle's publishing to use new materials, compete in new categories, and reach new audiences. Booklovers love bookish things! The beautifully painted faux book spines feature beloved children's classics – Peter Pan, Call of the Wild, Mary Poppins, The Wonderful Wizard of OZ, Alice in Wonderland, Black Beauty – and the intriguing title speaks directly to bibliophiles. The tactile and interactive qualities of this product will resonate strongly with the current zeitgeist of analog activities. As a sophisticated take on a classic toy, it will also tie into the trend of creative play for adults. Fidget-toy trend: Keep the books and your imagination in perpetual motion.

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

Friendship Maintenance: 30 Postcards to Say How Much You Freaking Care The Friendship Maintenance Society Girlfriend gift alert! Friendship Maintenance postcards are a funny, relatable, and meaningful way for girlfriends of all ages to keep in touch. This hardcover booklet of postcards features quirky, real, and relevant sentiments on the front of each postcard and a space for the sender's note on the backs. Each postcard becomes a little burst of love that cuts through the noise and clutter of modern life, to remind a friend how much you love them and think of them all the time, even if you haven't talked in ages.

Author Details Publication

01 November 2018

Binding

Postcards

Price

AU$22.99

ISBN

9781452171012

Publisher

Chronicle Books

Imprint

Chronicle Gift

Series

Category

Stationery

Format

127 x 178 mm

Extent

30pp

Illustrations

30 full-colour postcards

Age Range

Terms

The Friendship Maintenance Society was founded by two friends separated by 3000 miles of continent longing to hear about everything going on in the other's mind, or at least what sort of pastry they'd share if they were together. They're dedicated to helping long-distance friends stay in touch the tried-and-true way: pen, paper, stamp. Christie Young is an illustrator and designer based in New York. She is the illustrator of Girl Talk: Unsolicited Advice for Modern Ladies, and her work has appeared in NYLON, Madewell, GOOD magazine, and more.

Key Information • • • •

Female friendship is having a moment, and these are the perfect cards for hardworking and busy feminists to send to the girlfriends they miss, care about, love , and rely on-and have been meaning to call forever. The postcard book captures the nostalgic appeal of snail mail, coupons, certificates, tickets, and all things analog-increasingly in-demand in an era in which more and more people are seeking ways to unplug and treasure the tactile. It only takes a moment to add a personal touch to these postcards, really all the sender has to do is add her name. The tone of the card is playful, caring and witty enough to make the receiver feel loved and cared for. Audience knows no bounds, but the first box of cards will chase and appeal to women, primarily focusing on the busiest/flustered 20-to-45- year-old bracket (while remaining inclusive of women in their fifties and sixties).

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

FriendshipMaintenance_Postcards_Mechs.indd 1

2/15/18 12:42 PM

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO From Friendship Maintenance: 30 Postcards to Say How Much You Freaking Care, published by Chronicle Books in 2018. Copyright Â© 2018 by The Friendship Maintenance Society. Illustrations and handlettering by Christie Young.

FriendshipMaintenance_Postcards_Backs_Mechs.indd 1

2/15/18 10:51 AM

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

FriendshipMaintenance_Postcards_Mechs.indd 2

2/15/18 12:42 PM

From Yes to I Do An Engagement Journal Chronicle Books Bride Ideas with a mindfulness bent and a fun, sparkly cover that makes a perfect gift and a lovely keepsake. A sweet keepsake journal for brides-to-be to capture all the special moments of their engagement, from the proposal up until the big day. With a sparkly gift cover and spaces to records thoughts and feelings throughout the engagement and reflect on how they're feeling about the wedding and marriage in general, or maybe jot down some notes during wedding planning, this journal is a helpful companion in the run-up to the wedding day and a treasured keepsake thereafter.

Key Information • • Publication

01 November 2018

Binding

Notebooks & Journals

Price

AU$24.99

ISBN

9781452163291

Publisher

Chronicle Books

Imprint

Chronicle Gift

Series

Category

Stationery

Format

203 x 152 mm

Extent

160pp

Illustrations

Ruled pages, ribbon marker, die cut window on cover with confetti window

Age Range

Terms

• •

The dynamic sparkly cover will stand out in the market from other journals and wedding planners. It fits perfectly with Chronicle's "surprise and delight" goals and adds a new twist to a great format. There are plenty of wedding planners out there for brides to capture all the details of their wedding, but few journals specifically for reflecting on this big moment and none published in the last five years. The fun and unique format and just-right content will make this a must-have for brides. The evergreen content and fun design will make this a strong backlist title that can weather changes in trends. Chronicle excels at wedding-related formats that give brides space to think and breathe. This title will fit in with our other journals for brides that don't rely on trends.

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

Tell the story of how you got engaged. Where was it? How did it happen? Were you surprised? Fill in the blanks below and then add the rest of the story. Donâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;t leave out any details so you can really capture the moment and relive it years from now.

After we got engaged, we celebrated by

, and Then we finally told people

FromYestoIDo_INT_mechs_smallerdots.indd 14-15

. later.

9/21/17 10:28 AM

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

The ring.

Some people have one, some people don’t, but there’s always a story. Tell yours here.

The Ring

FromYestoIDo_INT_mechs_smallerdots.indd 16-17

9/21/17 10:28 AM

A Year Off A story about traveling the worldùand how to make it happen for you David Brown Under the Tuscan Sun meets Roadmap with a beautiful story of love and adventure, plus the tools to set off on your own travel journey. A Year Off is the story of a couple who decided to take a year off from their jobs to travel the world. They weren't escaping from career failure or recovering from terrible relationships or trying to figure out what to do with their lives. But they both wanted to travel – not just take vacations – and they thought that now would be the perfect time to do it. The book follows their journey as they figure out how to travel, where they're going, and joins them on an epic around-the-world adventure as well as the aftermath of reentering their lives at home when the travel ends. Along the way the book includes how-to information for fellow travellers, including advice on everything from packing to budgeting to career management to handling relationships with family and friends before, during, and after the trip.

Author Details

Publication

01 November 2018

Binding

Hardback

Alexandra and David Brown are world travellers who find time to travel the world with sacrificing their careers, relationships, or their love for each other. They live in San Francisco with their daughter.

Price

AU$40.00

Key Information

ISBN

9781452164656

Publisher

Chronicle Books

Imprint

Chronicle Adult

Series

Category

Travel Writing

Format

203 x 152 mm

Extent

256pp

Illustrations

4-5 full page illustrations; full-colour photographs throughout

Age Range

Terms

• •

•

So many travel books are either memoir or practical information, story or suggestions. This book combines both and is just as much advice and information for the would-be world traveller as it is an enticing journey for the armchair adventurer. There are lots of travel stories about young people who go on an adventure after their life turns upside down and books for new grads seeking cheap travel options while they figure out what to do with their lives. But there are almost no travel books for adults who have a good life but dream of taking time off to travel without blowing up their lives. This is that book. The authors have done the trip and given advice to friends on how to replicate it. They know what they're talking about and their story is incredible and inspiring for everyone who thought maybe one day they might like to take an extended trip abroad. This is the full package-a great story, an inspiring romance, good advice, and lovely photographs of an incredible trip.

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

Chapter 1

While we thought the first step was deciding to go, in reality it

Taking the First Step

was putting that decision into action: quitting our jobs, telling our families and friends, and grappling with the troupe of emo-

tions that came barreling in once we turned our lives upside down. In this chapter, we offer tools and perspective on how

to gracefully quit your job, tell the people in your life about THE FIRST STEP David

your decision to travel, and approach the different emotional responses you may feel after making your decision.

Everyoneâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s experience of taking the first major step is going to be different, as everyone has unique contexts and perspectives. At the time we decided to take our trip, Alexandra had lived in four cities over the previous year and was a freelancer. I, on the other hand, was quite rooted in San Francisco and in my career. 14

No matter the circumstance, the choice to go is a significant

decision. From our experience, there is no simple path to follow when it comes to mustering the courage needed to deviate from the norm or your norm. Finding the kernel of personal truth that enables you to know this trip is the right decision is a deeply personal process. We each had unique processes of coming to terms with our decision once it was made, but we also found comfort and insight in the stories of others who had consciously deviated from more traditional paths, as well as from the people we were so afraid of disappointing with our decision to go.

Taking the First Step

AYearOff_INT_final_correx.indd 14-15

2/27/18 10:07 AM

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

2/27/18 10:08 AM AYearOff_INT_final_correx.indd 22-23

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

Making It Real

I finished my morning routines and left for work. Walking

San Francisco, CA

into the office that day I felt surprisingly clear on how I was going to

DAVID

spill the beans on this plan. I had a great professional relationship

with my bosses. I felt especially indebted to my direct boss for all 37.7749° N, 122.4194° W

he had taught me over the past few years. I was unsure how either

would respond, and was nervous about burning a bridge, but I felt

From the moment I awoke, I felt anxious and unfocused. I was

they deserved to hear my honest and authentic story, not the corpo-

going to quit my job in four hours. My fears and doubts were eating

rate edit.

me alive, and I had to get them out in the open. Desperate for help,

During our meetings, I expressed my gratitude for the incredible

I took some advice from a friend to literally say everything in my

education and experience they had provided me. I put my decision to

head aloud, get it all out there, and see what held water. I went

leave in the larger context of my past life and future goals. I shared

into my room, closed the door, and let it all out: “David, who do you

with them the process that got me to this point and my desire to

think you are? This is both irresponsible and foolish. No one will catch

feel inspired again. I even revealed my feelings about the crazy and

you if you fall. There is a solid chance this will ruin your profes-

exhilarating new love in my life and the momentum it had created.

sional reputation and you will pay for it for the rest of your career.

I was also very candid about the fact that my heart was no longer in

You barely know this woman. This may ruin what seems like a totally

my role and how it pained me not to live up to a standard in which I

incredible relationship. Travel will not solve anything.” The list went

could take pride. I can only imagine they were taken off guard by

on and on.

both the news and my candor.

Eventually, my mind quieted, and I felt more connected to my

I always knew my bosses cared for me beyond a professional

gut. In that moment of calm, the same belief that compelled me to

level, but our conversations that day were so human. I had a strong

want to do the trip in the first place came back to me: pursuing this

sense they genuinely wanted the best for me. One boss even said,

adventure was the most honest step forward in my life. It was not

“Well, pitching a new exciting role seems futile. I’m sad to lose

perfect, but nothing ever is.

you, but I’m excited to hear about what’s to come.” Leaving these

AYearOff_INT_final_correx.indd 24-25

2/27/18 10:08 AM

to giving notice, I had imagined leaving the office and feeling a combination of freedom, fear, and finality. I was abandoning the

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

meetings, I felt a surprising sense of support. For weeks leading up

HOW TO PREPARE FOR AND HAVE “THE TALK” WITH YOUR BOSS

protection of my well-defined career and deserting what I had

Deciding to quit your job to travel the world can feel like an

worked so hard to achieve, along with those who had invested so

enormous step, but actually telling the people you work with

much in helping me do so. Those emotions were part of it, but I also

can feel equally big in its own way. How you approach the conversation will ultimately depend on what you may want after

felt excitement, understanding, and encouragement. I did not need

you come back, but there are a few steps to consider in making

their permission, nor was I requesting anything from them, but they

the whole process more fruitful for everyone.

chose to wish me the very best and offered to help me if I ever needed

1/ Reconsider the “guns blazing” approach that you may be

it. I believed they would. They had given me their blessings.

fantasizing about. You never know what the future holds and what you may want in a year. If you need some catharsis, do a little role-playing with friends over drinks so you can really give it to the man, but be respectful when it comes time for the actual talk.

2/ To be honest with your boss, start by being honest with yourself and getting clear on your intentions. Before the talk, make a list broken out in sections: the reasons you want to take this trip, what you’re hoping to get from travel, how long you are considering being away, and how you feel about returning to your career or even your current company if that’s an option. continued

AYearOff_INT_final_correx.indd 26-27

2/27/18 10:08 AM

Canberra City Suburbs & South Coast Map 248 7th ed UBD Gregory's

The latest edition of the Canberra city and suburbs map has been fully revised and updated. With suburban coverage of Canberra and Queanbeyan and a Canberra and south coast regional map and towns index covering north to Murrumbateman, east and along the coast from Nowra to Eden, south to Bombala and west to Corryong. 1:10 000 Canberra city coverage and index. 1:25000 Queanbeyan coverage and index. Street level mapping for the south coast towns of Batemans Bay, Bega, Cooma, Eden, Merimbula, Mogo, Narooma and Ulladulla Mollymook. With all the information above packed into this handy sheet map it is the perfect companion when travelling around Canberra and the South Coast.

Publication

01 November 2018

Binding

Paper Map

Price

AU$9.99 | NZ$12.99

ISBN

9780731931842

Publisher

Universal Publishers

Imprint

Maps

Series

City Map

Category

Travel

Format

920 x 690 mm

Extent

1 map

Illustrations

Colour map

Age Range

Terms

Sydney to Melbourne Map 245 7th ed UBD Gregory's

The latest edition of the Sydney to Melbourne touring map has been fully revised and updated. It includes strip maps for travelling both the Princes Highway/Freeway and the Hume Motorway/Highway/Freeway with information on the major towns along these routes. There is also state mapping at a scale of 1: 975 000 highlighting both routes between Sydney & Melbourne, an overview with explanation to make it easier for you to choose to travel The Hume or The Princes and a list of Visitor Information Centres. With all this information contained on this handy fold up map it is an essential tool to have when travelling between Sydney and Melbourne.

Publication

01 November 2018

Binding

Paper Map

Price

AU$9.99 | NZ$12.99

ISBN

9780731931859

Publisher

Universal Publishers

Imprint

Maps

Series

Touring Map

Category

Travel

Format

920 x 690 mm

Extent

1 map

Illustrations

Colour map

Age Range

Terms

Give a F**k A Brief Inventory of Ways In Which You Can Kerby Rosanes A funny, wise, practical and expressive guide to caring and compassion – also known as ‘giving a f**k’! With the increasing popularity of self-care and compassion in our lives, and the need for purpose and fulfilment in the wider world, journalist and life coach Felicity Morse has turned her smart and witty focus to the important theme of giving more of a f**k – about ourselves and our behaviour, and about everything around us. The key to a happy life can be found in rewriting outdated ‘scripts’ about ourselves, our likes and dislikes, and what we choose to engage with, and embracing our new story. A story that gets us to the happy ending we all deserve. Give a F**k covers Self, Relationships, Community and Infinity and Beyond and combines the author’s warm, witty and philosophical narrative with thought-provoking and easy-to-implement emotional and role-play exercises. As a practicing successful life coach, Felicity Morse uses this expertise, along with her unique and entertaining voice to help us conquer our personal obstacles in the path of developing our most caring selves.

Author Details

Publication

01 November 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$19.99 | NZ$22.99

ISBN

9781782439196

Publisher

Michael O'Mara Books

Imprint

Michael O'Mara

•

Series

•

Category

Self Help

Format

178 x 111 mm

Extent

256pp

Illustrations

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Felicity Morse is a digital journalist, editor, social media consultant and life coach. She’s written and worked for Huffington Post UK, the Independent, GQ and the BBC – and has more recently been digital editor for i. She is now a full-time life coach and writer. Felicity has been focusing her writing and career on relationship and personal development, running an advice column for the i – as well as a coaching business, advising clients on how to overcome their personal hurdles to live a more fulfilling life. As part of this process she has also written powerfully and to acclaim about her own personal journey through grief and trauma.

Key Information

• •

A witty, thought-provoking and refreshing angle on the theme of compassion and caring. A great shelf-companion to the likes of The Life-Changing Magic of Not Giving a F**k, with a distinct perspective. Beautiful gift hardback in elegant A-format Felicity Morse is a writer with a growing platform (37,000 Twitter followers) and reputation for her sharply intelligent journalism. She has written for Huffington Post, the Independent, GQ and the BBC , and more recently was the digital editor for i.

give a f

A BATTLE OF F ** KS

hether we’re aware of it or not, most of us are engaged in a philosophical struggle as we go about our daily lives. It is a fight I have come to see as a battle of f**ks. Forget ‘to be or not to be’, in this golden age of interconnected agitation, post Trump, post Brexit, the existential question we face is whether or not to give an actual f**k. You might already know which side of the fight you are on. Perhaps comfortably reclining on the front line with the ‘f**k its’ and a large glass of wine. Forget the world’s woes because what could you do about them anyway? That might not be you exactly, but nonetheless you might belong to the higher echelons of this tribe; you might believe ‘letting go’ is the secret to contentment (if this isn’t you, you’ll identify these folk by their slightly smug ‘virtue-signal’ smile and far away look when you attempt to engage them in your personal irritation). 2

**k

It’s not that I’m unaware of the spiritual benefits of ‘surrender’ - it’s just that this meditative attitude – though wonderful whilst ‘omming’ on the mountaintop – is not much use to those of us who live down below in the marketplace and are continually aware of the utter state of things. This ‘utter state of things’ is the reality that the other side to the higher echelons – the Give a F**ks – are attempting to engage with. On this end of the battlefield you’ll meet first a band of energetic, impassioned folks who really care - they are usually quite active on Facebook, promoting causes, sharing videos, being *interested* in events. And then there are the worrier cadets, the low-energy branch of the Give a F**ks; a bunch made inactive by the sheer scale of their concern. They aren’t much fun to be around, and their hyperactive cousins, sometimes admirable project managers, can be equally annoying in their evangelism. Aside from these diehard stereotypes, most of us tend to switch sides fairly regularly, depending on how overwhelmed, irritated or exhausted we feel. Neither way quite fits the demands of modern life so the majority of us ping-pong between the two, watching our newsfeeds, doing twelve-hour days at work and occasionally becoming imbued with a sense of injustice and purpose. Until it all gets too much. Then we become wired and tired and pop off for a lie down, a glass of wine, or sign up for a yoga class. After a little rest and refresh we usually find something else to give a f**k about, until once again we are beaten by the sheer size of the task and so the cycle begins again. As we get older we quite often disengage altogether, because 3

give a f

**k

there seems to be so much that we could give a f**k about right now that it seems impossible to care about it all. The problem is not that we don’t care – it’s that we’re probably going about it in the wrong way. But there IS a middle way - to give a f**k about the important stuff without losing your mind. You’ll know if you’ve met someone who truly gives a f**k just by talking to them you feel inspired, energetic - suddenly everything feels charged with possibility. It’s contagious. Who wouldn’t want to be that type of person? Easier said than done. See caring – giving a f**k – is actually a practice. Think of it like a muscle. And like with all training, you need start small to avoid getting whacked. Lots of us are starting to too big with our give a fuck muscle –picking up the 40kg weight (say for example starvation in Africa) – and then deciding it’s not for us because we couldn’t pick it up successfully. We become disillusioned. Or perhaps we soldier on regardless, but ultimately pretty pointlessly. How many people do you know that are campaigning for a cause when you feel their attention would better directed closer to home? Many of us have also picked up the habit of only really paying attention to the things we feel strongly about. We give a lot of thought to the things that we hate or annoy us: that woman who won’t shut up at work, or the bus replacement service, or the way our partner always leaves the seat up/down. Then we forget about our lovely colleague who always makes our coffee just right, and actually the weather is not too bad either and aren’t the colours of that tree’s leaves rather beautiful? Conversely 4

give a f

**k

only focusing on things we love makes us avoidant, turning our attention away from our fears, confrontation, anything that threatens us, telling ourselves and people around us that we ‘don’t give a f**k .’ Think about why? Perhaps hating on social media, for example, is exposing that what you really long for is human connection. Beneath every complaint is usually a desire. Admitting you care is a scary mini-rebellion. It’s courageous. And it’s hard. But if you fail at first, don’t worry. This journey you’re going on is not about beating up on yourself - it’s about embracing things and discovering yourself. I’m a BIG proponent of giving a f**k and I want to tell you how it not only empowers you, it empowers your family, your community and, if you do it right, well - the sky’s the limit. Commit to caring and the possibility of making a positive difference in this chaotic world opens right up. When we align with the things we care about, we not only discover more about ourselves, but also reclaim our purpose. If you follow the exercises in this book you’ll naturally discover where your true desire lies. Giving a f**k involves being interested, being curious, in all aspects of life. About directing your attention, embracing the pleasant and the unpleasant, and considering what it gives you and what you can do. Consider me your give a f**k personal trainer. FELICIT Y MORSE

give a f

**k

Exercise 1: Facing it, locating it, asking it, loving it.

GIVING A F**K

. . . about how you feel.

his is part of setting up a strong platform of self-care, so you can give a f**k about everything! Feelings are important. Too many of us disregard them, especially the difficult ones (think fear, jealousy, anger, even love) because they can be uncomfortable – painful even. But feelings are part of being human, hardwired into us for survival. You can’t banish them. Sometimes we make the situation worse by avoiding them (a couple of bottles of wine after work anyone?) Suppressing emotions wastes time and energy. It’s a bit like pushing a beach ball underwater. Despite a lot of exertion, it inevitably pops up anyway, exploding out of the water with force. Emotions themselves are not good or bad - they are simply energetic information. They help you know yourself and how to care for yourself, if you slow it down enough to feel.

You can do this exercise alone or with a friend you trust. If you’re doing it solo, either write it down, speak it out loud or record it on your phone. Set a timer. Commit to fifteen minutes. This allows you to sink into your emotions, without them feeling overwhelming and endless. Take two deep breaths, in through the nose and out through the mouth. Start asking yourself the questions.

Question 1: ‘How are you feeling right now?’ Example answer: I am feeling angry Response: Thank you. Give yourself permission to feel this.

Watch out for thoughts disguised as feelings; these often come with a ‘like’. For example ‘I feel like I want to punch my boss’. Remember stress is not a feeling - it’s a reaction to a feeling, or a mixture of feelings.

Bird Messages Includes 52 specially commissioned cards and a 64-page illustrated book Susie Green Birds captivate us, soaring through the sky and singing their sweet songs, and here this beautifully illustrated book and card set reveals their hidden wisdom and messages of spiritual guidance.

‘This set of cards with hand-painted illustrations will resonate with anyone who feels a powerful affinity with the animal kingdom. [...] The accompanying booklet provides insight into the message each animal brings and suggests spreads for divination.’ Review of Animal Messages, Cygnus We have always been fascinated by birds, watching them and trying to attract them into our gardens. Each of the 52 exquisitely illustrated cards in this unique boxed set includes a message from these amazing creatures that speaks to our heart and shows us the way forward. With her cheerful song, tiny Blue Tit encourages you to find your voice, while Peregrine Falcon teaches you to seize the moment. Hanging Parrot counsels you to surrender to universal flow, while sociable Starling inspires you to achieve your goals by finding strength in social community. The accompanying book gives a full explanation of each message, as well as showing how to lay out the cards for a reading. Whether you use the cards for affirmation or for divination, you will be amazed at the insights you gain.

Publication

01 November 2018

Binding

All Other Merchandise

Price

AU$34.99

ISBN

9781782496625

Author Details

Publisher

CICO

Imprint

Cico Books

Susie Green is the author of the best-selling Animal Messages , published by CICO Books, and has written extensively about pets and their wilder cousins for the Guardian , the Daily Mail , and specialist animal magazines. She lives in Tunbridge Wells, Kent.

Series

Key Information

Category

Stationery

•

Format

160 x 135 mm

•

Extent

64pp

Illustrations

52 colour artworks

Age Range

Terms

SOR

•

52 cards, each with an individual message, beautifully illustrated by fine artist Alan Weston. 64-page illustrated book including interpretation for each card and clear instructions on how to lay them out for a reading. Susie Green is also the author of Animal Messages, which has sold over 42,000 copies worldwide.

CB1233 Bird Messages DSJ v1

Discover wisdom from your bird guides Contents STA R G STARLING STARLIN

Find nd strength h in social community munity and an achieve achie ieve your goals g goal go oa

Introduction 6

Connecting with bird spirits 9 Using the cards 18 Getting started 22 Spreads for divination 24 The messages 37

Find strength in social community and achieve your goals

Penguin

Starling, a chattering, bold blur of glittering iridescence; sleek and glossy, a symphony of greens, purple, and turquoise, set on shining black. Starling, most gregarious of birds, is at home in the largest of cities and the most remote countryside. Starling gathers with her kind in swirling, whirring ﬂocks of thousands, a wondrous, dancing coordination of swoops and gatherings, dives and turns. When Starling has ﬁnished her display, she returns with her great community to their capacious roost. If Starling has appeared in your cards, she advises that close-knit communities offer protection from aggressors. To work in harmony in large groups offers not only security and friendship, but also the strength to achieve communal goals, whether these be matters of local interest or those with wide global importance. One voice may be lost in the wilderness, but 100,000 voices will be heard, wherever they are.

Penguin once flew through blue Antarctic skies and skimmed over southern oceans, diving beneath their waters to feast on fish. As hundreds of thousands of years went by, Penguin swam more and flew less. Finally, her wings became flippers, she exchanged the light hollow bones of flight for those that were dense and solid, and her feathers, now anointed with oil, became short and stiff with a downy undercoat. As your guide, Penguin counsels that change, no matter how radical, is always possible. We cannot become new people overnight, but if we accept that change takes time, and believe in our hearts that the cumulative effect of hundreds of tiny changes is in the end monumental, we can eventually do anything. Penguin exchanged the wonder of aerial flight for an incomparable mastery of the seas. Like Penguin, you, too, can metamorphose. You just need to take that first small step.

Pheasant

Roman Tufted Goose

Flamingo

FLAMINGO MINGO MING IN ING

Nourish your soul and nd yyou will survive harsh circumstances

Nourish your soul and you will survive harsh circumstances

PEREGRINE REGRINE EGRINE GGRINE FAL FA LCON

Seize ze the th momentt in n life and love lov or lose se it forever

Seize the moment in life and love or lose it forever

Peregrine Falcon

Bald Eagle

Falcon, lord of the high skies. The fastest being to grace Earth, Falcon is aerodynamic beauty clothed in softest cream and browny gray. His head held proudly high, he is true poetry in motion. The dry desert sky cleaves for Falcon, his body a blur as he dives at almost two hundred miles an hour toward the glittering sands of the desert below. For from his lofty, cruising altitude, Falcon’s pinpoint vision has revealed a bird ﬂying in the sharp rays of the Saharan sun. Food for life, food for survival, he snatches it from the air. Falcon does not hesitate, procrastinate, or change his mind. Falcon knows that to do so is to lose everything. And if Falcon has ﬂashed into your cards, neither must you. An opportunity has appeared before you. Cast all doubt aside and seize the moment. It will never come your way again.

Bald Eagle, majestic predator of wide blue skies, is feathered power incarnate. Seven thousand feathers cover her mighty body, their magic allowing her to soar so near the mystic that native American Indians recognize her as a symbol of divinity. Sky dancer supreme, at ten thousand feet Eagle locks talons with her lifelong mate, and together they cartwheel spectacularly toward earth and sea, only breaking free seconds away from impact. If Eagle has whirled into your cards, she speaks to you not of power, but of the foundation on which it is built. The foundation from which she came and which she in turn will give to her chicks—a great nest, which may stretch upward to twenty feet and reach nine feet wide. A nest that any chick will feel safe in. She counsels that you, too, prepare diligently for the challenges ahead and provide for others that you love. For from secure beginnings, everything is possible.

40 The Messages

mindfulness

BALD EAGL GLE

From om a st strong foundation, eve everything is possible in love and d life lif

From a strong foundation, everything is possible in love and life The Messages 41

etc

wellness, meditation & spirituality

PENNGUIN PENGUIN

Small steps lead le d to profound metamorphosis metamorphosis

Small steps lead to profound metamorphosis

Blackbird

Pheasant, gaudy denizen of the exotic East, of Manchuria and From Goose’s egg hatched the magical, mysterious world of ancien ancient as sacre Georgia, Java and Korea, traveled to Greece and then Ancient Egypt, on whom rode their deity Horus as a child. Goose was sacred Flaming Flamingo lives on Africa’s baking volcanic salt lakes,before lakes settling in England—a Blackbird, so mellifluous and heart-wrenching his song, so magically Rome, land of plenty, rich in yellowto Juno, queen of Rome, and in 390 BCE saved Rome by warning arning of o that in summer’s hostile heat become caustic white curds. But fields what isand bright berried bushes. melodious his tune at twilight, that the Celts named him Druid.of the Gaulish marauders with her loud honking. grained theBlack approach g. harsh for one is manna for another, and here Shrimp proliferates For your Blackbird as the solar energy of conscious action gives way If Pheasant has strutted proudly into cards,sings crowing raucously, Goose has lived with Human for thousands of years, not only nly in wildly, providing Flamingo with abundant food and the to the energy ofPheasant unconscious desire, and the borders between his flashing counsel pink is that you adapt to place andlunar circumstance. our farms, but also in our homes. For territorial Goose, like Dog, og, is our ou pigment of her feathers. worlds lullaby as you drowse at summer’s warm dusk, was once a stranger in a strange land, but dissolve. is now soYour perfectly protector, our friend. Our guard against those who would do us ill, If Flamingo has landed in your cards, she counselsadapted that no matter yourfew companion contemplation chill,pecks our enemies hard with her strong orange beak and to England’s countryside that dream heinwas begotten inat winter’s revitalizing Goose how appalling circumstances seem, no matter how devastating a and remote places.Blackbird’s fluting tone is a magic such mysterious And none can now imagine its charm; a charm which honksalters insistently until we heed her. If Goose has arrived in your ur cards card tragedy, you, like her, will endure and, in time, flourish.landscape Flamingo without him. If, like Pheasant, consciousness so that in you may experience the truths itand of to heed the warnings of others. Like Goose, you find yourself foreign is tomessages counsel you e, they could not banish the burning salts, nor bid the sun flame lesswith fiercely, the Pheasant—utterly Otherworld, andyourself, allows your to bethe wellspring of friendship, and their words do realms unfamiliar customs, be like whiledreams and their happenings warn you from o not lie. lie but Flamingo survived and now offers you her blazing strength. every Do detail about your new portents of your absorbing home. Withfuture. knowledge BLACKBIRD I Open to psychic psy hic awareness awareness eness ness to rrecognize recogn not look to the consolations to be found and in glittering shop windows, tuneful arrival in your cards, pay heed portents ents of the future future tur Adapt to place comes ease; with familiarity, happiness.If Blackbird Pheasant isannounces welcome his in the for they will fade, being as ephemeral as the intense four colorcorners of her of the globe. And so will to you yourbe. intuitions and allow yourself to relax into magic daydreams circumstance to discover Open to psychic awareness feathers when rippedhappiness from her living flesh. Look instead to nourish where the future is revealed. Meander through nature at sunset and and contentment to recognize portents of your spirit and soul. let your thoughts wander where they will. Blackbird is ready to open the future the door to your psychic self, if only you will let him.

38 The Messages

Acknowledgments 64

IW CB1233 Bird Messages DSJ_06.indd 2

Starling

ROMAN TUF RO TUFT TU F TEDD GOOSE FT FTE GOOS

Problem ms may be av ms avo voided vo ided b by h hee heeding di th tho ose who offe o offer err warnings

Problems may be avoided by heeding those who offer warnings The Messages 39

Crystal Clear Change your energy, heal your life Golnaz Alibagi Whether you want to wow your boss, meet your soulmate, develop self-confidence or keep calm in a crisis, Crystal Clear will show you how to do all this and more for a happier, healthier life.

“Golnaz gently mentors readers through the qualities of each stone. Her practical suggestions will help nurture and encourage any budding crystal-guru to success.” Review by Spirit and Destiny With so many beautiful and powerful gems to choose from, it can be difficult to know which one is best for your current situation. Golnaz Alibagi makes choosing the correct crystal easy by organising gems by benefit, with chapters on home, work, love, friendship, abundance and wellbeing. Publication

01 November 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$24.99

ISBN

9781782496571

Publisher

CICO

Imprint

Cico Books

Series

Category

New Age/Inspirational

Golnaz Alibagi is the deputy editor of Soul & Spirit magazine, and writes their monthly crystal column. She has worked as a journalist for more than eight years and has contributed to a range of leading publications, including The Times magazine. She is passionate about bringing self-help and the power of crystals to a wide audience. The author is based in Colchester, UK.

Format

210 x 170 mm

Key Information

Extent

144pp

•

Illustrations

300+ colour photographs

•

Age Range

•

Terms

SOR

•

From placing rose quartz in your bath to attract love, to putting tree agate in a flowerpot to help your finances grow, Golnaz suggests easy ways to channel the dynamic energies of crystals. Handy ‘crystal cocktails’ and ‘gem-scriptions’ show you how to combine the crystals to maximise their healing power, and each chapter features a ‘power crystal’ with an in-depth look at this crystal’s properties, including links to the chakras, astrology and the planets. Golnaz’s easy-to-follow, practical suggestions will help you to work with crystals to change every aspect of your life for the better.

Author Details

Fully illustrated with beautiful colour photographs of each crystal. Golnaz Alibagi is very well-connected within the MBS community and has worked with crystal experts including Judy Hall, Mary Lambert and Doreen Virtue. Golnaz works at Psychic Sisters in Selfridges, London. Adele holds crystals while she’s performing, Katy Perry sleeps with one next to her pillow, and Victoria Beckham uses them backstage at her fashion shows — the influence of celebrities and the Instagrammable appeal of crystals (the hashtag has been used more than 6 million times) has led to a huge resurgence in the popularity of crystals for wellness among millennials.

Holistic Spaces 108 ways to create a mindful and peaceful home Anjie Cho Transform your home into a calm, balanced and harmonious oasis using architect Anjie Cho’s helpful advice, drawing on her background in green design and feng shui.

Publication

01 November 2018

You don’t have to get rid of all your possessions and become an ascetic to change your space and discover the benefits that living in a considered, organic way can bring. The easy suggestions in Holistic Spaces show you how to implement the principles of feng shui and green design in your home. Written for the way we live today, as we move toward a more mindful approach to health, diet and the way that we choose the objects in our homes, this is the perfect guide to help you to clear and refresh your living environment. Learn how to make every room in your home serve its highest purpose, create eco-friendly spaces, bring nature indoors, choose colours for maximum impact, select a space for meditation practice, and overall, create a peaceful and organic home. From the bedroom to the home office, these intuitive, straightforward tips will teach you to how improve your spaces to boost the flow of energy through your life.

Binding

Hardback

Author Details

Price

AU$29.99

ISBN

9781782496670

Anjie Cho is a registered architect and certified feng shui consultant based in New York City, USA. She has been featured in dozens of publications including the L.A. Times and BuzzFeed . Her website is at www.anjiecho.com.

Publisher

CICO

Imprint

Cico Books

Series

Category

New Age/Inspirational

Format

210 x 170 mm

Extent

176pp

Illustrations

200 colour photographs

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Key Information • • •

Sustainability and green living are popular decorating ideas for 2018 (Huffington Post). Feng Shui is a top trend for 2018. From Elle Décor: "Colour can either bring balance, harmony, and good energy... or it can create chaos and low energy in one's space." Anjie Cho is an expert in creating nurturing environments by designing spaces with an understanding of sustainability, informed by the ancient practice of feng shui.

Living Forever Chic Tish Jett Why French women of a certain age are the consummate hostesses, homemakers, and style icons – and how you can be, too. Frenchwomen – particularly those 40 – are role models for stylish and gracious living, what the French call l'art de vivre. American-born fashion journalist Tish Jett, who has studied these women for years, shared their beauty secrets in her first book,

Forever Chic . Now she explores why Frenchwomen of a certain age are master hostesses and homemakers, expert practitioners of les bonnes manières as well as everyday elegance, savoir-faire, and as a result, la joie de vivre. Jett explains how to entertain like a Frenchwoman, including a glimpse into the typical French larder from which a delicious meal can be thrown together with ease, to detailed instruction on laying a beautiful table and crafting a perfect cheese plate. She explores everyday style and elegance, disclosing how to create that special bien dans sa peau (to feel good about oneself) sensation so coveted by Frenchwomen. Jett also shares the importance of discipline, which goes hand in hand with beauty – a well-ordered closet, be it for clothes or linens, translates to easy everyday elegance. With tips on adjusting your beauty and style regimes seasonally, charmingly packaged with colour illustrations, Living Forever Chic is a delightful gift for the Francophile in your life.

Author Details Publication

01 November 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$50.00

ISBN

9780847863051

Publisher

Rizzoli International

Imprint

Rizzoli

Series

Category

Non Fic General

Format

203 x 127 mm

Extent

224pp

Illustrations

Colour line illustrations throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

For years, Tish Jett was a fashion editor for The New York Daily News Tonight edition, the style and fashion editor of the Detroit Free Press , and before that, Midwest Bureau Chief for Women's Wear Daily and W . When the opportunity to become Style Editor of the International Herald Tribune in Paris was presented to her, she quit her job in New York, packed up her daughter and dogs, and decided to see what fate had in store. While working for the Herald Tribune , she was approached by the Chicago Tribune to be a correspondent from Paris and later – still working for both "Tribunes" – she became the last editor of American Elle before its popularity proved the magazine could happily live in New York City. Instead of moving back to New York with Elle , she decided love was more important than the plans she had originally had for her career. So she married her Frenchman and continued her writing through freelance assignments and her blog: Frenchwomen of a certain age and their secrets .

Key Information • •

•

• •

Forever Chic has been sold into dozens of countries and been through several printings. The new book extends the Forever Chic brand by focusing on the captivating cocktail of what Frenchwomen do in their daily life to "live chic." With a focus on beauty, style, etiquette, and entertaining, this sequel will follow the success of other French series such as Madame Chic. Tish Jett is an American born journalist (last editor of Elle in Paris) who has lived among the French for years. She started her blog, www.afemmeduncertainage.blogspot to discover how French women aged so gracefully and has worked tirelessly to promote her first book. The anti-aging market is massive. From products to surgeries to books touting the Fountain of Youth, women are hungry for anything that will help them look younger, better, more fabulous. Attractively packaged with colour spot illustrations

Where's the Llama? Paul Moran

C OV E R

DRAF T

Get ready for a whole llotta llama drama!

Author Details Paul Moran is a UK-based illustrator who has many years of experience in producing artwork for books, magazines and toys using both digital and traditional techniques.

Key Information Publication

01 November 2018

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$14.99 | NZ$17.99

ISBN

9781789290301

Publisher

Michael O'Mara Books

Imprint

Michael O'Mara

Series

Category

Puzzles & Games

Format

280 x 216 mm

Extent

48pp

Illustrations

Full-colour illustrations throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

• • •

Can you spot all of the llamas?

Where's the Llama 2.indd All Pages

20/03/2018 15:34

Where's the Unicorn Now? Paul Moran

C OV E R

DRAF T

Michael O’Mara presents the hotly anticipated sequel to the 2017 bestselling title Where’s the Unicorn?

Author Details Paul Moran is a UK-based illustrator who has many years of experience in producing artwork for books, magazines and toys using both digital and traditional techniques.

Key Information Publication

01 November 2018

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$14.99 | NZ$17.99

ISBN

9781782439950

Publisher

Michael O'Mara Books

Imprint

Michael O'Mara

Series

Category

Child Non Fiction

Format

280 x 216 mm

Extent

48pp

Illustrations

Full colour throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

• • •

Also Available:

Price

AU$14.99 | NZ$17.99

Price

AU$14.99 | NZ$16.99

ISBN

9781780555904

ISBN

9781782439073

Author Details

Publication

01 November 2018

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$14.99 | NZ$17.99

Key Information

ISBN

9781449482282

•

Publisher

AMP

•

Imprint

Andrews McMeel Books

Series

Category

Child Fiction

Format

203 x 140 mm

Extent

256pp

Illustrations

Full colour

Age Range

8 and up

Terms

SOR

• •

too tired to argue.

At least they decided to give me a bigger allowance. I recalled the conversation with Mom the other day:

“Use these emeralds to enchant your robe with Frost

Protection II,

“Mom. Armor doesn’t protect against falling damage.” “Oh. All right, dear.”

Jello was sound asleep as well. From inside his box, he made quiet little sounds—burble,

burble—the baby slime equivalent of

snoring. I put on my boots and grabbed my sword on my way out the door. It was still dark. But soon, as I made my way to school,

***

I went for a morning jog. I thought it’d help clear my mind. It

didn’t.

Five minutes in, my anger flared like a redstone torch . . . because I saw the posters. They’re everywhere, those posters.

Pebble is on most of them . . .

WAYS I DON’T AL

. . . KILL MOBS

DO, BUT WHEN I

M I KILL THE . T IN ONE SHO 3

There were nearly as many posters with Emerald, Steve,

Mike, the mayor . . . and even Urf. Urf!

WANTED GANKED OR AT MAX HEALTH

REWARD :

500 EMERALDS He took

off on Sunday, from what I heard, carrying half a village supply room with him. He took two donkeys, each with chests, that he loaded up before stuffing his own pockets—all three inventories filled with stacks of iron, enchanted books . . .

in short, our most 4

valuable items.

Author Details

Publication

01 November 2018

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$14.99 | NZ$17.99

Key Information

ISBN

9781449480097

Publisher

AMP

•

Imprint

Andrews McMeel Books

•

Series

Category

Child Fiction

Format

203 x 140 mm

Extent

256pp

Illustrations

Full colour

Age Range

8 and up

Terms

SOR

• •

ALSO AVAILABLE BY CUBE KID:

Price

AU$14.99 | NZ$17.99

Price

AU$14.99 | NZ$17.99

ISBN

9781449480059

ISBN

9781449480059

future captain, hopefully. I can’t

be whining and raging all the time. They can go on their little adventure. Meanwhile, Team Runt will be relaxing in the coolest place in Villagetown.

Party at the pool .

SPLASH For the first time in her life,

Breeze was beginning to have

fun. 7

world isn’t so forgiving. Try spending a night in a tundra biome. You’ll be throwing down a furnace real quick. We changed into our swimming suits and jumped in. We agreed to play Creeper’s

Revenge, one of our favorite games. It’s where a single

“Boom!”

“Boom!!” Breeze glanced at the three of us. “Boom?” (She’d obviously never

played this before.) We all turned to Emerald. 8

“Looks like you’re the cat,” Stump said. However, Emerald didn’t respond. She was still standing on the edge of the shallow side, staring absently into the water.

So an en d from th erman e start?

I knew i

So Breeze was happy and Emerald was sad.

What next?! At this rate, Herobrine will teleport into our village and give everyone milk and cookies. I swam over to her. “Something bothering you?” 9

“Yeah. Me.” She sat down and dipped her legs into the water. “I’ve been thinking, and . . . I just can’t forgive myself.” “For what?” “For

running away. This is the second time I’ve chickened out.”

The other three swam over as well. “Everyone ran yesterday,” Breeze said. “Myself included. Don’t blame yourself.” “Yeah, but you went back.” Emerald exhaled, blowing her bangs upward. “It’s funny, y’know? A lot of kids at school look up to me. They

think I’m so brave.” I climbed up and sat down next to her. “This reminds me of something. During the second battle, with those zombies . . . why did

you run?” “Um,

I was scared?”

“You came back with iron golems, didn’t you?” “Too little, too late.” “But you did the right thing. The same can be said for when you ran from Urkk. You went to go get the others. Even set off the

fireworks Drill gave you.” The war heroine looked away. “So I follow orders. Great. What’s your point?” “I’ll be the first one to say it,” I said, glancing at everyone. “I’ve been

awfully lucky. When Urkk chased me, what would have happened if 10

Key Information • Publication

01 November 2018

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$14.99 | NZ$17.99

ISBN

9781449494865

Publisher

AMP

Imprint

Andrews McMeel Books

Series

Category

Child Fiction

Format

229 x 152 mm

Extent

144pp

Illustrations

B&W illustrations

Age Range

8 and up

Terms

SOR

•

Book 1 in this series has sold almost 25,000 copies without any marketing support. A middle grade book series that ventures into this growing category that has been very successful for adults.

chapter 1

Trapped_Book1_Text_6x9.indd 1

2/6/18 10:42 AM

Trapped_Book1_Text_6x9.indd 2

2/9/18 3:27 PM

Trapped_Book1_Text_6x9.indd 3

2/9/18 3:27 PM

Trapped_Book1_Text_6x9.indd 4

2/6/18 10:42 AM

Author Details Dustin Brady writes funny, action-packed books for kids. Although he regularly gets locked out of his own accounts for forgetting passwords, Dustin still remembers the Super Mario Bros . 3 Game Genie code for infinite lives. Itâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s SLXPLOVS. Dustin lives in Cleveland, Ohio, with his wife, kids, and a small dog named Nugget.

Publication

01 November 2018

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$14.99 | NZ$17.99

ISBN

9781449494896

Publisher

AMP

Imprint

Andrews McMeel Books

Series

Category

Child Fiction

Format

229 x 152 mm

Extent

160pp

Illustrations

9781449494896

Age Range

8 and up

Terms

SOR

chapter 1

Trapped Book 2_text.indd 1

2/21/18 3:32 PM

Trapped Book 2_text.indd 2

2/21/18 3:32 PM

Trapped Book 2_text.indd 3

2/21/18 3:32 PM

Trapped Book 2_text.indd 4

2/21/18 3:32 PM

Trapped Book 2_text.indd 5

2/21/18 3:33 PM

01 November 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$14.99 | NZ$17.99

ISBN

9781910552889

Publisher

Michael O'Mara Books

•

Imprint

Buster Books

•

Series

Category

Child Picture

Format

200 x 200 mm

Extent

32pp

Illustrations

Full colour illustrations

Age Range

2 and up

Terms

SOR

Key Information •

PICASSO PANDA

KAHLO KOALAS

LICHTENSTEIN

LLAMAS

Author Details Publication

01 November 2018

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$14.99 | NZ$17.99

ISBN

9781780555645

Publisher

Michael O'Mara Books

Imprint

Buster Books

Series

Category

Child Novelty

Format

246 x 189 mm

Extent

80pp

Illustrations

Full colour illustrations

Age Range

7 and up

Terms

SOR

Key Information • • •

an ANXIOUS

Gorilla 1

Draw a capital A

A rounded head Two curves for legs

Two lines Two curves to finish legs

Hump back A fat face

Two ears Four feet

A face Lines for fur 4

a BAFFLED

Puffin

Draw a capital B

Three straight lines A curved wing

A curved back A horizontal line

Small, horizontal line Curved lines for the beak

A slanted line An eye 6

Two little feet Fluffy feathers on head 7

an EASYGOING

Koala

Draw a capital E

A rounded back with tail A tree trunk and branch

Two big ears Two little feet

Two curved lines A round tummy

A dozy face Some hair 12

Bark and leaves Lines for fur 13

Adam Spencer Activity Book Adam Spencer

C OV E R

After the runaway bestsellers Enormous Book of Numbers (2015) and Number Crunchers (2016), Australia’s funniest maths dude is back with another bumper activity book for young and eager minds.

DRAF T

Author Details In 1996, while doing a Maths PhD at Sydney Uni, Adam Spencer won the Melbourne International Comedy Festival Raw Comedy Championship. He went on to host the triple j breakfast show with Wil Anderson before graduating to 702 ABC Sydney where he hosted the breakfast show for eight years. His TV credits include The Glasshouse, Good News Week, The Project,Q&A and, with Dr Karl, Sleek Geeks. Adam is the author of several popular mathematics books for adults and kids.

Key Information Publication

01 November 2018

Binding

Paperback

•

Price

AU$19.99 | NZ$22.99

•

ISBN

9781925589580

Publisher

Brio Books

Imprint

Brio Books

Series

Category

Science

Format

300 x 208 mm

Extent

240pp

Illustrations

B&W line illustrations/ diagrams, etc

Age Range

6 and up

Terms

SOR

•

ALSO AVAILABLE BY ADAM SPENCER:

Price Pr

AU$24.99

ISBN 9781925143874

d n i F

NUM

-a d r o W S R BE

Can you find these numbers? Number Googol Ten Multiply Divide Subtract Minus Plus Equation Equals Mathematics

10 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000

(Sorry! I had to make the text really small to make it all fit!)

many s a e it r w , e ing pag w o ll one. o r f e e b h m t u n On e h after t n a c u o y s zeros a s in if o r e z e r o m an fit (Hint: you c small!) em you make th

Write as many zeros as you can after the number one. (Hint: you can fit more zeros in if you make them small!)

E T I WR R U O Y

Count the number of zeros you have written and write the number below.

number of zeros = ______ Now think up a new name for the mind-bogglingly HUGE number you have just created.

HUGE E G H UMBER NU S I H T ON . . . E PA G

The name of my mind-bogglingly

number is _________________. : e e h t e reby nam

I he

! x e f o r Seerto

How to c ut a

e i P

ou Can nyt 29 cou es? piec

depends it s s e u g kay, so I O ? y e h , g to ... k in ic o r g t e y r t ’ r u a Neat p party yo f o d in k t on wha

Little Bluebird's Matching Game Alice Apple Help Little Bluebird and all her companions find a friend! When they do, they'll settle in to their nest in this sweet matching game. Birds of a feather flock together! Help Little Bluebird and her flock find a match! Once you do, let the new friends cuddle in their cozy nest. The player with the most birds in their nest wins! For additional play value, sort the birds by their bright colours and playful accessories, count the birds in each category, and engage in open-ended imaginative play with these sweet characters and their cozy homes. With 24 die-cut game pieces, 3 nests, and a bird-house shaped box, you'll fall in love with matching these lovebirds!

Author Details Alice Apple is a freelance artist designing and producing products for kids with a colourful retro feel. She lives in the UK with her family.

Publication

01 November 2018

Binding

Games & Puzzles

Price

AU$22.99

•

ISBN

9781452167732

•

Publisher

Chronicle Books

Imprint

Chronicle Child

Series

Category

Child Novelty

Format

178 x 178 mm

Extent

24pp

Illustrations

Full colour illustrations

Age Range

3 and up

Terms

SOR

Key Information

•

Alice Apple is a talented UK illustrator creating products with a colourful, retro feel. This matching game pushes traditionally square packaging boundaries while also creating game play that mimics the real world, giving it a satisfying object quality. Place matches in nests, then try new ways to play! Sort the birds by colour or accessories, and count them. Or for unlimited fun, engage in open-ended imaginative play with these sweet characters. Full of educational value from teaching, sorting, and sequencing skills to counting and naming colours!

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

You and Me, Me and You: Brothers Miguel Tanco Whether playing together or apart, a brother is never far from your heart. The beauty of the brotherly bond is on display in this touching tribute to a special sibling relationship. Whimsical illustrations capture the highlights of brotherhood: building sandcastles, flying a kite, making mischief, and cherishing childhood moments together. Bright pops of Pantone orange bestow each illustrated spread with brightness and charm, and a gift-y cloth spine adds an irresistible specialness. At once a sweet picture book for young children and a treasured gift for parents, this heartfelt testament to the inimitable brotherly bond goes straight to the heart.

Author Details Miguel Tanco is a children's book author and illustrator who has authored over 40 books. His first book with Chronicle, You and Me, Me and You, has six foreign editions to date. He lives in Milan, Italy.

Key Information Publication

01 November 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$21.99

ISBN

9781452165486

Publisher

Chronicle Books

Imprint

Chronicle Child

Series

Category

Child Picture

Format

203 x 152 mm

Extent

40pp

Illustrations

Full colour-throughout with fifth Pantone colour

Age Range

1 and up

Terms

SOR

• • • • •

From Mercer Mayer's My Brother and Me to Lauren Numeroff's What Brothers Do Best, picture books about brothers perform well. This is the perfect gift for parents, relatives, grown-up siblings, and especially older brothers when a new brother joins the family. Family and brotherhood are universal. And Miguel Tanco's star is on the rise internationally (there are eight foreign editions of You and Me, Me and You to date). The expressive, minimalistic illustrations will appeal to design-savvy consumers in the adult-crossover category and at the "gift" level, especially those seeking a heartwarming and artful celebration of family. A cloth spine and stand-out interiors (expressive line illustrations punctuated by pops of Pantone) will set this picture book apart from the competition with its appealing-and unique-accessible sophistication.

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

A brother is someone you run with . . .

You_Me_Brothers_INT_MECHS.indd 6-7

11/30/17 3:34 PM

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO and run from.

You_Me_Brothers_INT_MECHS.indd 8-9

11/30/17 3:34 PM

You_Me_Brothers_INT_MECHS.indd 10-11

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

Â A brother shares nothing . . .

11/30/17 3:34 PM

Night Play Lizi Boyd Lizi Boyd's newest book wraps a gentle message within a classic tale and gorgeous illustrations. A uniquely illustrated book with die-cut pages about Arlo and his stuffed animal friends. Arlo likes to put on pretend plays with his stuffed animals. He is both director and star. But after Arlo goes to bed, his friends have ideas of their own. Can they work together to put on their play?

Author Details Lizi Boyd is the author/artist of more than 30 books for children, including Inside Outside, which received four starred reviews, Flashlight, which won the prestigious Bologna Ragazzi Award, Big Bear, Little Chair which was a NYT Notable Book, and the recently published I Wrote You A Note. Publication

01 November 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$29.99

ISBN

9781452155296

Publisher

Chronicle Books

Imprint

Chronicle Child

Series

Category

Child Picture

Format

279 x 229 mm

Extent

40pp

Illustrations

Full-colour illustrations throughout

Age Range

3 and up

Terms

SOR

Key Information • • • •

Lizi Boyd's titles consistently receive the highest critical recognition and steadfast sales. Lizi is one of those rare talents whose books are a sophisticated artistry and yet speak very clearly to even the youngest readers. Fantastical art and exceptional production design combine to create a package that will truly stand out on the shelves in any market channel. The vibrant art feels contemporary and of the moment. At the same time, many of the visual elements, as well as the classic narrative with its perennial and universal theme of bedtime magic and toys that come to life, combine to give this book a timeless quality.

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

Iâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;m so sleepy. Just one more play and off to bed.

Hooray! Starring Arlo and Friends Oh yay! Yippee!

NightPlay_Interior_2ndGalleys.indd 6-7

1/12/18 1:36 PM

I’m so sleepy. Just one more play and off to bed.

I’ll keep watch.

Oh where will we go?

Here are the oars.

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

I’ll find the wind.

Where’s Arlo? Here are the sails.

NightPlay_Interior_2ndGalleys.indd 8-9

1/12/18 1:36 PM

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

Let him sleep. Weâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;ll do Act 2!

Can I tickle Arlo?

NightPlay_Interior_2ndGalleys.indd 10-11

For Act 2, we need . . .

1/12/18 1:36 PM

Animal City Joan Negrescolor The power of stories is at the heart of this book, a theme that will resonate with accounts and readers alike. Nina journeys to a secret jungle city populated by animals, plants, and lost objects. The reason for her visit: Story hour, where a book's power holds the wild in thrall. The animals are eager for stories about space, the sea, and other worlds. But their favourite story of all is this one-a story about a mysterious place, laden with legend and lore, and now overtaken by nature. Five Pantone colours infuse each illustrated spread of this picture book with a vibrant, electric energy, bringing this powerful celebration of nature-and stories-to life.

Author Details Joan Negrescolor is an award-winning author and illustrator. He lives in Barcelona, Spain.

Key Information Publication

01 November 2018

•

Binding

Hardback

•

Price

AU$29.99

•

ISBN

9781452170299

Publisher

Chronicle Books

Imprint

Chronicle Child

Series

Category

Child Picture

Format

298 x 235 mm

Extent

40pp

Illustrations

Full-colour illustrations throughout

Age Range

3 and up

Terms

SOR

•

With visually arresting illustrations, distinctive packaging, and timely themes, this striking book will turn heads and capture hearts. Environmental awareness is a key theme, providing ample opportunities to discuss ecological issues with young readers. Originating from a Portuguese publisher and created by a Spanish artist, this picture book offers a dynamic perspective and illustration style, which will set it apart at retail. Graphically dynamic illustrations invite younger readers into the story and engage them to read critically for understanding and context.

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

Holiday Boredom Buster Suitable for holidays and rainy days, the Holiday Boredom Buster will fill your days with endless fun. This book is packed with pictures to colour, doodles to complete and puzzles to solve – including mazes, spot-the-differences, search-and-finds, dot-to-dots and tricky brainteasers. So pop your pens and this book in your backpack wherever you go to fill your holiday with fun.

Author Details Guy Campbell is a writer and graphic designer since 1986. Started the Creative and Graphics company Moran Campbell da Vinci in 1990 producing corporate ID, advertising (newspapers, magazines, point of sale, posters) and packaging (specialising in toys) for, among other clients, Harrods and Hamleys. Writing credits has included over 40 books for children, a monthly comic for children, hundreds of cartoon strips for newspapers and magazines worldwide, puzzles for books, newspapers and magazines, comedy sketches for TV and a short comic play for BBC radio 5.

Publication

01 November 2018

Binding

Paperback

Ellen Bailey grew up in Cambridge and spent her childhood making up games, putting on plays, and writing a magazine for all the children living in her street. After studying English Literature she worked as a children's book editor for a few years before moving into the charity sector. She lives with her husband and daughters, and is the author of a variety of bestselling activity books and annuals, including All About Me.

Price

AU$14.99 | NZ$17.99

Key Information

ISBN

9781780555683

Publisher

Michael O'Mara Books

Imprint

Buster Books

Series

Category

Child Novelty

Format

96 x 170 mm

Extent

240pp

Illustrations

Full-colour illustrations throughout

Age Range

5 and up

Terms

SOR

• • •

The essential book for any child heading off on a holiday adventure! Packed with puzzles, quizzes and stories, things to make and games to play – guaranteed to keep any beach kid entertained With holiday-themed puzzles to solve – including mazes, spot-the-differences and sudoku brain teasers – beach games and car games, things to make and look out for there need never be a dull day again. The perfect size to fit into a child's rucksack so it is handy on the plane or in car, at the beach or on those rainy days Suitable for 6-8 year olds

AHOY THERE!

Test your seafaring strategy skills with these boat-tastic brainteasers.

BATTLESHIP BRAINTEASER There are a total of three cruisers, three launches and three buoys in this grid. Two buoys, two cruisers and a launch have been revealed for you. Can you find the rest? The numbers tell you how many squares or groups of occupied squares there are in each row or column.

OH BUOY! All the boats are coming back to the harbour and you are the harbour master. Each buoy must have at least one boat horizontally or vertically next to it.

For example the numbers â&#x20AC;&#x2DC;3, 2â&#x20AC;&#x2122; tell you there is a group of three squares together and a group of two squares together, with at least one empty square between them.

The numbers tell you how many boats there can be in each row or column.

Cruiser

Launch

Buoy

Can you make sure each buoy has a boat?

1, 4 2

Boat

Buoy

3, 1 1, 1

1, 1 1 1 2

1, 4 1 4

1 1

2 1

1 2

1 2 1

1 1 1

TREASURE

Colour the chest and fill it with treasures.

Add more islands and details to this treasure map.

SECRET SAFARI

FIND THE MISSING NUMBER

Below is a map of the safari park. To read it you will need to use coordinates. A coordinate is a letter and a number that refers to a location on a map. To use a coordinate, place your finger on the letter on the left-hand side of the map. Trace your finger along the row to the column that matches the number. In that square you will find the animal that the coordinate refers to.

Each animal in this grid represents a number â&#x20AC;&#x201C; either 1, 2, 3 or 4.

Youâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;re visiting a safari park, but where are all the animals?

Can you work out which animals live at the following coordinates?

If you add up the numbers in any row or column, you get the total at the end of that row or column. For example three elephants, and a tiger equals 5, and two elephants a tiger and a lion equals 8. Work out which animal represents which number, and then work out the missing number.

1. D3 2. B1 3. F3 4. C6 5. A4 6. E6

A B

C 12

D E

7 1

7 11

Geometrics A Striking Sticker Challenge Jack Clucas and Barbara Ward A stunning follow-up to Animetrics, this innovative book contains 12 striking pictures of animals, sea creatures, famous landmarks and landscapes to complete. The numbered shapes on each page can be filled with corresponding stickers to create beautiful, intricate artworks. Projects include a spectacular seahorse, magical unicorn and a kaleidoscopic Statue of Liberty. Featuring over 1,400 geometric stickers, it’s the ultimate sticker-by-number challenge for children and adults alike.

Author Details Jack Clucas has worked in publishing for over 10 years, after graduating in Graphic Design from University of Sussex. Jack is a Senior Designer at Buster Books in Clapham. He has worked on a variety of highly successful children’s books over the course of his career.

Publication

01 November 2018

Barbara Ward is a designer based in London. She has worked on several best-selling books, specialising in children's books, for publishers including Egmont, Nosy Crow and Buster Books.

Binding

Paperback

Key Information

Price

AU$19.99 | NZ$22.99

ISBN

9781780555867

Publisher

Michael O'Mara Books

•

Imprint

Buster Books

•

Series

Category

Child Novelty

Format

370 x 265 mm

Extent

42pp

Illustrations

Full colour

Age Range

9 and up

Terms

SOR

• •

•

Stunning follow-up to Animetrics Features 12 striking pictures of animals, sea creatures, famous landmarks and landscapes to complete with geometric sticker shapes. Projects include a spectacular seahorse, magical unicorn and a kaleidoscopic Statue of Liberty The numbered shapes on each page can be filled with corresponding stickers to create intricate artworks From the publishers behind the innovative 'Sticker by Numbers' series With more than 1,400 stickers

8 11

9 14

13 12

19 18

27 26

109

130

133

138

113 114

126

128 129

127

148

145 146

141

153 142

150

151

160 162

180

175

184 191

192 201

199

198

186

185 188

189

193

202

200 208 205

206

204 212 213

211

214

216

215

207

176

168

194 197

173

172

174

183 182

171

170

167

166

159

157

169

181

178

158

155

152

165 163

179

149

156

154

164

177

147

143

139

161

117

116

115

125

144

140

105

103

136

134

132

102

100

124

135

104

101

123 122

131

137

112

119

121

120

111 118

110

108

106

80 90

107

83 82

81 79

68 77

55 54

61 62

52 60

209

210

203

195

187 190

196

120

117

121

118

122

119

123

109

8 21

124

110

100

101

102

114

126

115

125

113

112

111

116

83 85

106

103

107

104

108

105

1 2 3 5

9 8

6 7

12 11

14 18 24

16 20

19 25

21 26

27 23

34 33 35 37

46 44 45 47

59 60

58 57

61 65

64 63

68 67 66

4 11 12

14 26

24 22 20

30 28

29 39

43 54

42 52

62 63

104

103 100

107

102

108 105

109

113

114

106 120 118

112

111

110

101

115

116

117

123 125

122

119

124 121

126

128

127

130

129

133 131

137

132

136

134 135

138

140

139

(Don't) Call Me Crazy Kelly Jensen Essays, lists, poems, and art explore the ways in which 33 contributors cope – and thrive – with mental illness including actress Kristen Bell, figure skater Nancy Kerrigan, and bestselling YA authors like Libba Bray, Adam Silvera, and Victoria Schwab. What does it mean to be crazy? Is using the word crazy offensive? What happens when such a label gets attached to your everyday experiences? In order to understand mental health, we need to talk openly about it. Because there’s no single definition of crazy, there’s no single experience that embodies it, and the word itself means different things – wild? extreme? disturbed? passionate? – to different people.

Publication

01 November 2018

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$34.99

ISBN

9781616207816

Publisher

Workman Publishing

Imprint

Workman

Series

Category

Child Non Fiction

Format

229 x 178 mm

Extent

240pp

Illustrations

Art throughout with 2-colour interior

Age Range

14 to 18

Terms

(Don’t) Call Me Crazy is a conversation starter and guide to better understanding how our mental health affects us every day. Thirty-three writers, athletes, and artists offer essays, lists, comics, and illustrations that explore their personal experiences with mental illness, how we do and do not talk about mental health, help for better understanding how every person’s brain is wired differently, and what, exactly, might make someone crazy. If you’ve ever struggled with your mental health, or know someone who has, come on in, turn the pages, and let’s get talking. Full contributor list: Hannah Bae, Aura/Monique Bedard, Kristen Bell, Libba Bray, Gemma Correll, Reid Ewing, Hannah Gomez, Ashley Halstrom, Heidi Heilig, Christine Heppermann, Shaun David Hutchinson, Mary Isabel, Lisa Jakub, Kelly Jensen, Susan Juby, Mike Jung, S. Jae-Jones, Nancy Kerrigan, Stephanie Kuehn, Emery Lord, Emily Mayberry, MILCK, Amy Reed, Meredith Russo, Yumi Sakugawa, Victoria Schwab, Adam Silvera, s.e. smith, Jessica Tremaine, S. Zaniab Williams, Clint Van Winkle, Dior Vargas, Esmé Weijun Wang.

Author Details Kelly Jensen is a former librarian-turned-editor for Book Riot and Stacked. She’s the author of It Happens: A Guide to Contemporary Realistic Fiction for the YA Reader. She loves black licorice and debating genre. Follow her on Twitter: @veronikellymars.

Key Information • • • •

An amazing list of contributors: The collection will include original essays from actress Kristen Bell, and popular YA authors like Libba Bray, Adam Silvera, and Victoria Schwab. More and more, those who live with mental illness are speaking openly about it – from actors to musicians to athletes – including the 33 powerful voices included in this collection. Like Here We Are: Feminism for the Real World, (Don’t) Call Me Crazy will be highly designed, with a two-colour interior and a scrapbook-like look and feel that will appeal to teens.

Here We Are received five starred reviews, and Kelly Jensen brings her talent for collecting smart, approachable pieces from popular voices into this new collection. A former librarian, Kelly is a contributing editor at BookRiot, runs her own popular YA blog, Stacked Books, and engages daily with 12,000 Twitter followers.

Defining the Thing Is the Trick by Ashley Holstrom

trichotillomania [trik-uh-til-uh-MEY-nee-uh] (NOUN) a compulsion to pull out one’s hair

I don’t remember the first time my hand reached to my eyebrow and pulled. I don’t know how much I’d ripped out before I looked down at my book and saw the pages speckled with eyebrow confetti. I don’t know how long I’d been doing it when my mom walked in, squinted at me, and asked where my eyebrows went. What I do remember is that jock asking when a clown with too much makeup joined the seventh grade. Those girls in health class asking what the hell was up with my face. Kids always, always asking if I had cancer. I remember struggling to color on eyebrows, using pencils that turned orange on my pale skin. I remember feeling like I was the only person who did this thing and couldn’t stop. I remember a therapist telling me her favorite mental illness is “trichotillomania” because the word is fun to say. I remember Jeff, in trigonometry, who said he didn’t know what was wrong with him, but every day in class, his eyelashes would disappear. We sat in the dreaded front row, our heads down until the bell rang. As I packed my bag, he’d brush eyelashes off his notebook. I told him the name of what he was doing and that I did it, too. He was the first person I met who faced “trich” with me. He signed my yearbook with: Thanks for helping me with my eyelash problem. I’m going to really try and not pull them out. Really.

8 (don’t) call me crazy

Book 1.indb 8

3/9/18 4:15 PM

Trichotillomania. Compulsive hair pulling. Its sister, dermatillomania, is compulsive skin picking. They fall under the umbrella of body-focused repetitive behaviors, a group of disorders that causes people to touch their hair, skin, and nails in ways that (usually) cause physical damage. Some people go for the hair on their head; others go for eyebrows, eyelashes, pubic hair, arm hair, leg hair, nose hair, facial hair, any hair. Sometimes the urge is brought on by stress; other times, it’s simply a relaxation method that’s used while doing something mindless: reading, driving, watching TV, doing homework, scrolling through the internet for hours on end. For me, the more I read, the fewer eyebrows and eyelashes I have. When I run out of hair in those places and/or get calluses on my fingertips from my nails digging in with each pull, I go for the hair on my head. Other times I pick at my scalp or find little scabs on my legs. As I drive home from work at midnight, in the comfort of the dark—and of being the only car on the highway—I run my hands over my face to find any imperfections that appeared during the day. In my head, I’m cleansing my body. Never mind that my hands are gross and I’m spreading bacteria. That’s not the point. The satisfaction of ridding my body of a flake of skin, a particularly clumpy bunch of mascaraed eyelashes, or an unruly eyebrow is all I’m after. A high, sort of. A comfort. Bonus: When I pull out my hair, sometimes I create a little sore that will soon scab over, and now there’s more to pick. The cycle never ends. My life has always been full of these compulsions. I sucked my thumb until I was eight. I had a baby blanket that I sniffed, rubbed, and carried with me at all times. I painted my nails religiously, then picked off the polish within a day. Those habits were “normal.” This hair-pulling thing, not so much. After puberty hit, I only did these things in private. Big kids don’t suck their thumbs. Big kids don’t pick their noses. Big kids don’t carry their blankies with them everywhere. Big kids don’t pull out their hair strand by strand.

9 whats “crazy”?

Book 1.indb 9

3/9/18 4:15 PM

trichster [TRIK-ster]

(NOUN) a person who suffers from trichotillomania

When a trichster tells someone about what they do, they’re bombarded with the usual refrains: “Dude, why?” or “Well, just . . . Stop” or “Put hot sauce on your hands.” There are endless options for distracting yourself or keeping your hands busy doing something else. Fidget toys, spinner rings, Silly Putty. Peeling oranges, knitting, popping Bubble Wrap. But these distractions are bandages. They’re temporary. They cover up the problem. They help you heal, momentarily, but they don’t cure you. Most sources say there is no cure for trich. Sorry. Get yourself a disorder that’s curable next time. But—haha!—don’t pull out your hair over it. “But, girl, doesn’t it hurt? I can’t even bear getting my brows waxed.” No. It’s like scratching an itch. I’m sure the first few pulls hurt, but those days are long gone. “Is it an anxiety thing?” That’s what people think, but not really. It’s a mindless compulsion. “Isn’t it a form of self-harm?” I guess. “Don’t you hate it?” Every. Single. Day. I’ve tried to quit more times than I can count. At times, I’ve stopped without realizing it. It started to snowball in junior high. I was an angsty kid, bullied for being quiet and preferring the comfort of books over humans. As I read the Harry Potter books, I lost more eyebrows. Harry Potter and the Order of the Phoenix came out after I’d acquired a nasty sunburn, and between peeling away the dead skin on my shoulders and pulling out my eyebrows, I was set. When I reread the book a few months later, I noticed just how many eyebrow hairs I’d pulled out, seeing them nestled in the binding of the hardcover. I brushed them out and let them float away. When my mom started to notice my once-envious brows were deteriorating,

10 (don’t) call me crazy

Book 1.indb 10

3/9/18 4:15 PM

she couldn’t understand why. Where MENTAL ILLNESS were they going? Why were they disappearing more and more every day? How come my eyebrows looked curly ALWAYS MAKE after I’d been reading for a while? Her questions felt like an invasion. This was my thing I did in private, but I should have known that moms know everything. She scrutinized my face daily. When I gathered the courage to tell her I was pulling my eyebrows out with my fingers, but didn’t know why, she asked what she could do to help. She would tell me to stop when she walked past my reading place. She would investigate when she sat next to me on the couch or gave me a hug when I left for school. But she wanted to actively help, and decided to try a different route: makeup. She helped me fill in the missing eyebrows. She had a stockpile of old eyebrow pencils she’d given up on after drawing on her brows for years—her once-fashionable pencil-thin brows stopped growing back, and she had just a few hairs above each eye. Those pencils became my battle armor, albeit with slightly mismatched colors. But it was fine. I was merely filling in the missing hairs, not drawing on completely new eyebrows. Yet. Things were calm for a while. My brows were mostly untouched for all four years of high school. I was reading more, which should have led to more pulling, but I guess the thrills and chills of those years distracted me. For the first time in so long, I had full eyebrows—two whole eyebrows. They stuck around for most of college, too. Another miracle. In my final semester, though, life and schoolwork started to slow down. I had time to read for fun again. I went for some cute young adult romances to take my mind off having to enter the “real world” soon. And I started pulling again. By the time graduation rolled around, my eyebrows were gone, and I was too broke to buy an eyebrow pencil to cover up what I’d done. Oops. Mental illness doesn’t always make sense.

DOESN’T SENSE

11 whats “crazy”?

Book 1.indb 11

3/9/18 4:15 PM

The The Story of the First World War for Children John Malam

The First World War was the world's first 'total war'. Although large-scale wars like the Napoleonic wars had ranged across many territories, the scale of WWI was unprecedented. It was also the first war between modern, industrialised nations and mechanised warfare saw new and terrifying weapons deployed for the first time, including airplanes, tanks, zeppelins, giant warships and poison gas. Now, during the centenary of the end of the conflict, The Story of the First World War for Children (1914-1918) is a fact-packed information book that relates the unfolding events and the human stories in a way that brings history vividly to life.

Author Details John Malam is a children's author specialising in non-fiction. He has written more than 200 books including many history titles. John is a National Literacy Trust Reading Champion, recognised for his work in encouraging reading amongst young people, particularly boys. He has a background in history and archaeology and lives in Cheshire, England.

Publication

01 November 2018

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$19.99 | NZ$22.99

•

ISBN

9781783123520

•

Publisher

Carlton Publishing Group

Imprint

Carlton Books

Series

No Series

Category

Child Non Fiction

Format

245 x 283 mm

Extent

72pp

Illustrations

Approx. 30 colour and 120 B&W photographs

Age Range

8 and up

Terms

SOR

Key Information

• •

In association with the Imperial War Museum. With the centenary of the ending of the First World War in 2018, now is an ideal time to revisit the key events and personalities of this defining conflict in world history. With the build up of the media coverage of the centenary, children will be curious to understand the true story of the conflict. This book delivers that educational information in an appealing format. This fact-packed information book combines meticulous picture research and compelling text, all structured and designed to engage young readers. The Story of the First World War for Children (1914-1918) is produced in conjunction with London's Imperial War Museum, a brand that parents instantly

Animal Record Breakers Steve Parker

Packed with amazing infographics and awesome stats, this best-selling series has a fun and accessible world-record book approach. With bold and colourful illustrations, eye-catching photographs and the latest expert research, Record Breakers books are the perfect purchase for kids who love brain-bending facts! From man-eating sharks to snakes that grow longer than buses, check out the greatest record breakers of the animal world! This book is packed with awesome and extreme creatures, on land, in the sea and in the sky. Discover the fastest, the biggest, the tiniest and the deadliest animals in the world! Statistics are presented through colourful graphics, with lots of freaky facts to fascinate.

Author Details Publication

01 November 2018

Binding

Paperback

Steve Parker is an author, editor and consultant specialising in illustrated information books on the natural world. Steve is a Senior Scientific Fellow of the Zoological Society of London and has worked on the staff of London's Natural History Museum. He is based in Suffolk, UK, and has written over 250 books, including dinosaur titles such Extreme Dinosaurs.

Price

AU$19.99 | NZ$22.99

Key Information

ISBN

9781783123827

Publisher

Carlton Publishing Group

Imprint

Carlton Books

Series

Category

Child non fiction

Format

269 x 205 mm

Extent

112pp

Illustrations

120 colour artworks

Age Range

9 and up

Terms

SOR

• • • •

Over 10 million Carlton Children's books sold in just over 6 years. Animal Record Breakers features the biggest, the fastest, the tallest and the smallest creatures in the world, delivering solid educational facts in a fascinating and colourful package. Statistics are presented in the form of attractive graphics, with lots of freaky facts to hold kids' attention. Reference has never been so compelling! Landmark TV series, such as Frozen Planet and Blue Planet, and the phenomenonally popular CBBC programme Steve Backshall'sDeadly 60, show that fascination with amazing and extreme animals is very much alive and kicking, especially among children.

Car Record Breakers Paul Virr

Packed with amazing infographics and awesome stats, this best-selling series has a fun and accessible world-record book approach. With bold and colourful illustrations, eye-catching photographs and the latest expert research, Record Breakers books are the perfect purchase for kids who love brain-bending facts! Kids can't get enough motor action and Car Record Breakers is crammed full of facts, stats, and full-page images of the most amazing automobiles on Earth. Dad will be sneaking a look, too! Extreme autos, speed machines and crazy cars! Not to mention hypercars at the cutting edge of technology, the world's fastest race cars and outrageous one-off autos. Find out what records the Porche 918 Spyder and McLaren F1 cars hold in this exciting and informative book in Carlton's latest addition to the Record Breakers series.

Author Details Paul Virr has a long and diverse history of working on children's books, from editing Sky Kids Magazine, to Carlton's Blue Peter award-winning Countdown to the Olympic Games and flagship children's guides for the top UK museums. He has authored children's books on subjects ranging from dinosaurs to technology and cars.

Publication

01 November 2018

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$19.99 | NZ$22.99

•

ISBN

9781783123803

•

Publisher

Carlton Publishing Group

Imprint

Carlton Books

Series

Category

Child Non Fiction

Format

269 x 205 mm

Extent

112pp

Illustrations

Colour artworks

Age Range

8 and up

Terms

SOR

Key Information

• • •

Over 10 million Carlton Children's books sold in just over 6 years. Fascinating record breaking cars in all their glory. Production cars, groundbreaking new models and historical vehicles all feature in this thrilling book. Diagrams show how the insides of these cars work. Fact panels summarise the key info on each record breaker.

Dinosaur Record Breakers Darren Naish

Packed with amazing infographics and awesome stats, this best-selling series has a fun and accessible world-record book approach. With bold and colourful illustrations, eye-catching photographs and the latest expert research, Record Breakers books are the perfect purchase for kids who love brain-bending facts! Dinosaurs are the most incredible creatures to have ever lived. They ruled the Earth for millions of years, and now they rule the record books! Dinosaur Record Breakers takes a fresh look at the facts and statistics that made these amazing animals so extraordinary. From the fastest to the biggest, brainiest and most ferocious, it brings you the most extreme dinosaurs in an exciting world-record book format. Packed with the latest dinosaur information, it's a must for every dinosaur fanatic.

Author Details

Publication

01 November 2018

Binding

Paperback

Dr. Darren Naish is a writer and palaeozoologist with specialist knowledge of Cretaceous era dinosaurs and pterosaurs. Based in Southampton, UK, Darren has written many children's books.

Price

AU$19.99 | NZ$22.99

Key Information

ISBN

9781783123810

Publisher

Carlton Publishing Group

Imprint

Carlton Books

Series

Category

Child non fiction

Format

269 x 205 mm

Extent

112pp

Illustrations

120 colour artworks & 120 photographs

Age Range

9 and up

Terms

SOR

• • • •

Over 10 million Carlton Children's books sold in just over 6 years. Amazing and educational facts about the dinosaurs are given a new twist with a fun world-record book approach that kids love. A different take on the usual dinosaur reference resource, Dinosaur Record Breakers remains grounded in solid educational facts. Awesome dinosaur statistics and facts are presented with bold, colourful graphics and easy-to-grasp comparisons. Fascination with dinosaurs is far from extinct! The Natural History Museum hosts dino-sleepovers for families, while dinosaur movies and TV shows, such as the BBC's Walking With Dinosaurs and the Jurassic World franchise, illustrate how these prehistoric creatures continue to engage children's imaginations.